General Meeting Agenda - 10 November 2021

541

AGENDA

GENERAL MEETING

Wednesday 10 November 2021 commencing at 9.30am

Strathpine Chambers 220 Gympie Road, Strathpine

COUNCILLOR: NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN, that a General Meeting of the Moreton Bay Regional Council will be held on Wednesday 10 November 2021 commencing at 9.30am in Strathpine Chambers, 220 Gympie Road, Strathpine to give consideration to the matters listed on this agenda. Greg Chemello Chief Executive Officer 4 November 2021

Membership = 13 Quorum = 7 Mayor and all Councillors

Agenda for public distribution

HayleyKenzler

SuppAgendanew

Moreton Bay Regional Council

LIST OF ITEMS

STATEMENT - ATTENDEES AND LIVESTREAMING

1. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COUNTRY 7

2. OPENING PRAYER / REFLECTION 7

3. ATTENDANCE & APOLOGIES 7

4. MEMORIALS OR CONDOLENCES 7

5. CONFIRMATION OF MINUTES FROM PREVIOUS GENERAL MEETING 7

General Meeting - 20 October 2021 (Pages 21/1518 - 21/1598) 7

Attachment #1 Unconfirmed Minutes - General Meeting 20 October 2021

6. PRESENTATION OF PETITIONS 8 (Addressed to the Council and tabled by Councillors)

7. CORRESPONDENCE 8

7.1. Correspondence from the Electoral Commission of Queensland - Division 7 By-Election (63212021)

Attachment #1 Correspondence from the Electoral Commission of Queensland

8. COMMUNITY COMMENT 8

9. NOTICES OF MOTION (Repeal or amendment of resolutions) 8 (s262 of the Local Government Regulation 2012)

10. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST NOTIFIED TO THE CEO 8

10.1. Declarable Conflict of Interest - Cr Darren Grimwade

11. OFFICERS’ REPORTS TO COUNCIL (conducted in Sessions) 9 (as referred by the Chief Executive Officer)

PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY SESSION (Cr K Winchester) 10

ITEM 1.1 10 PROPOSED LEASE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY

REPORT DETAIL SUPPORTING INFORMATION

#1 Aerial overview of Land

#2 Survey Plan of Premises

ITEM 1.2 14 PARTNERSHIP WITH NEW ZEALAND WARRIORS RUGBY LEAGUE

REPORT DETAIL SUPPORTING INFORMATION

GENERAL MEETING - 541 10 November 2021

PAGE 2

Agenda


PAGE 2 Agenda


THRIVING COMMUNITIES SESSION (Cr M Gillam) 18

ITEM 2.1 18 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - KALLANGUR BRANCH

REPORT DETAIL

SUPPORTING INFORMATION

#1 John Oxley Reserve and Ogg Road Park - Current and proposed lease areas

ITEM 2.2 22 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - NARANGBA BRANCH

REPORT DETAIL


#1 McCullagh Park - current and proposed additional lease areas

ITEM 2.3 26 NEW LEASE - REDCLIFFE OUTRIGGER CANOE CLUB INC.

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Crockatt Park - Proposed lease area

ITEM 2.4 30 TENDER - SAMFORD VALLEY - SAMFORD PARKLANDS - TENNIS COURT DEVELOPMENT

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Confidential Tender Assessment

ITEM 2.5 37 TENDER - SAMFORD VILLAGE - ALAN CASH PARK - RUGBY LEAGUE FIELD RENOVATION AND UPGRADE

REPORT DETAIL



ITEM 2.6 44 TENDER - BULKY WASTE REDUCTION SERVICES (MBRC010567)

REPORT DETAIL



ITEM 2.7 51 DAKABIN STATE SCHOOL PARENTS AND CITIZENS ASSOCIATION - DISCRETIONARY FUNDS APPLICATION

REPORT DETAIL


PAGE 3

Agenda


PAGE 3 Agenda


WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) SESSION (Cr J Shipway) 53

ITEM 3.1 53 DA/42616/2020/V23R - MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE - PRELIMINARY APPROVAL FOR DWELLING HOUSES AND HOME BASED BUSINESS AND VARIATION TO THE MORETON BAY REGIONAL COUNCIL PLANNING SCHEME TO INCLUDE LAND WITHIN THE GENERAL RESIDENTIAL ZONE (NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURHOOD PRECINCT) AND AMEND THE BUILDING HEIGHTS OVERLAY MAP AND RECONFIGURING A LOT - DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FOR SUBDIVISION (1 INTO 19 LOTS) - 22-28 HIGGS STREET DECEPTION BAY QLD 4508

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Proposal Plans

#2 Locality/Zoning Plan #3 Aerial Plan

ITEM 3.2 111 RESHAPING OUR REGION’S PLANNING - NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURHOOD PRECINCT REVIEW (SHORT TERM ACTIONS) - THE ‘YOUR CLIMATE SMART LIVING’ AND ‘YOUR NEXT GENERATION HOME’ GUIDELINES

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Your Climate Smart Living Guideline

#2 Your Next Generation Home Guideline

ITEM 3.3 116 RESHAPING OUR REGION’S PLANNING - PROPOSED ADOPTION OF THE MORAYFIELD SOUTH TEMPORARY LOCAL PLANNING INSTRUMENT

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Letter from Minister re Morayfield South TLPI

#2 Confidential Morayfield South TLPI

WELL-PLANNED REGION (TRANSPORT) SESSION (Cr A Hain) 121

HEALTHY ENVIRONMENTS SESSION (Cr C Tonks) 122

ITEM 5.1 122 TENDER - CASHMERE - WINN/SAMSONVALE ROADS - FAUNA CROSSING INFRASTRUCTURE INSTALLATIONS

REPORT DETAIL

SUPPORTING INFORMATION #1 Confidential Tender Assessment


PAGE 4

Agenda


PAGE 4 Agenda


ITEM 5.2 129 TENDER - BURPENGARY - O'BRIEN ROAD - FAUNA CROSSING INFRASTRUCTURE INSTALLATION

REPORT DETAIL



AN ENGAGED COUNCIL SESSION (Cr M Constance) 135

ITEM 6.1 135 ADOPTION OF MEETING SCHEDULE FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY TO DECEMBER 2022

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Draft Meeting Schedule - January to December 2022

ITEM 6.2 139 OPERATIONAL PLAN PERFORMANCE REPORT - QUARTER 1 2021-2022

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Operational Plan 2021-22 Q1 (July to September)

ITEM 6.3 143 AUDITOR-GENERAL OBSERVATION REPORT 2020/21

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Auditor-General Observation Report 2020/21

ITEM 6.4 147 MONTHLY REPORTING PACKAGE - 30 SEPTEMBER 2021

REPORT DETAIL


#1 Monthly Financial Reporting Package - 30 September 2021

ITEM 6.5 152 TENDER - FIRE EVACUATION PLAN, DIAGRAMS AND ONLINE SITE INDUCTION PROGRAM

REPORT DETAIL



ITEM 6.6 158 TENDER - SERVICING OF WASTEWATER SEPARATION SYSTEMS

REPORT DETAIL




PAGE 5 Agenda


PAGE 5 Agenda


ITEM 6.7 163 2020-21 ANNUAL REPORT

REPORT DETAIL


#1 2020-21 Annual Report

ITEM 6.8 167 INFRINGEMENT NOTICE COURT ELECTION - PARKING

REPORT DETAIL

12. NOTIFIED GENERAL BUSINESS ITEMS OR RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS TAKEN ON NOTICE 171

13. CLOSED SESSION 171 (s254J of the Local Government Regulation 2012)

14. CONFIDENTIAL OFFICERS’ REPORTS TO COUNCIL 171

15. CONFIDENTIAL GENERAL BUSINESS 171


PAGE 6

Agenda


PAGE 6 Agenda


STATEMENT - ATTENDEES AND LIVESTREAMING The Mayor to advise that the meeting will be live streamed and the video recording of the meeting will be available on the council’s website. Attendees must be aware that incidental capture of an image or sound of persons in the public gallery, may occur. By remaining at the meeting attendees consent to being filmed and the possible use of their image and sound being published in the live streaming and recorded video of this meeting. 1. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COUNTRY Mayor, or nominee, to provide the Acknowledgement of Country. 2. OPENING PRAYER / REFLECTION Mayor, or nominee, to provide the opening prayer / reflection for the meeting. 3. ATTENDANCE & APOLOGIES Attendance: Cr Peter Flannery (Mayor) (Chairperson) Apologies: 4. MEMORIALS OR CONDOLENCES Council to observe a moment’s silence for residents who have passed away. 5. CONFIRMATION OF MINUTES FROM PREVIOUS GENERAL MEETING General Meeting - 20 October 2021 (Pages 21/1518 - 21/1598) RESOLUTION that the minutes of the General Meeting held 20 October 2021, be confirmed. Attachment #1 Unconfirmed Minutes - General Meeting 20 October 2021


PAGE 7

Agenda


PAGE 7 Agenda


6. PRESENTATION OF PETITIONS

(Addressed to the Council and tabled by Councillors) Receipt of petitions addressed to the Council and tabled by Councillors. 7. CORRESPONDENCE 7.1. Correspondence from the Electoral Commission of Queensland - Division 7 By-Election (63212021) A copy of correspondence received by Electoral Commission of Queensland (dated 26 October 2021) in relation to the Division 7 By-election is provided for information. Attachment #1 Correspondence from the Electoral Commission of Queensland 8. COMMUNITY COMMENT There are no participants in the Community Comment session for this meeting. 9. NOTICES OF MOTION (Repeal or amendment of resolutions)

(s262 of the Local Government Regulation 2012) Consideration of any notice of motion to repeal or amend a resolution of the Council which is to be given to each Councillor at least 5 days before the meeting at which the proposal is to be made. 10. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST NOTIFIED TO THE CEO

Conflicts of interest notified to the CEO where not specifically related to an item on this agenda 10.1. Declarable Conflict of Interest - Cr Darren Grimwade Pursuant to s150EQ of the Local Government Act 2009, Cr Darren Grimwade informed the meeting of a declarable conflict of interest in matters relating to DA/2021/3955 located at Boundary Road, Narangba. The owner, GW J Packer (Tanning) Pty Ltd is owned by Lindsay Packer, a political donor in Cr Grimwade’s 2020 election campaign, donating $750 to the Councillor on 2 March 2020. Cr Grimwade has indicated he will not participate in decisions relating to DA/2021/3955 including discussion, debate and voting and will elect to leave future meetings.


PAGE 8

Agenda


PAGE 8 Agenda


11. OFFICERS’ REPORTS TO COUNCIL (conducted in Sessions)

(as referred by the Chief Executive Officer) Consideration of officers’ reports as referred by the Chief Executive Officer, to be conducted in Sessions. The appointed Portfolio Councillor will facilitate the conduct of the respective session under the control of the Mayor as the Presiding Officer. Session Portfolio Councillor Deputy Portfolio Councillor

1 Progressive economy

Cr K Winchester 2 Thriving communities Cr M Gillam Cr S Ruck 3 Well-planned region (planning) Cr J Shipway Cr M Booth 4 Well-planned region (transport) Cr A Hain C T Latter 5 Healthy environments Cr C Tonks Cr B Savige 6 An engaged council Cr M Constance Cr D Grimwade


PAGE 9

Agenda


PAGE 9 Agenda


PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY SESSION (Cr K Winchester) ITEM 1.1 PROPOSED LEASE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY Meeting / Session: 1 PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY Reference: 61795561: 22 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 61795565 Responsible Officer: AS, Manager Property Services (CES Property & Commercial Services) Executive Summary This report seeks Council’s approval for the provision of a lease to Vodafone Network Pty Ltd ACN 081 918 461 (Vodafone), for the purpose of a telecommunications facility on the terms outlined in this report. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Progressive Economy portfolio as a means to provide tenure to Telecommunication operators as the granting of tenure to the lessee provides ongoing surety to businesses and the broader community regarding telecommunications access and connectivity. This matter is reported to Council as section 236(2) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 requires a Council resolution to apply the exception under section 236(1)(c)(vi) to dispose of (by lease) a valuable non-current asset other than by tender if the purpose of lease is for telecommunications tower. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the exception contained in section 236(1)(c)(vi) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 (Qld)

applies to the Council regarding the disposal (by lease) of the property referred to in this report. 2. That Vodafone be granted a lease over Lease B in Lot 3 on RP134217 on SP136648 on the terms

outlined in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary including, but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the lease and any required variations of the lease on the Council’s behalf, as described in this report.


PAGE 10

Agenda


PAGE 10 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 1.1 PROPOSED LEASE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY - 61795561 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Lot 3 Old Northern Road, Albany Creek [Lot 3 on RP134127] - Division 10 is freehold land owned by Council (Land). An aerial overview of the Land is attached at Supporting Information #1. Council previously granted a lease (Original Lease) to Hutchinson 3G Australia Pty Limited (Hutchinson) for the installation of a telecommunications facility over part of the Land being identified as Lease B on SP136648 (Premises). A survey plan identifying the Premises is attached at Supporting Information #2. In 2009, Hutchinson merged with Vodafone, with all Hutchinson leases transferring to Vodafone. The Original Lease has expired, with Vodafone holding over at the Premises pursuant to cl. 3.2 of the Original Lease. Vodafone has now requested a new lease over the Premises, with the lease terms to be based on Council’s registered standard freehold telecommunications lease terms and the commercial terms as outlined below:

Core Term Description

Term Ten years Commencement Date 1 October 2021 Expiry Date 30 September 2031 Option Nil Rent $12,000 plus GST for the first year of the Term Rent Review Mechanism 3% fixed increase on the anniversary of the Commencement Date Permitted Use For the maintenance and operations of a telecommunications tower and

associated infrastructure 2. Explanation of Item A Council resolution is required to grant the New Lease to Vodafone, which will be based on Council’s registered standard freehold telecommunications lease terms (as negotiated with Vodafone) and on the commercial terms as outlined above. Council must comply with the Local Government Act 2009 (Qld) and the Local Government Regulation 2012 (Qld) (Regulation) when it disposes of valuable non-current assets, which includes leases of land. Section 236(1)(c)(vi) of the Regulation allows Council to dispose of a valuable non-current asset if the grant of a lease is for the purpose of a telecommunications tower. Council may only rely on that exception if, before granting a lease, it resolves that the exception applies. The New Lease is for an existing co-location site which enables Vodafone to install its telecommunications equipment on the adjoining Telstra owned telecommunications tower. Property Services Department and Vodafone have negotiated a commencing rental of $12,000 p/a plus GST for the New Lease (Rental), with an annual fixed increase of 3% for the ten-year lease term. The Rental being charged for the New Lease meets the requirements of s236(3) and 236(5) of the Regulation regarding the market value of the interest in land, which has been confirmed by a valuation. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Section 236(1)(c)(vi) of the Regulation allows Council to dispose of a valuable non-current asset if

the grant of a lease is for the purpose of a lease for a telecommunication tower. Council may only rely on that exception if, before granting a lease, it resolves that the exception applies.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Creating Opportunities: Digital literacy and commerce - a digital region.


PAGE 11

Agenda


PAGE 11 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 1.1 PROPOSED LEASE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY - 61795561 (Cont.)

3.3 Policy Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications In accordance with Officer’s Recommendation 3 of this report, it is proposed that the Chief Executive

Officer be authorised to take all action necessary including, but not limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the lease and any required variations of the lease on the Council’s behalf, as described in this report.

3.6 Financial Implications Council will receive an initial annual rental in the amount of $12,000 plus GST, with annual 3% fixed

increases for the 10-year lease term. 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with

a person’s human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that Council’s decision in this circumstance (if it reflects the officer’s recommendation) is compatible with (and does not limit) a person’s human rights.

3.11 Consultation / Communication As the Vodafone telecommunications facility has been established at the site for a substantial number

of years, it has not been considered necessary to undertake any new consultation.


PAGE 12

Agenda


PAGE 12 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 61795565 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 1.1 PROPOSED LEASE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY #1 Aerial overview of Land #2 Survey Plan of Premises


PAGE 13

Agenda


PAGE 13 Agenda


ITEM 1.2 PARTNERSHIP WITH NEW ZEALAND WARRIORS RUGBY LEAGUE Meeting / Session: 1 PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY Reference: 63208317: 25 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

63208314 & 63208286 Responsible Officer: TS, Principal Industry Lead (CEO Economic Development) Executive Summary This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Progressive Economy portfolio. The New Zealand Warriors National Rugby League (NRL) club is seeking to enter into a partnership to secure five NRL regular season matches at Moreton Daily Stadium in 2022. Additionally, the Warriors have proposed a number of deliverables to achieve outcomes that align with Council priorities and the Regional Economic Development Strategy (REDS) including destination promotion, promotion of Invest Moreton Bay, support of local business and enhancing Moreton Bay’s reputation as a destination for sport and major events. The partnership will also deliver a range of community outcomes and the relationship will provide opportunities to work with the New Zealand Warriors to promote or support existing Council programs and initiatives across sport, arts and culture. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That Council is satisfied that entering into the sponsorship arrangement in accordance with Policy

2150-119 (Sponsorship) proposed by the New Zealand Warriors Rugby League Club, as provided in Confidential Supporting Information #1, and is in the public interest.

2. That the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the sponsorship agreement with the New Zealand Warriors Rugby League Club and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

3. That it be noted that a commercial relationship with the New Zealand Warriors will be leveraged to

deliver several of Council’s priorities under various strategies and that leveraging funding is required on top of any commercial sponsorship to ensure benefits can be fully executed.


PAGE 14

Agenda


PAGE 14 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 1.2 PARTNERSHIP WITH NEW ZEALAND WARRIORS RUGBY LEAGUE - 63208317 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The New Zealand Warriors play in the National Rugby League (NRL) with a home base in Auckland. Border restrictions enforced due to COVID-19 has meant the NRL has approved the Warriors to be based at Moreton Bay for the 2022 season. This means that the Warriors will use Moreton Daily Stadium as a training and administration base A Council briefing was conducted on 12 October for the purpose of sharing information and providing advice/views to Council on the partnership with the New Zealand Warriors. In line with Council’s decision-making framework, an extract from the minutes of the briefing, is provided below: Officers to proceed with negotiations with the New Zealand Warriors Rugby Leagues Club regarding the partnership agreement. Report to be brought to Council General Meeting on 10 November for consideration to adopt proposed partnership agreement with the New Zealand Warriors Rugby Leagues Club. 2. Explanation of Item In line with being based in the region, the New Zealand Warriors have sought to enter into a one-year partnership with Council which will secure a range of benefits that otherwise would not be available to Council and the community. Such benefits relate to: • Matches at Moreton Daily • Brand placement rights • Player access • Community access • Content for tourism campaigns • Investor hosting opportunities Partnership Introduction is available at Confidential Supporting Information #2 The REDS identified Tourism, Sport and Major Events as one of four key industries that will underpin the future economic growth of the region. The economic and community benefits that a partnership with the New Zealand Warriors could deliver will provide a vehicle for Council to leverage opportunities across a range of priorities, including marketing and promotion of the region, leveraging international trade opportunities, promotion of the region as a sporting destination as well as delivering community outcomes. To maximise the economic and community returns of having the New Zealand Warriors based in the Moreton Bay Region in 2022, it is recommended that Council supports execution of a partnership. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications There are no known legal implications at this time and negotiations will utilise Council’s standard form

sponsorship agreement amended to reflect this transaction. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This partnership is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome- Creating Opportunities: Local jobs for

residents - an innovative and thriving economy. 3.3 Policy Implications The partnership is in line with Council’s Sponsorship Policy.

3.4 Risk Management Implications Risk Management implications have been considered and will be managed throughout the course of

the sponsorship agreement.


PAGE 15

Agenda


PAGE 15 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 1.2 PARTNERSHIP WITH NEW ZEALAND WARRIORS RUGBY LEAGUE - 63208317 (Cont.)

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications The CEO has been granted a delegation by Council to determine whether Council is satisfied that

entering into a particular sponsorship arrangement is in the public interest and also delegated the power to enter into a sponsorship arrangement consistent with the Sponsorship Policy, up to the value of $100,000 per year for each event or activity, subject to funds being available within Council’s operational budget. As the amount exceeds the above delegation, it is therefore reported to Council for consideration.

3.6 Financial Implications Council allocated $500,000 in the FY20-21 operational budget for all sponsorship requests and has

the ability, through the quarterly budget review process, to provide additional funding as required. 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The partnership has been assessed under Council’s Sponsorship Policy and found to deliver tangible

and measurable economic outcomes including but not limited to: • Injecting significant funds into the regional economy; • Creating opportunities for visitors to the region to experience the region’s tourism offerings; • Elevating the region’s brand as a premier tourism, sport and major event destination; • Promoting overnight stays in the region; • Generating positive and measurable media coverage and promotional opportunities resulting in

significant marketing outcomes for the region; and • Achieving the abovementioned outcomes in a COVID-19 environment where competition for

visitors is more complex and the ability to capture or retain visitation is often linked to unique experiences / activities.

3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications The partnership has been assessed under Council’s Sponsorship Policy and found to deliver tangible

and specified community outcomes, including but not limited to: • Activating and profiling the region’s assets and infrastructure; and • Increasing community participation and connectedness.

3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with

human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that there are no human right implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter.

3.11 Consultation / Communication The Mayor, Councillors and ELT have been consulted. Departments including Community Services,

Sport & Recreation have been consulted.


PAGE 16

Agenda


PAGE 16 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63208314 & 63208286 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 1.2 PARTNERSHIP WITH NEW ZEALAND WARRIORS RUGBY LEAGUE #1 Confidential Partnership Benefits and Cost #2 Confidential Partnership Introduction


PAGE 17

Agenda


PAGE 17 Agenda


THRIVING COMMUNITIES SESSION (Cr M Gillam) ITEM 2.1 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - KALLANGUR BRANCH Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 62718997 : 26 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 62718996 Responsible Officer: CM, Supervisor Community Leasing (CES Community Services, Sport &

Recreation) Executive Summary This report seeks Council’s approval for the provision of a lease to The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc. (Scout Association) at Ogg Road Park, 7-9 Ogg Road, Murrumba Downs (Division 7) (refer Supporting Information #1). The proposed lease would take effect once the construction of a new scout den is completed at the site. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio as it relates to the provision of a lease to a community organisation which will support the delivery of services to community through the Scout Association’s range of programs. Further, this matter is reported to Council as section 236(2) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 requires Council resolution to apply the exception under section 236(1)(b)(ii) to dispose of land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the exception contained in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 applies

to the Council regarding the disposal (by lease) of the land referred to in this report. 2. That subject to recommendation 3 and 4, The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc

be granted a lease over an area at 7-9 Ogg Road, Murrumba Downs (refer Supporting Information #1) for a period of five years.

3. That the terms and conditions of this lease be in accordance with Council’s Community Leasing

Policy, with annual rental commencing at $1.00 per annum. 4. That the grant of this lease is subject to The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc

surrendering its existing scout den lease at John Oxley Reserve, 4 Ogg Road, Murrumba Downs. 5. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary including, but not limited



PAGE 18

Agenda


PAGE 18 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.1 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - KALLANGUR BRANCH - 62718997 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Since June 2017, The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc (Scout Association) has held a lease with Council over a scout den building and a separate lease over a storage shed at John Oxley Reserve, 4 Ogg Road, Murrumba Downs (refer Supporting Information #1) for the purpose of operating a scouting organisation (Kallangur Scout Branch). As a result of recent network investigations undertaken by Council for scouting facilities across the Moreton Bay Region, Council determined that the existing scout den is not fit for purpose and that a new purpose-built den would be constructed to support the Scout Association’s future operations in this area. Construction works on the new scout den are expected to be completed in late 2021, following which demolition of the old den will be organised in accordance with the John Oxley Reserve Master Plan. 2. Explanation of Item To enable the Scout Association to commence operations from the new purpose built scout den following the completion of construction works, Council will be required to provide the organisation with a lease over the area where the new scout den is being constructed (refer Supporting Information #1). This lease however should be subject to the organisation surrendering its existing scout den lease at 4 Ogg Road, Murrumba Downs (refer Supporting Information #1). Accordingly, subject to the organisation surrendering its existing scout den lease at 4 Ogg Road, Murrumba Downs, this report recommends that Council approves the granting of a new lease to the Scout Association under the terms and conditions of Council’s Community Leasing Policy (2150-079) over the area identified in Supporting Information #1. Further, it is recommended that the term of this lease be for a period of five years, commencing at the conclusion of construction works associated with the new den. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The proposed lease will be registered with the Department of Resources in accordance with the Land

Act 1994. The Council must comply with the Local Government Act 2009 and the Local Government Regulation 2012 when it disposes of valuable non-current assets. In accordance with section 224(6) of the Regulation, the disposal of a valuable non-current asset includes the disposal of all or any part of an interest in the asset (for example the grant of a lease over land or a building). Section 236(2) of the Regulation provides that the exception in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Regulation applies only if the Council has decided by resolution that it may apply. By resolving that the exception applies, Council can dispose of the land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. The organisation identified in this report is a community organisation for the purposes of the Regulation.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Valuing Lifestyle: Quality recreation and cultural opportunities - active recreation opportunities. 3.3 Policy Implications The terms and conditions of the proposed lease agreement will be in accordance with Council’s

Community Leasing Policy (2150-079).


PAGE 19

Agenda


PAGE 19 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.1 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - KALLANGUR BRANCH - 62718997 (Cont.)

3.4 Risk Management Implications It is recognised that permitting community organisations to occupy and manage Council owned or

controlled land and assets presents an associated level of risk. As a core function of Council is the provision of community facilities, this risk level is considered acceptable. However, to mitigate the risk, the lease document clearly outlines the responsibilities and obligations of the parties and includes a requirement for the community organisation(s) to hold appropriate levels of public liability insurance.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications As per Officer’s Recommendation 5 of this report, it is proposed that the Chief Executive Officer be

authorised to take all action necessary to execute the new lease. 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications The issuing of a lease to The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc will provide the

organisation with facilities to support its operations. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication Former Councillor for Division 7

Relevant Council Departments The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc


PAGE 20

Agenda


PAGE 20 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62718996 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 2.1 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - KALLANGUR BRANCH #1 John Oxley Reserve and Ogg Road Park - Current and proposed lease areas


PAGE 21

Agenda


PAGE 21 Agenda


ITEM 2.2 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - NARANGBA BRANCH Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 62977682: 13 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 62977681 Responsible Officer: CM, Supervisor Community Leasing (CES Community Services, Sport &

Recreation) Executive Summary This report seeks Council’s approval for the provision of a lease to The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc (Scout Association) at McCullagh Park, 44A McCullagh Crescent, Narangba (refer Supporting Information #1). This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio as it relates to the provision of a lease to a community organisation which will support the delivery of services to community through the Scout Association’s range of programs. Further, this matter is report to Council as section 236(2) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 requires Council resolution to apply the exception under section 236(1)(b)(ii) to dispose of land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the exception contained in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 applies

to the Council regarding the disposal of the land referred to in this report. 2. That, subject to recommendation 3, The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc be

granted a lease over an area at 44A McCullagh Crescent, Narangba (refer Supporting Information #1) for a period aligning with their existing lease at the location, 28 February 2025.


Policy, with annual rental commencing at $1.00 per annum. 4. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary including, but not limited



PAGE 22

Agenda


PAGE 22 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.2 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - NARANGBA BRANCH - 62977682 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Since 1995, the Scout Association has held a lease with Council over a building McCullagh Park, 44A McCullagh Crescent, Narangba (refer Supporting Information #1) for the purpose of operating a scout den. In 2021, the Scout Association identified a need to undertake improvements to the premises, including the provision of additional storage and activity spaces. This need was identified due to a recent rapid growth in membership and a determination that the existing facilities were insufficient to meet the needs of the group. In accordance with Council’s Community Leasing Policy (2150-079) and Community Leasing - Improvement Works and Area Amendment Policy Directive (2160-026), community group tenants of Council facilities must obtain Council approval for any proposed improvement to the facility or site where they hold a lease, licence or permit. This approval is sought via the lodgement of an Improvement Works Application (IWA) to Council. Under Council’s Community Leasing - Improvement Works and Area Amendment Policy Directive (2160- 026), IWAs are assessed by Council officers and generally determined by the Chief Executive Officer (or his/her delegate) under delegated authority from the Council. However, where the proposed improvement will require an amendment to the group’s lease area of greater than 20% of their existing area of tenure, or 250m2, Council approval at a General Meeting is required. 2. Explanation of Item The Scout Association has lodged an IWA to Council for the construction of two skillion roof patio extensions and a caged storage area, which are proposed to be located outside of its existing lease area (refer Supporting Information #1). This application has been assessed by Council’s key stakeholder departments, with no objections received. For the Association to proceed with its proposed project, Council would need to amend the Scout Association’s area of tenure by providing an additional lease over the area where the extensions are to be constructed (refer Supporting Information #1). The size of the additional lease area required would be approximately 180m2, which represents an increase of 113% to the Scout Association’s existing area of tenure. In accordance with Council’s Community Leasing - Improvement Works and Area Amendment Policy Directive, the provision of this additional lease area cannot be approved under delegated authority to the Chief Executive Officer and requires consideration by Council at a General Meeting. Accordingly, this report recommends that Council approves the granting of an additional lease to the Scout Association, under the terms and conditions of Council’s Community Leasing Policy, over the area identified in Supporting Information #1. Further, it is recommended that the term of this lease be aligned with the term of the Association’s existing lease at this location (28 February 2025). 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The proposed lease will be registered with the Department of Resources in accordance with the Land

Act 1994. The Council must comply with the Local Government Act 2009 and the Local Government Regulation 2012 when it disposes of valuable non-current assets. In accordance with section 224(6) of the Regulation, the disposal of a valuable non-current asset includes the disposal of all or any part of an interest in the asset (for example the grant of a lease over land or a building).


PAGE 23

Agenda


PAGE 23 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.2 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - NARANGBA BRANCH - 62977682 (Cont.)

Section 236(2) of the Regulation provides that the exception in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Regulation applies only if the Council has decided by resolution that it may apply. By resolving that the exception applies, Council can dispose of the land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. The organisation identified in this report is a community organisation for the purposes of the Regulation.


Community Leasing Policy (2150-079). 3.4 Risk Management Implications It is recognised that permitting community organisations to occupy and manage Council owned or



authorised to take all action necessary to execute the new lease. 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications The issuing of a lease to The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc will provide the

organisation with facilities to support its operations. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication Cr Darren Grimwade (Division 11)



PAGE 24

Agenda


PAGE 24 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62977681 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 2.2 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - NARANGBA BRANCH #1 McCullagh Park - current and proposed additional lease areas


PAGE 25

Agenda


PAGE 25 Agenda


ITEM 2.3 NEW LEASE - REDCLIFFE OUTRIGGER CANOE CLUB INC. Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 62738695: 26 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 62738693 Responsible Officer: CM, Supervisor Community Leasing (CES Community Services, Sport &

Recreation) Executive Summary This report seeks Council’s approval for the provision of a Trustee lease to the Redcliffe Outrigger Canoe Club Inc. (ROCC) over part of Crockatt Park, Lot 124 Hornibrook Esplanade, Woody Point (Division 6) (refer Supporting Information #1). This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio as it relates to the provision of a lease to a community organisation which will support the delivery of services to the community through the range of programs offered by ROCC and other community organisations. Further, this matter is reported to Council as section 236(2) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 requires Council resolution to apply the exception under section 236(1)(b)(ii) to dispose of land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the exception contained in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 applies

to the Council regarding the disposal (by lease) of the land referred to in this report. 2. That, subject to recommendation 3, the Redcliffe Outrigger Canoe Club Inc. be granted a lease over

an area at Lot 124 Hornibrook Esplanade, Woody Point (refer Supporting Information #1) for a period aligning with existing leases at Crockett Park (31 July 2025).





PAGE 26

Agenda


PAGE 26 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.3 NEW LEASE - REDCLIFFE OUTRIGGER CANOE CLUB INC. - 62738695 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background From August 2015 to July 2020, The Uniting Church of Australia Property Trust (Q) held a lease with Council over the Amity Place building and adjoining fenced compound located at Crockatt Park, Lot 124 Hornibrook Esplanade, Woody Point (refer Supporting Information #1) for the purpose of providing a community meeting space and club facilities for the activities of various community organisations. In July 2020, The Uniting Church of Australia Property Trust (Q) opted to not renew its lease over the Amity Place building and adjoining fenced compound. Council officers have continued to manage the use of the site since the building was handed back to Council. Three (3) organisations have continued to access the site for their activities during this time: • The Redcliffe Outrigger Canoe Club Inc. - use of the building (since 2011) for approximately 25-30

hours per week, and exclusive use of the adjoining fenced compound for the purpose of operating an outrigger canoe club;

• Peninsula Weight Reduction Club - use of the building for approximately three hours per week for the purpose of operating a weight reduction club; and

• Jesus Christ is a Good Shepherd Church - use of the building for approximately six hours each week for the purpose of delivering church services.

2. Explanation of Item Council officers consider the current direct management of the Amity Place building and adjoining fenced compound as being a temporary arrangement only. Accordingly, officers have investigated various future tenure arrangements for the facility in accordance with Council’s Community Leasing Policy. The outcome of these investigations is that, with consideration to the substantial historical use of the building and compound area by the ROCC, it would be most appropriate for Council to grant a lease to ROCC over both the building and compound area. Established in 2002, the ROCC has approximately 90 members that utilise the building for club activities and meetings, and the fenced compound for the storage of vessels and club equipment. If tenure was provided to an alternative organisation, the ROCC may be displaced, resulting in significant negative impacts to the club’s operations and its members. Following discussions with Council officers, the ROCC has confirmed its desire to hold tenure over the building and fenced compound area at Crockatt Park, Lot 124 Hornibrook Esplanade, Woody Point (refer Supporting Information #1) under the provisions of Council’s Community Leasing Policy (2150-079). Further, should Council provide tenure to ROCC, the organisation has confirmed its willingness to enable continued use of the building by the other current user groups - Peninsula Weight Reduction Club and the Jesus Christ is a Good Shepherd Church. Accordingly, this report recommends that Council approves the granting of a lease to the ROCC over the area identified in Supporting Information #1, in accordance with the terms and conditions of Council’s Community Leasing Policy (2150-079). Further it is recommended that the expiry of this lease be aligned with existing tenure arrangements at Crockett Park (31 July 2025) to enable a wholistic future review of community tenure arrangements in this locality. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The proposed lease will be registered with the Department of Resources in accordance with the Land

Act 1994. The Council must comply with the Local Government Act 2009 and the Local Government Regulation 2012 when it disposes of valuable non-current assets. In accordance with section 224(6) of the Regulation, the disposal of a valuable non-current asset includes the disposal of all or any part of an interest in the asset (for example the grant of a lease over land or a building).


PAGE 27

Agenda


PAGE 27 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.3 NEW LEASE - REDCLIFFE OUTRIGGER CANOE CLUB INC. - 62738695 (Cont.)

Section 236(2) of the Regulation provides that the exception in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Regulation applies only if the Council has decided by resolution that it may apply. By resolving that the exception applies, Council can dispose of the land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. The organisation identified in this report is a community organisation for the purposes of the Regulation.





authorised to take all action necessary to execute the new lease. 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications The issuing of a lease to Redcliffe Outrigger Canoe Club Inc. will provide the organisation with facilities

to support its operations, and the operations of other community user groups. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication Cr Karl Winchester (Division 6)

Relevant Council Departments Redcliffe Outrigger Canoe Club Inc.


PAGE 28

Agenda


PAGE 28 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62738693

The following list of supporting information is provided for:

ITEM 2.3 NEW LEASE - REDCLIFFE OUTRIGGER CANOE CLUB INC.

#1 Crockatt Park - Proposed lease area


PAGE 29 Agenda


PAGE 29 Agenda


ITEM 2.4 TENDER - SAMFORD VALLEY - SAMFORD PARKLANDS - TENNIS COURT DEVELOPMENT Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 63085441 : 25 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

63098576 Responsible Officer: JY, Senior Project Manager (PAS Project Management) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Samford Valley - Samford Parklands - Tennis Court Development (MBRC-RFT101)’ project. Tenders closed on 13 October 2021 with a total of five tender submissions received, four of which were conforming and one which was non-conforming. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘Samford Valley - Samford Parklands - Tennis Court Development (MBRC-RFT101)’ project be awarded to The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd, for the sum of $1,124,936.98 (excluding GST) as this tender was evaluated as representing the best overall value to Council. This project has received $350,000 in funding from the Federal Government’s LRCIP2 (COVID-19) program. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio by providing new sporting infrastructure to meet current and future demand under the regional community wellbeing strategy. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘Samford Valley - Samford Parklands - Tennis Court Development (MBRC-

RFT101)’ project be awarded to The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd, for the sum of $1,124,936.98 (excluding GST).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd, as

described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd for the ‘Samford Valley - Samford Parklands - Tennis Court Development (MBRC-RFT101)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

4. That it be noted this project has been considered in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy

under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. 5. That to allow Council to enter into the agreement, Council commits to the provision of an additional

$730,000.00 in funding for the project at the 2021-22 FY quarter two financial review process.


PAGE 30

Agenda


PAGE 30 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.4 TENDER - SAMFORD VALLEY - SAMFORD PARKLANDS - TENNIS COURT DEVELOPMENT - 63085441 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The project is located at Samford Parklands, 2124 Mount Samson Road, Samford Valley. The project scope is to increase the number of tennis courts, which includes: • Construction of two new tennis courts; • Installation of fencing to the courts; and • Construction of pathways and landscaping to connect the new courts to the existing six courts; and • Lighting to the new courts and pathway. The objective of the project is to provide two courts at the Samford Parklands facility to service an existing tennis community and replace the two courts which will be removed from Alan Cash Park to provide additional car parking as part of the Main Street Revitalisation Project. The two courts at Samford Parklands will ensure that the current and future demand is being met. Construction will commence in January 2021, following an eight-week lead time for light poles and fittings, and is estimated to take 11 weeks to complete, which includes an allowance for wet weather (35 days).

Figure 1: Samford Parklands - Site Location - Locality Plan


PAGE 31

Agenda


PAGE 31 Agenda


Figure 2: General Arrangement of New Works

2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Samford Valley - Samford Parklands - Tennis Court Development (MBRC-RFT101)’ project, which closed on 13 October 2021, with a total of five tenders received, of which four were conforming and one was non-conforming. The tenders were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Purchasing Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documents. All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):

RANK TENDERER EVALUATION SCORE

(Pre Local Preference)

EVALUATION SCORE (Post Local Preference)

1 The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd 100.00 107.50

2 DCG Company Pty Ltd, trading as Absolut Constructions 87.94 91.26

3 Glascott Landscape & Civil Pty Ltd 91.26 91.26

4 Global Turf Projects Pty Ltd 78.93 78.93

5 Greenstock Nurseries Pty Ltd Non-Conforming


PAGE 32

Agenda


PAGE 32 Agenda


The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd (‘TLCC’) - submitted a comprehensive tender that demonstrated their relevant experience. A tender clarification meeting was held on 19 October 2021, at which TLCC demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project. TLCC provided examples of relevant project experience, including Burpengary Sports Complex (valued at $125k) for Moreton Bay Regional Council; Netball Courts and Lighting Construction at Keith Surridge Park (valued at $485k) and Multipurpose Courts at Ron Stark Oval (valued at $430k), for Redland City Council. TLCC provided the most cost-effective offer and achieved the highest evaluation score. The evaluation panel recommends that the tender from TLCC represents the best overall value for Council. DCG Company Pty Ltd, trading as Absolut Constructions (‘AC’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. Glascott Landscape & Civil Pty Ltd (‘GLC’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. Greenstock Nurseries Pty Ltd (‘GN’) - Non-conforming - the tenderer did not submit a conforming tender in accordance with tender documents as they provided planting supply pricing only, not a lump sum tender for the overall project. The project received reasonable interest from the market with four conforming tenders. The market price was almost double that of the budget allocation. Whilst the market is reasonably busy, with pricing in some markets estimated to have risen by 20-30% over the course of the past six to twelve months; coupled with project periods lengthening due to supply chain difficulties being experienced by the market. The difference between the tender price and that of the project budget allocation has been somewhat offset by the Federal LRCIP2 (COVID-19) funding of $350,000. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the value of work expecting to be greater than $200,000, Council called a public tender for the

work through MBRC’s e-Tendering Portal, in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Valuing Lifestyle: Quality recreation and

cultural opportunities - active recreation opportunities. 3.3 Policy Implications This project/contract/initiative has been procured/sourced in accordance with the provisions of the

following documents: • Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6. Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.


PAGE 33

Agenda


PAGE 33 Agenda


3.4 Risk Management Implications A detailed Risk Management Plan has been prepared. The project risk has been assessed and the

following issues identified, including the manner in which the possible impact of these risks are minimised is detailed below. Financial Risk: A third-party financial assessment has been carried out and the recommended tenderer was rated ‘strong’. Construction Risks: a. The recommended tenderer will provide a program of works, staging plans, traffic management

plans, safety management plan, environmental management plan, and quality management documentation as part of the contract to detail how they will plan, establish and manage project construction risks which will be reviewed by Project Management.

b. The recommended tenderer has indicated their understanding of the project site to ensure the safety and well-being of all during the works. The recommended tenderer has indicated that their program of works takes into consideration the provision of appropriate resources to be able to complete the project works effectively and on time.

c. The procurement risks relating to this project are considered low as there is adequate lead time for the recommended tenderer to procure the relevant project construction materials. At the tender clarification meeting, the recommended tenderer did not foresee any COVID-19 related impacts which would affect material supply chains and overall time delivery of the project works.

d. To avoid delays onsite, works will not commence until the required light poles and fittings have been received. The current lead time for light poles and fittings is eight weeks, which has been allowed for in the works commencement date.

e. The project is impacted by a Development Approval which will be received prior to works commencing. Building Approvals will be received prior to works commencing.

f. Dilapidation inspections will be conducted prior to works commencing for the site and surrounding areas to record the existing condition of assets and again after construction to record any change.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications Under delegation Council-163, the CEO has the power to enter into contracts up to and including the

amount of one percent (1%) of Council’s net rate and utility charges as stated in Council’s audited financial statements included in Council’s most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.2M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council’s annual budget. The cost of this project requires an amendment to the budget allocation and is therefore reported to Council for consideration.

3.6 Financial Implications Council has allocated a total of $600,000.00 in the Capital Projects Program towards this project, with

$600,000 in the 2021-22 FY for design and construction. All financial information below is excluding GST. Design (2021-22) $ 79,443.30 Tender Price (Construction) $ 1,124,936.98 Contingency (10%) $ 112,493.70 QLeave (0.575%) $ 6,468.39 Supervision $ 5,000.00 Total Project Cost $ 1,328,342.37 Federal Government LRCIP2 COVID-19 funding $ 350,000.00 Net cost to Council $ 978,342.37


PAGE 34

Agenda


PAGE 34 Agenda


Estimated ongoing operational/maintenance costs $ 9,000.00 per F/Y. The budget amount for this project is insufficient. To allow this project to proceed and for Council to enter into the arrangement, Council commits to the provision of an additional $730,000.00 in the 2021-22 FY quarter two review process.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The completion of this project will provide a new active participation facility to be used by the local

community and visitors. 3.8 Environmental Implications An Environmental Management Plan will be provided to Council by the recommended tenderer

detailing the management of environmental matters affecting the project during construction. The environment management plan will be monitored and audited by project management during the construction phase.

3.9 Social Implications The development of the project will provide new facilities to be used by Moreton Bay residents and

visitors. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication A communication plan has been prepared for this project. Communication strategies include project

notices issued four weeks prior to the commencement of works and projects signs displayed on site prior to construction. The stakeholders, including Samford Tennis Club have been consulted regarding the project. The communication plan will include a Councillor weekly email update and website page with fortnightly updates. The Divisional Councillor has been consulted and is supportive of the project.


PAGE 35

Agenda


PAGE 35 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63098576 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 2.6 TENDER - SAMFORD VALLEY - SAMFORD PARKLANDS - TENNIS COURT DEVELOPMENT #1 Confidential Tender Assessment


PAGE 36

Agenda


PAGE 36 Agenda


ITEM 2.5 TENDER - SAMFORD VILLAGE - ALAN CASH PARK - RUGBY LEAGUE FIELD RENOVATION AND UPGRADE Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 63054943 : 18 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

63025995 Responsible Officer: JY, Senior Project Manager (PAS Project Management) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Samford Village - Alan Cash Park - Rugby League Field Renovation and Upgrade (MBRC-RFT97)’ project. Tenders closed on 30 September 2021 with a total of two tender submissions received, both of which were conforming. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘Samford Village - Alan Cash Park - Rugby League Field Renovation and Upgrade (MBRC-RFT97)’ project be awarded to Global Turf Projects Pty Ltd, for the sum of $276,047.40 (excluding GST) as this tender was evaluated as representing the best overall value to Council. This project has received $300,000 in funding from the Federal Government’s LRCIP2 (COVID-19) program. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio by upgrading existing sports facilities to accommodate modest growth, supporting community wellbeing. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘Samford Village - Alan Cash Park - Rugby League Field Renovation and

Upgrade (MBRC-RFT97)’ project be awarded to Global Turf Projects Pty Ltd, for the sum of $276,047.40 (excluding GST).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with Global Turf Projects Pty Ltd, as described in this

report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Global Turf Projects Pty Ltd for the ‘Samford Village - Alan Cash Park - Rugby League Field Renovation and Upgrade (MBRC-RFT97)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.



$75,000 in funding for the project at the 2021-22 FY quarter two review process.


PAGE 37

Agenda


PAGE 37 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.5 TENDER - SAMFORD VILLAGE - ALAN CASH PARK - RUGBY LEAGUE FIELD RENOVATION AND UPGRADE - 63054943 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The project is located at Alan Cash Park, corner Main Street and Cash Avenue, Samford Village. The broad project scope is for the reconfiguration of the existing rugby league field to accommodate a training area at the eastern end. The more detailed work includes: • Relocation of field goal posts 6m to the west and both in goals to be reduced from 10m to 8m; • Cultivation and turfing to new areas; • Installation of a new lateral irrigation line; • Relocation of existing valve boxes on the southern side of the field with installation of a sandstone

block retaining wall to appropriately position the valve boxes; • Installing new footings, hinge plates and 12m aluminium goal posts; • Providing new back net at western end of field; and • Additional LED lighting. The objective of the project is to upgrade the existing field whilst accommodating predicated modest growth of the club. The works will commence in late November 2021, and is estimated to take 10 weeks to complete, which includes an allowance for wet weather (10 days).

Figure 1: Alan Cash Park Site Area - Locality Plan


PAGE 38

Agenda


PAGE 38 Agenda


Figure 2: General Arrangement

Figure 3: Typical Retaining Wall Section

2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Samford Village - Alan Cash Park - Rugby League Field Renovation and Upgrade (MBRC-RFT97)’ project, which closed on 30 September 2021, with a total of two tenders received, of which all were conforming. The tenders were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Purchasing Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documents. All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):

RANK TENDERER EVALUATION

SCORE (Pre Local Preference)

EVALUATION SCORE (Post

Local Preference)

1 Global Turf Projects Pty Ltd 100.00 100.00



PAGE 39

Agenda


PAGE 39 Agenda


Global Turf Projects Pty Ltd (‘GTP’) - submitted a comprehensive tender that demonstrated their relevant experience. Tender clarifications were sought following tender closure, at which GTP demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project. Global Turf Projects Pty Ltd provided examples of relevant project experience, including North Lakes State College Oval Refurbishment (valued at $500k); Yeronga SHS Oval Refurbishment (valued at $500k); and Ipswich SHS Sport Field Refurbishment (valued at $1.5m), all for the Department of Education. GTP provided the most cost-effective offer and achieved the highest evaluation score. The evaluation panel recommends that the offer from GTP to represent the best overall value for Council. The Landscape Construction Company (‘TLCC’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the value of work expecting to be greater than $200,000, Council called a public tender for the

work through MBRC’s e-Tendering Portal, in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Valuing Lifestyle: Quality recreation and

cultural opportunities - active recreation opportunities.

3.3 Policy Implications This project/contract/initiative has been procured/sourced in accordance with the provisions of the

following documents: • Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6. Tenders were tested considered Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.


following issues identified, including the manner in which the possible impact of these risks are minimised is detailed below. Financial Risk: A third-party financial assessment has been carried out and the recommended tenderer was rated ‘strong’. Construction Risks: a. The recommended tenderer will provide a program of works, staging plans, traffic management




PAGE 40

Agenda


PAGE 40 Agenda



d. The project is not impacted by any Development Approvals. Building Approval will be received prior to works commencing for the retaining wall.

e. Dilapidation inspections will be conducted prior to works commencing for the site and surrounding areas to record the existing condition of assets and again after construction to record any change.



3.6 Financial Implications Council has allocated a total of $300,000 in the 2021-22 FY Capital Projects Program towards this

project. The project has received $300,000 in funding from the Federal Government’s LRCIP2 (COVID-19) funding program. All financial information below is excluding GST. Design (2021-22) $ 60,255.35 Tender Price (Construction) $ $276,047.40 Contingency (10%) $ 27,604.74 QLeave (0.575%) $ 1,587.27 Supervision $ 5,000.00 Total Project Cost $ 370,494.76 Federal Government LRCIP2 COVID-19 funding $ 300,000.00 Net cost to Council $ 70,494.76

Estimated ongoing operational/maintenance costs $ 7,500.00 per F/Y. The budget amount for this project is insufficient. To allow this project to proceed and for Council to enter into the arrangement, Council commits to the provision of an additional $75,000.00 in the 2021-22 FY quarter two financial review process.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The completion of this project will provide an improved active participation facility to be used by the

local community and visitors. 3.8 Environmental Implications An Environmental Management Plan will be provided to Council by the recommended tenderer


3.9 Social Implications The development of the project will provide improved facilities to be used by Moreton Bay residents

and visitors.


PAGE 41

Agenda


PAGE 41 Agenda


3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication A detailed communication plan has been prepared for this project. Communication strategies include

project notices issued two weeks prior to the commencement of works and projects signs displayed on site prior to construction. The stakeholders, including Samford Stags Rugby League Club have been consulted regarding the project. The detailed communications plan will include a Councillor weekly email update and website page with fortnightly updates. The Divisional Councillor has been consulted and is supportive of the project.


PAGE 42

Agenda


PAGE 42 Agenda




ITEM 2.5 TENDER - SAMFORD VILLAGE - ALAN CASH PARK - RUGBY LEAGUE FIELD RENOVATION AND UPGRADE



PAGE 43 Agenda


PAGE 43 Agenda


ITEM 2.6 TENDER - BULKY WASTE REDUCTION SERVICES (MBRC010567) Meeting / Session: 5 HEALTHY ENVIRONMENTS Reference: 62497354: 2 November 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

62096976 Responsible Officer: MM, Manager Waste Services (PAS Waste Services) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the 'Bulky Waste Reduction Services (MBRC010567)' through open tender using LG Tender Box. Tenders closed on Thursday 20 May 2021, with three (3) conforming offers received. The tender sought offers for a range of bulky waste shredding services for items such as mattresses and furnishings when servicing the Bunya, Caboolture, Dakabin and Redcliffe (Clontarf) Waste Management Facilities. It is recommended that Council award the tender to CDS Recycling Pty Ltd for the 'Bulky Waste Reduction Services (MBRC010567)’ , for an estimated annual sum of $501,162 (excluding GST) for mattress and furnishing shredding at the Bunya, Caboolture, Dakabin and Redcliffe (Clontarf) Waste Management Facilities, from date of entering into the agreement until 30 June 2023, as this tender represented the best overall value to Council; with the option of three x one-year agreement extensions, subject to satisfactory performance, at Council’s discretion. This tender has been considered in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Healthy Environments portfolio as a key landfill life extension and waste volume reduction initiative for Waste Services. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the 'Bulky Waste Reduction Services (MBRC010567)' be awarded to CDS

Recycling Pty Ltd for an estimated annual sum of $501,162 (excluding GST) for mattress and furnishing shredding at the Bunya, Caboolture, Dakabin and Redcliffe (Clontarf) Waste Management Facilities, from date of entering into the agreement until 30 June 2023; with three x one-year agreement extensions, subject to satisfactory performance, at Council's discretion.

2. That Council acknowledges the agreement will require $501,162 (excluding GST) in operational

funding during the 2022-23 financial year and the intention to account for this future expenditure as part of Council’s budget for the 2022-23 financial year.

3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with CDS Recycling Pty Ltd for the supply of services for the 'Bulky Waste Reduction Services (MBRC010567)’ and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

4. This tender has been considered in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy under the

Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.


PAGE 44

Agenda


PAGE 44 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.6 TENDER - BULKY WASTE REDUCTION SERVICES (MBRC010567) - 62497354 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Council collects mattresses and furnishings at its Bunya, Caboolture and Dakabin Waste Management Facilities at no cost to residents. The Redcliffe (Clontarf) Transfer Station has not received bulky waste since mid-2019. Mattresses and furnishings are difficult to manage in landfill sites as they reduce compaction density, do not easily break down over time, can puncture landfill liners which may cause environmental impacts and have the potential to damage machinery. The degree of compaction is dependent on how they are placed in landfill. If they are piled together or there is a large volume of them overall, then the weight of the waste will not be enough to enable effective compaction. In addition to this, shallow buried mattresses and furnishings will create unconsolidated pockets in the landfill that will contribute to:

• Instability for machinery and trucks working on the landfill; • Pooling of leachate in the void created within the mattresses and furnishings, increasing instability; • Increased potential for fire due to oxygen accessing insufficiently compacted waste during dry

periods; and • Inefficient use of valuable airspace that will reduce the life of the landfill.

Whilst mattress and furnishing recycling companies are operating in other Australian states, there are limited options for recycling in Queensland. As a result, Waste Services conducted a trial to assess the financial viability and operational practicability of shredding mattresses prior to landfill disposal to reduce landfill airspace consumption, improve landfill compaction densities, and recover metal for recycling. Noting that the issues and concerns applicable to mattresses are aligned with those of furniture. Trial Data - Mattresses A trial of shredding mattresses was undertaken at Caboolture and Dakabin Waste Facilities. Stockpiled mattresses were processed by two different suppliers. The purpose of the trial was to quantify the outcomes of reducing the volume of mattress by shredding them and determining a cost per mattress and landfill volume reduction benefit. The trial shredded approximately 8,900 mattresses, separating the output material into two categories, mattress waste and scrap steel. Approximately 94 tonnes of steel was recovered from the mattresses during the shredding trial, with the received steel generating $18,635 in revenue. Approximately 195 tonnes of mattress waste went to landfill and compacted to normal landfill densities. An ‘average’ mattress: Weight 32.30kg Waste material 21.81kg of waste material Steel 10.49kg of scrap steel An intact mattress typically requires a buried landfill volume of 0.75m3. Shredding allows the removal of steel from the mattress, as well as, to increase the compaction rate of the shredded mattress. From the trial, the landfill volume taken by one mattress reduces from 0.75m3 (not shredded) to 0.018m3 (post-shredding). This represents a reduction in buried landfill volume requirement of up to 97.58%. Tables 1 to 5 below present a summary of information, including an estimate of the number of mattresses and furnishings expected to be shredded annually, as well as the costs, revenue and estimated landfill space benefit, associated with the shredding.


PAGE 45

Agenda


PAGE 45 Agenda


Table 1 - Business As Usual (no shredding)

Note 1: mattress and furnishing figures for each WMF above are predicted figures Note 2: Disposal cost of $142.80/m3 is the current modelled MBRC landfill disposal cost, which includes waste levy, capital and operational costs associated with landfill disposal Table 2 – Shredding

Note 1: mattress and furnishing figures for each WMF above are predicted figures The intention is to accept mattresses and furnishings at all four major waste facilities. Material accepted at Redcliffe will be shredded on site and then transport to Caboolture for landfilling. The annual estimated cost of transporting this waste is $29,242. Table 3 - Landfill disposal cost - post shredding

Note 1: 85% is the waste volume reduction rate for mattresses, conservatively estimated from a waste volume reduction of 97.58% of compacted rate achieved during the mattress trial conducted at MBRC in 2021. Note 2: 75% is the waste volume reduction rate for furnishings, conservatively estimated based on a published trial conducted by Shoalhaven City Council achieving a volume reduction via shredding of up to 93%. Note 3: * Redcliffe WMF figures are included in the Caboolture WMF figures due to waste being transported from Redcliffe WMF to, and disposed to landfill at the Caboolture WMF* Table 4 – Estimated Revenue from sale of scrap metal obtained from shredding

COSTSLandfill Disposal Bunya Dakabin Caboolture Redcliffe total m3Mattresses (m3 20/21 FY) 4,490 13,012 9,866 1,292 28,660 Furnishings (m3 20/21 FY) 2,464 7,370 5,244 754 15,833

Total 44,493 Disposal Costs inc. levy ($/m3) 142.80$ 142.80$ 142.80$ 142.80$

TOTAL COSTDisposal Cost ($ per annum 20/21 FY) 993,113$ 2,910,591$ 2,157,777$ 292,077$ 6,353,559$

COSTSShredding Bunya Dakabin Caboolture Redcliffe total unitsMattresses Shredding (units 20/21 FY) 5,987 17,349 13,155 1,722 38,213 Furnishings Shredding (units 20/21 FY) 4,789 14,323 10,191 1,465 30,768

TotalMattress Shredding Costs ($/unit) 6.90$ 6.90$ 6.90$ 6.90$

Furnishings Shredding Costs ($/unit) 7.72$ 7.72$ 7.72$ 7.72$ Total all sitesShredding Costs ($ per annum 20/21 FY) 78,275$ 230,265$ 169,432$ 23,190$ 501,162$

Landfill Disposal (post shredding) Bunya Dakabin Caboolture Redcliffe* total m3Mattresses (m3 20/21 FY) - Note 1 898 2,602 2,232 5,732 Furnishings (m3 20/21 FY) - Note 2 2,464 7,370 5,998 15,833

Total 21,565 Disposal Costs Inc. levy ($/m3) 142.80$ 142.80$ 142.80$ Total all sites

Disposal Cost inc. levy ($ per annum 20/21 FY) 480,147$ 1,424,105$ 1,175,176$ -$ 3,079,428$

REVENUESale of recovered scrap metal Bunya Dakabin Caboolture RedcliffeExpected tonnes per annum 63 182 138 18Expected revenue per tonne ($/ tonne) 190 190 190 190 Total all sites

Total expected revenue ($/ annum) 11,928$ 34,565$ 26,209$ 3,431$ 76,133$


PAGE 46

Agenda


PAGE 46 Agenda


Table 5 - Summary table for proposed shredding service The figures presented in this Table are extracted from information above.

In summary, it is estimated that the shredding arrangement will:

a) Reduced landfill costs of $2,819,861 per annum (as detailed in Table 5) b) An estimated 22,928m3 of reduced landfill use per year calculated as: 44,493m3 (BAU as per

Table 1) - 21,565m3 (post shredding as per Table 3) = 22,928m3. c) This 22,928m3 of extra landfill life per year translates into 9.02% of all volume of waste

landfilled across all three landfills in our LGA region per annum (22,928m3/ 254,259m3 = 9.02%). Therefore, we can estimate this new contract to provide an extension of 9.02% of landfill life capacity collectively across our LGA.

2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the 'Bulky Waste Reduction Services (MBRC010567)' through open tender using LG Tender Box. Tenders closed on Thursday 20 May 2021, with three (3) conforming offers received. The submissions were assessed by an Evaluation Panel in accordance with Council's Procurement Policy and the selection criteria set out in the tender documentation. The tenderers and their final weighting scores are tabled below as named:

Table 1. Bulky Waste Reduction Tenderer Ranking All tenderers for the service are experienced shredding and processing companies in Australia. The companies all have the relevant experience, management systems, customer service, required insurances, certified quality, environmental, work health and safety management systems and have plant and equipment capable of carrying out the services.

Current (BAU) Landfill Disposal Cost per annum (A) 6,353,559$

Estimated shredding cost 501,162$ Estimated transport Cost of shredded material from Redcliffe to Caboolture 29,242$

Landfill disposal cost - post shredding 3,079,428$ Revenue from sale of scrap metal obtained from shredding 76,133-$

Estimated Total Net Cost per annum (B) 3,533,698$

COST BENEFIT FINAL RESULT (or "Reduced Landfill Costs") per annum (A-B) 2,819,861$

Rank TendererPre-LP

Evaluation Score

Post-LP Evaluation

Score

1 CDS Recycling Pty Ltd 100.00 100.00

2 Mulch Management Organics Pty Ltd 85.96 85.96

3 Carroll Engineering Services Pty Ltd 38.11 38.11


PAGE 47

Agenda


PAGE 47 Agenda


CDS Recycling Pty Ltd (‘CDS’) - provided a comprehensive tender and received the highest ranking. The company was a supplier of these services during the mattress shredding trial. Council has been working with CDS for emergency shredding of mattresses at Dakabin and Caboolture since April 2021. CDS has performed to a satisfaction standard. CDS provided the lowest priced tender and received the highest evaluation score and is the recommendation of the panel as providing the best overall value offer to Council. Mulch Management Organics Pty Ltd (‘MMO’) - provided a comprehensive conforming tender. MMO received the second highest evaluation score and the second lowest price. There were no additional benefits associated with the offer for the higher price. Carroll Engineering Services Pty Ltd (‘CES’) - provided a comprehensive conforming tender. CES received the third highest evaluation score and provided the highest price. There were no additional benefits associated with the offer for the higher price. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Council called a public tender for the services through the LG Tender Box system in accordance with

Council's Procurement Policy and the Local Government Act 2009. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Valuing Lifestyle: Healthy natural environment - a clean and healthy environment. 3.3 Policy Implications This contract has been procured in accordance with the provisions of the following documents:

• Council's Procurement Policy 10-2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6

Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.

3.4 Risk Management Implications The project risk has been assessed and the following issues identified.

Services Risk: Plant and equipment – the recommended tenderer have sufficient plant and equipment to enable the services to be carried out in a timely manner. Timeframes – the recommended tenderer advise that they are able to attend the three waste management facilities to carry out the services within the required timeframes set by Council in the tender documentation. Work Health and Safety – the recommended tenderer has provided a copy of their WH&S management systems and confirmed that they will comply with Council's requirements when attending the waste management facilities and providing the service. COVID19 – the recommended tenderer has not identified any COVID-19 related issues which would prevent the service offering being delivered. Financials – the recommended tenderer has declined to provide company financial information, instead providing a letter of financial capacity from its accountant, advising that the recommended tenderer has consistently been able to meet all of its financial obligations in the past and advising that in the accountant’s opinion, the recommended tenderer will be able to meet its ongoing financial obligations in the future. Council may, under the Conditions of Tender, award the tender to the recommended tenderer based on the Accountant’s Letter of Financial Capacity. MBRC Legal Services and Procurement have provided support for this approach. The recommended tenderer has advised in October 2021 that it wil be able to maintain the rates tendered.


PAGE 48

Agenda


PAGE 48 Agenda


The recommended tenderer will provide a $25,000 bank guarantee and upon past performance, the risk to MBRC of financial collapse of the recommended supplier is mitigated by the agreement being for a fee for service basis. The recommended tenderer has confirmed that their tendered prices/rates stil apply.


amount of one percent (1%) of Council's net rate and utility charges as stated in Council's audited financial statements included in Council's most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.1M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council's annual budget. This report is not able to be considered by the CEO for approval in accordance with delegation Council-163, as it involves a decision based upon funds being needed over multiple financial years.

3.6 Financial Implications The estimated costs for providing services for mattress and furnishing shredding at the Bunya,

Caboolture, Dakabin and Redcliffe (Clontarf) Waste Management Facilities is $501,162 per year. Council has allocated $550,000 to cover this service in the operational services section of 2021-22 financial year budget, as such there are sufficient funds in the budget for this service agreement.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The process of reducing the volume of the bulky waste as proposed by the agreement allows for a

more efficient, effective and economic use of resources at the major waste management facilities. 3.8 Environmental Implications Shredding mattress waste, as indicated via the trial, aligns with the MBRC Waste Reduction and

Recycling Plan 2016-2026 by recovering mattress steel and decreasing waste sent to landfill.

3.9 Social Implications Providing the community access to convenient, reliable, affordable and sustainable recycling services. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible

with human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that there are no human right implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter.

3.11 Consultation / Communication Consultation for the delivery of this agreement has been undertaken with relevant officers,

stakeholders, and the legal and procurement sections of Council.


PAGE 49

Agenda


PAGE 49 Agenda




ITEM 2.6 TENDER - BULKY WASTE REDUCTION SERVICES (MBRC010567)



PAGE 50 Agenda


PAGE 50 Agenda


ITEM 2.7 DAKABIN STATE SCHOOL PARENTS AND CITIZENS ASSOCIATION - DISCRETIONARY FUNDS APPLICATION Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 63194958: 25 October 2021 Responsible Officer: KR, Executive Support Officer (CEOs Office) Executive Summary The Council makes discretionary funds available each financial year to community organisations for community purposes in accordance with Council’s Discretionary Funds Policy, Availability Notice and Guidelines. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio as this report relates to funding made available by Council to community organisations under Council’s Discretionary Funds Policy to support the sustainable delivery of community, cultural, sporting and environmental projects that provide a demonstrated benefit to the Moreton Bay Region An application considered eligible by Council’s Community Grants Team has been received from Dakabin State School Parents and Citizens Association for the purchase of two new barbeques for future community events. Division 7 is the area in which this application is deemed to have most benefit to the community. At present, there is no elected councillor representing Division 7. Where a councillor is unable to consider an application for discretionary funds, the funding request should be considered by Council at its General Meeting in accordance with the Discretionary Funds Policy. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION Council direction is required in relation to the request by the Dakabin State School Parents and Citizens Association under Council’s Discretionary Funds Policy for two new barbeques for the amount of $596.


PAGE 51

Agenda


PAGE 51 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 2.7 DAKABIN STATE SCHOOL PARENTS AND CITIZENS ASSOCIATION - DISCRETIONARY FUNDS APPLICATION - 63194958 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The Council makes discretionary funds available each financial year to community organisations for community purposes, in accordance with Council’s Discretionary Funds Policy, Availability Notice and Guidelines. Unless otherwise approved by Council, each financial year community organisations are eligible to apply for a maximum of $2,000 in discretionary funds by the Mayor and Councillors combined. Community organisations may submit multiple applications to the discretionary fund each financial year for different projects. 2. Explanation of Item With the purchase of the two new barbeques, Dakabin State School Parents and Citizens Association will be able to host regular community events such as pancake breakfasts and sausage sizzles. These events will be used as a way of bringing the community together whilst also raising money for the school. It will be a chance for the school community to reconnect and interact now that COVID restrictions in the region have eased. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance 3.3 Policy Implications Arrangements will be made in accordance with Council’s Discretionary Funds Policy 2150-101. 3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications Appropriate funds have been provided in the 2021/2022 budget and the application for funding is

eligible under the 2021/2022 Discretionary Funds guidelines. 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible

with human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that there are no human right implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter.

3.11 Consultation / Communication Consultation has been undertaken with Manager Governance and Executive Services, Manager

Community Services Sport and Recreation.


PAGE 52

Agenda


PAGE 52 Agenda


WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) SESSION (Cr J Shipway) ITEM 3.1 DA/42616/2020/V23R - MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE - PRELIMINARY APPROVAL FOR DWELLING HOUSES AND HOME BASED BUSINESS AND VARIATION TO THE MORETON BAY REGIONAL COUNCIL PLANNING SCHEME TO INCLUDE LAND WITHIN THE GENERAL RESIDENTIAL ZONE (NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURHOOD PRECINCT) AND AMEND THE BUILDING HEIGHTS OVERLAY MAP AND RECONFIGURING A LOT - DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FOR SUBDIVISION (1 INTO 19 LOTS) - 22-28 HIGGS STREET DECEPTION BAY QLD 4508 APPLICANT: McAndrew Group Pty Ltd C/- Wolter Consulting Group Pty Ltd OWNER: Sandhurst Trustees Limited Meeting / Session: 3 WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) Reference: 62503624 : 5 August 2021 – Refer Supporting Information 62503625 Responsible Officer: KB, Contract Planner (PL Development Services) Executive Summary

APPLICATION DETAILS Applicant: McAndrew Group Pty Ltd C/- Wolter Consulting Group Pty

Ltd Lodgement Date: 17 December 2020 Properly Made Date: 17 February 2021 Confirmation Notice Date: 19 February 2021 Information Request Date: 10 March 2021 Info Response Received Date: 1 May 2021 Public Notification Dates: 10 May 2021 to 21 June 2021 No. of Submissions: None Decision Due Date: 19 November 2021 Prelodgement Meeting Held: Yes PROPERTY DETAILS Division: Division 5 Property Address: 22-28 Higgs Street, DECEPTION BAY RP Description Lot 3 SP 145004 Land Area: 9,533 m2 Property Owner Sandhurst Trustees Limited STATUTORY DETAILS Planning Legislation: Planning Act 2016 Planning Scheme: Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme 2016 Planning Locality / Zone Urban Neighbourhood Place Type, General Residential

Zone - Urban Neighbourhood Precinct Level of Assessment: Impact Assessment


PAGE 53

Agenda


PAGE 53 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 3.1 DA/42616/2020/V23R - MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE - PRELIMINARY APPROVAL FOR DWELLING HOUSES AND HOME BASED BUSINESS AND VARIATION TO THE MORETON BAY REGIONAL COUNCIL PLANNING SCHEME TO INCLUDE LAND WITHIN THE GENERAL RESIDENTIAL ZONE (NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURH - 62503624 (Cont.)

This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Well-planned Region (Planning) portfolio as it is proposed to development the land into residential lots to accommodate future Dwelling Houses consistent with the Council’s ongoing objective of managing growth. This application seeks a; (a) Material Change of Use – Preliminary Approval for Dwelling Houses and Home Based Business and

variation to the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme to include land within the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct of the General Residential Zone while amending the Building Heights Overlay Map to reduce building heights, and;

(b) Reconfiguring a Lot - Development Permit for 1 into 19 lots, Detention Basin and New Road at the abovementioned property. This application seeks to develop the site into 19 residential allotments, incorporating various lot types and having a dwelling density of 19.93 dwellings/ha, which is in keeping with the Next Generation Precinct of the General Residential Zone. The land is presently zoned General Residential but in the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct. The intent of the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct within which the site is currently located, is to provide for a mix of dwelling types and sizes with an emphasis on attached dwellings and apartment buildings at the highest density contemplated in the MBRC Planning Scheme. This development application is instead seeking approval to create residential development commensurate with the intent for the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct being a mix of dwelling types to support densities that are moderately higher than traditional suburban areas but less than what is envisaged in the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct. The application was publicly advertised with no submissions received. As explained in the assessment of the development proposal in the report below, the proposed development generally accords with the intent of the MBRC Planning Scheme, and is recommended to be approved, subject to conditions. This matter is presented to the Council for decision as it involves a Variation to the Council’s Planning Scheme and Council officers do not have delegation to decide these types of development applications. Therefore, Council is the only entity authorised to decide the development application. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION A. That Council approve the development application for a Preliminary Approval for a Material Change

of Use for Dwelling Houses and Home Based Business, at 22-28 Higgs Street, Deception Bay more accurately described as Lot Lot 3 SP 145004, subject to the Conditions below.

MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE - PRELIMINARY APPROVAL

CONDITIONS

1 Lapsing of approval for failing to complete development

In accordance with section 88(1) of the Planning Act 2016, the development is to be completed within ten (10) years unless written approval has been obtained from Council for an extension of this period. Note: The above is not the Currency Period under section 85(1)(a) of the Planning Act 2016

2 Currency Period

In accordance with section 85(1)(a)(i) of the Planning Act 2016, the development has a currency period of six (6) years unless written approval has been obtained from Council for an extension of this period under section 86 of the Planning Act 2016 (as amended).


PAGE 54

Agenda


PAGE 54 Agenda


MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE - PRELIMINARY APPROVAL

CONDITIONS

3 Uses

Ensure any development application seeking a Development Permit for a Material Change of Use under this Preliminary Approval for a Material Change of Use is limited to any or all of the following land uses; (i) Dwelling House, (ii) Home Based Business.

B. That Council approve the Variation Request and give a Variation Approval under section 61 of the

Planning Act 2016 to vary the effect of the MBRC Planning Scheme. Variations to the planning scheme that are applicable to any future development carried out under this variation are set out below. The Variation Request is approved to vary the effect of the MBRC Planning Scheme to: (a) apply the General Residential Zone - Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct to Lot 3

SP145004 as shown on the Planning Scheme Variation Zoning Map for Lot 3 SP145004 as listed in the table of approved plans; and

(b) apply the Planning Scheme Variation Overlay Map - Building Heights for Lot 3 SP145004 as

listed in the table of approved plans;

at 22-28 Higgs Street, Deception Bay more accurately described as Lot Lot 3 SP 145004, subject to the following Variations Plans/Documents, Variations and Variation Conditions: Approved Plans and Documents Plan / Document Name Reference Number Prepared By Dated Planning Scheme Variation Zoning Map for Lot 3 SP145004

ZM-56 - Variation 1 Zoning Map MBRC November 2021

Planning Scheme Variation Overlay Map - Building Heights for Lot 3 SP145004

OM-56 - Variation 1 Overlay Map MBRC November 2021

VARIATIONS

A VARIATION OF THE MORETON BAY REGIONAL COUNCIL PLANNING SCHEME

1. The Zone Map ZM-56 in Schedule 2.3 Zone Maps of the MBRC Planning Scheme specific only to Lot 3 SP145004 is varied to the ZM-56 - Variation 1 Zoning Map with Lot 3 SP145004 varied to being located within the General Residential Zone - Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct and as identified in the Approved Plans package.

2. The Building Height Overlay Maps OM-56 BH in Schedule 2.5 Overlay Maps of the MBRC Planning Scheme specific only to Lot 3 SP145004 is varied to the OM-56 - Variation 1 Overlay Map with Lot 3 SP145004 varied to being located within the maximum building height area of 8.5m and as identified in the Approved Plans package.


PAGE 55

Agenda


PAGE 55 Agenda


VARIATIONS

B REFERENCES

Any references in the MBRC Planning Scheme including to a Code, Table of Assessment or Planning Scheme Policy to a; (i) Zone Map; and (ii) Building Height Overlay Map, in respect to the development of Lot 3 SP145004 is to be

taken as referring to the mapping shown in the Variation Approved Plan package.

VARIATION CONDITIONS

V1 In accordance with section 88(2) of the Planning Act 2016, the development is to be completed within ten (10) years unless written approval has been obtained from Council for an extension of this period.

V2 This variation is limited to the area identified on the Approved Plans being Lot 3 SP145004.

V3 This variation is limited to the following land uses; (i) Dwelling House, (ii) Home Based Business. To remove any doubt, any development application for a land use other than those listed above does not have the benefit of being able to rely on this variation approval and therefore is to be assessed against the version of the planning scheme in effect at the time the development application is made to the Council.

V4 Any development application seeking a Development Permit under this Preliminary Approval including a Variation Request is to be assessed against the version of the MBRC Planning Scheme in effect when the development application is properly made, as varied by this variation. To remove any doubt, the specific variations given in this approval prevail over any future amendments to the MBRC Planning Scheme

V5 Any use proposed to commence operating under this Preliminary Approval as Accepted Development is to comply with the version of the planning scheme in effect on the date; (i) when the use commenced, or (ii) if a Development Permit for Building Works is required for the use to commence, when

the Development Permit was given, as and wherever varied by this variation. To remove any doubt, the specific variations given in this approval prevail over any future amendments to the MBRC Planning Scheme.

V6 Any reconfiguration of a lot relying on this variation approval is to be done in accordance with the reconfiguring a lot aspect of this development approval lodged concurrently with this development application.

C. That Council approve the development application seeking a Development Permit for Reconfiguring

a Lot (1 into 19 lots), Detention Basin and New Road, at 22-28 Higgs Street, Deception Bay more accurately described as Lot Lot 3 SP 145004, subject to the following Plans/Documents and Conditions. Approved Plans and Documents Plan / Document Name Reference Number Prepared By Dated Plan of Reconfiguration

20-0421-02 (Version B) Sheet No. 1 of 1 Wolter Consulting 22/04/2020

Engineering Services Report (incl. SWMP) 9327 (Revision 3) Inertia Engineering 11/10/2021


PAGE 56

Agenda


PAGE 56 Agenda


Approved Plans and Documents Plan / Document Name Reference Number Prepared By Dated Assessment and Control of Environmental Noise Emission Report No. 13-478.R03

13-478.R03 (Copy No. 2) Acoustics RB Pty Ltd 22/04/2021

Plans and Documents to be Amended

Plan / Document Name

Reference Number Prepared By Dated

Plan of Development 20-0421-02 (Revision C) Sheet No. 1 of 1 Wolter Consulting 19/7/21

Conditions CONDITION TIMING

RECONFIGURING A LOT

DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

1 Approved Plans and/or Documents

Undertake development generally in accordance with the approved plans and/or documents. These plans and/or documents will form part of the approval, unless otherwise amended by conditions of this approval.

Prior to submitting to the Council any request for approval of a plan of subdivision (i.e. a survey plan) and to be maintained at all times.

2 Amended Plan Required

A Submit an amended Plan of Development indicating a built-to-boundary wall for at least one side boundary of Lot 19 as optional.

Prior to submitting to the Council any request for approval of a plan of subdivision (i.e. a survey plan) and to be maintained at all times.

B Obtain approval from Council for the amended Plan of Development in accordance with (A) above.

C Implement the requirements and recommendations of the approved plan(s). The approved amended plan(s) will form part of the approval.

3 Entry Statement

Establishment of any “Entry Statement” as a marketing strategy for the development must accord with the following, unless otherwise approved by Council: (i) Located within a privately owned allotment or on the

boundary of a privately owned allotment; (ii) Limited to one (1) entry statement per development; (iii) Constructed of durable, weather resistant materials; (iv) Positively contributes to the character of the

surrounding area; and

Prior to submitting to the Council any request for approval of a plan of subdivision (i.e. survey plan).


PAGE 57

Agenda


PAGE 57 Agenda


CONDITION TIMING

RECONFIGURING A LOT


(v) Does not contain the logo of any developer or other entity

4 Landscaping for Reconfiguring a Lot

A Carry out landscaping and associated earthworks, site preparation and other necessary works in accordance with approved plans, details and technical specifications of any proposed planting or landscape work (both soft and hard works) where such works will be on land under the control of Council, whether as a park, reserve or road reserve. Landscaping is to accord with Planning scheme policy - Integrated design Appendix D - Landscaping.


B Before commencing the works obtain approval for the plans, details and technical specifications of any planting or landscape work from Council.

Prior to work commencing on site.

5 Street Trees

Provide street trees within the development (new road) and along Higgs Street in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrated design Appendix D - Landscaping.


6 Water and/or Sewerage

Submit to Council a Certificate of Completion or Provisional Certificate of Completion for the development from the Northern SEQ Distributor–Retailer Authority (Unitywater) confirming: (i) a reticulated water supply network connection is

available to the land; and (ii) a sewerage network connection is available to the land;

and (iii) all the requirements of Unitywater have been satisfied.


7 New Telecommunications Infrastructure

A Provide Fibre-Ready telecommunications infrastructure (pit and pipe) throughout the development in accordance with the Communication Alliance specifications contained within Industry Guideline G645:2011 Fibre Ready Pit and Pipe Specifications for Real Estate Development Projects or in accordance with the NBN Co. specifications contained within New Developments: Deployment of the NBN Co Conduit and Pit Network – Guidelines for Developers NBN-TE-CTO-194 and Creating Pit and Pipe Designs for New Developments (Job Aid for Developers) NBNTE-CTO-586, as amended and current at the date of installation.



PAGE 58

Agenda


PAGE 58 Agenda


CONDITION TIMING

RECONFIGURING A LOT


B Provide certification from a RPEQ electrical engineer that the works specified in (A) above have been installed and evidence that a telecommunications carrier licensed under the Telecommunications Act 1997 has agreed to take ownership of the infrastructure. OR Provide written confirmation from NBN Co that the works specified in (A) above have been accepted by it. OR Provide a ‘Telecommunications Infrastructure Provisioning Confirmation’ or a ‘Telecommunications Network Infrastructure Notification’ letter from a telecommunications carrier licensed under the Telecommunications Act 1997 (e.g. Telstra) confirming that telecommunications carrier has been engaged to install telecommunications infrastructure within the proposed development. Note: Council policies are available on Council’s website.

Prior to the development being accepted off maintenance.

8 Electricity

A Provide evidence (e.g. Certificate for Electricity Supply to Subdividers with Agreement Number or Certificate of Supply) demonstrating that an electricity supply network has or will be constructed along the frontage of each proposed lot.

Prior to submitting to the Council any request for approval of a plan of subdivision (i.e. survey plan). B Provide an underground electricity supply connection to

each proposed lot. C Submit certification from a licensed surveyor, Registered

Professional Engineer of Queensland (RPEQ) or registered building surveyor that any electricity connections and infrastructure made redundant by the development is removed with the land reinstated.

D Ensure any PAD Mount transformer is painted with a mural or has a wrap applied on all sides that integrates the infrastructure into the local area. Concepts for the mural are to align with the surrounding residential uses of the land (e.g. simple images of houses, people, etc), the environment or historic use of the land. An example is shown in the images below;


PAGE 59

Agenda


PAGE 59 Agenda


CONDITION TIMING

RECONFIGURING A LOT


9 Street Names

A Submit requests for the names of new street/s in accordance with Council’s Policy 11-2150-038 Allocation of Road Names and Street Address Numbers or as amended;


B Obtain approval from Council for the names of new streets in accordance with A above.

C Erect approved street name boards on all new roads in accordance with A and B above.

D Mark all street names on the survey plans.

10 Advice to Purchasers Regarding Plan of Development

Acknowledge in writing that potential purchasers will be advised of the approved Plan of Development and the requirement to comply with the approved Plan of Development.


DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING

11 Amended Retaining Wall Levels

Amend the retaining wall design along the north eastern boundary of lots 14 to 19 to increase the height of the wall to the top of batter height shown in order to eliminate the need for the adjacent batter. This wall is to be designed to incorporate the approved acoustic report recommendations that specifies an acoustic barrier is to be built on top of the wall.

Prior to operational works approval.


PAGE 60

Agenda


PAGE 60 Agenda


CONDITION TIMING

RECONFIGURING A LOT


This amendment is to be submitted as part of the operational works application. Please note, for this wall, a total wall height greater than 1.5m is permissible.

12 Replace Existing Council Infrastructure

Replace existing Council infrastructure (including but not limited to street trees and footpaths) that is damaged as part of works carried out in association with the development to Council’s standards.

Prior to submitting to the Council any request for approval of a plan of subdivision (i.e. a survey plan).

13 Alterations and Relocation of Existing Services

Ensure any alteration or relocation in connection with or arising from the development to any service, installation, plant, equipment or other item belonging to or under the control of an entity engaged in the provision of public utility services is to be carried out with the development and at no cost to Council unless agreed to in writing by the Council.


14 Stormwater

Carry out the development to ensure that adjoining properties, reserves and roads are protected from ponding or nuisance from stormwater as a result of any works undertaken.

To be maintained at all times.

15 Stormwater Management

A Submit and have approved by Council, a development application for operational works for stormwater infrastructure to service the development. Design drawings are to be prepared and certified by a suitably qualified Registered Professional Engineer Queensland (RPEQ) and in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development and the MBRC Planning Scheme current at the time of the operational works application.

Prior to commencement of works associated with this condition.

B Construct stormwater infrastructure to service the development at no cost to Council and in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development. This condition has been imposed under section 145 of the Planning Act 2016.


C Provide registered easements in favour of Council over any drainage paths and drainage infrastructure within all new lot/s in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development.


PAGE 61

Agenda


PAGE 61 Agenda


CONDITION TIMING

RECONFIGURING A LOT


The easement documents must acknowledge the maintenance, repair and replacement responsibilities of the owner of this development site. Note: All easements are to be shown on plans submitted as part of operational works applications.

D Transfer proposed Lot 600 to the Council in fee simple on trust for Stormwater purposes. This condition has been imposed under section 145 of the Planning Act 2016.

Concurrently with submitting to the Council any request for approval of a plan of subdivision (i.e. a survey plan).

16 New Council Roads

A Submit and have approved by Council, a development application for operational works for the following: (i) All new roads and associated works - the following

classifications are to be applied: • Internal Road - Living Residential Typology (1.5

x 105 ESA)

(ii) All frontage roads, external roads and associated works. The frontage works are as follows: • Higgs Street - Modified Contemporary residential

to align with the existing completed widening works at the western boundary of the site, to the eastern boundary of the development site.

Design drawings are to be prepared and certified by a suitably qualified Registered Professional Engineer Queensland (RPEQ) and in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development and the MBRC Planning Scheme current at the time of the operational works application. Notes: The verge adjoining the development and the carriageway is to be constructed to a minimum sealed width containing kerb and channel (development side) along the existing alignment to the west of the site.


B Construct, at no cost to Council and in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development the following: (i) All new roads and associated works (ii) All frontage roads and associated works This condition has been imposed under section 145 of the Planning Act 2016.



PAGE 62

Agenda


PAGE 62 Agenda


CONDITION TIMING

RECONFIGURING A LOT


17 Access Driveways

Design and construct residential access driveways for lots 16,17,18 and 19 from the back of kerb to the property boundary in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development. The following are the minimum requirements: (i) Design loading of 2.5x10^3 Equivalent Standard Axles

(ESA) for each lot entitled to use the driveway; (ii) Minimum sealed width must be 3.0m; (iii) The construction must be reinforced concrete slabs or

interlocking concrete pavers, unless approved otherwise.


18 Pathways

A Construct, at no cost to Council, a 2.0 metre wide reinforced concrete pathway along the full development frontage of Higgs Street. Construct a 2.0m wide concrete footpath along the internal road generally in accordance with the approved drawings. This condition has been imposed under section 145 of the Planning Act 2016.


19 Erosion and Sediment Control

Implement an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan prepared by an experienced Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC) in accordance with the International Erosion Control Association Australasia (IECA) Best Practice and Sediment Control document.

Prior to commencement of works and to be maintained current at all times during construction.

20 Earth Retaining Structures

A Design all earth retaining structures within private land in accordance with Australian Standards, Building Code requirements and MBRC Planning scheme current the time of the operational works application and the following: (i) The minimum design life (the period assumed in design

for which a structure or structural element is required to perform its intended purpose without replacement or major structural repairs) for the earth retaining structure that is specified in Table 3.1 of Australian Standard AS4678;

(ii) Earth retaining structures within the land and around areas of cut on or near the boundaries of the site must be designed to allow for live and dead loads associated with the land/premise’s current occupancy use;



PAGE 63

Agenda


PAGE 63 Agenda


CONDITION TIMING

RECONFIGURING A LOT


(iii) Provide temporary safety fencing to all earth retaining structures over 1.0m in height.

B Submit and have approved by Council, a development application for operational works for all earth retaining structures. Design drawing are to be prepared and certified by a suitably qualified Registered Professional Engineer Queensland (RPEQ) and in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development and the MBRC Planning Scheme current at the time of the operational works application and they are to clearly show the location and overall configuration (fully dimensioned), design parameters and loads, materials and finishes of all earth retaining structures for the development.

C Construct all earth retaining structures within private land in accordance with Australian Standards, Building Code requirements and approved plans and documents of development.


21 Refuse Collection - Bin Pads

Provide concrete bin pads with a minimum dimension of 1m2 per bin along the internal road to service Lots 17,18 & 19 in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development. The final location is to be clear of parking bays, driveways and street trees; and accessible to a left loading 12.5 metre long HRV. Note: A property note will be included on Council's electronic property system alerting future owners that bin pads have been provided for their use.


ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH

22 Acoustic Attenuation Measures

A Provide the acoustic attenuation measures as specified in the approved Assessment and Control of Environmental Noise Emission report as listed in the Table of Approved Plans and Documents.

Prior to the commencement of the use and to be maintained at all times.

B Provide certification from a suitably qualified person that the above attenuation measures have been installed/implemented in accordance with the specifications of the approved Assessment and Control of Environmental Noise Emission report.


PAGE 64

Agenda


PAGE 64 Agenda


ADVICES

1 Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003

The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003 commenced in Queensland on April 16, 2004. The Act provides blanket protection of Aboriginal cultural heritage sites and places, including significant areas and objects, as well as archaeological remains. The Act also recognises that Aboriginal cultural heritage parties are key stakeholders in the assessment and management of Aboriginal cultural heritage. Under the Act, if a proposed activity involves disturbance of the ground surface, cultural heritage Duty of Care must be considered. This involves consideration of whether an activity is likely to harm Aboriginal cultural heritage. This may require involvement from the relevant Aboriginal cultural heritage party. Cultural heritage Duty of Care compliance ultimately lies with the person or entity conducting the activity, and penalty provisions apply for failing to fulfil this Duty of Care. Council strongly advises that before undertaking the land use activity, you refer to the cultural heritage duty of care - Department of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Partnerships (Queensland Government) for further information regarding the responsibilities of the developer.

2 Adopted Charges

Payment of an Adopted Infrastructure Charge in accordance with Council’s Infrastructure Charges Resolution (No. 8) dated 14 August 2018 or as amended apply to this development approval. From 1 July 2014, Moreton Bay Regional Council no longer issues an Infrastructure Charges Notice on behalf of Unitywater for water supply and sewerage networks and therefore a separate Infrastructure Charges Notice may be issued directly to the applicant by Unitywater in respect to this development approval. Payment of Infrastructure Charges is to be in accordance with the Infrastructure Charges Notice issued with this development approval and any Infrastructure Charges Notice issued by Unitywater. From 1 July 2014, all Infrastructure Charges for infrastructure networks controlled by Unitywater (eg. water and/or sewerage) regardless of when the Infrastructure Charges Notice was issued are to be paid directly to Unitywater while Infrastructure Charges for networks controlled by Moreton Bay Regional Council will continue to be paid directly to Moreton Bay Regional Council.

PROPERTY NOTES

1 DS01 Siting Requirements

The following property note will be attached to Council’s database for Lots 1-19: “A plan has been approved by Council for this lot identifying how and/or where development on this lot is to occur. Any development on this lot must be in accordance with the approved plan and associated conditions. Further details can be found in the development permit creating the lot or the


PAGE 65

Agenda


PAGE 65 Agenda

https://www.datsip.qld.gov.au/people-communities/aboriginal-torres-strait-islander-cultural-heritage/cultural-heritage-duty-care

https://www.datsip.qld.gov.au/people-communities/aboriginal-torres-strait-islander-cultural-heritage/cultural-heritage-duty-care


PROPERTY NOTES

development approval for the use, and the associated Council report (Delegated or Council Meeting) or approval letter. This information is available through the PD Online facility on Council’s website www.moretonbay.qld.gov.au.”

2 DS02 Bin Pads

The following property note will be attached to Council’s database for Lots 17, 18 and 19: “Lots 17, 18 & 19 are to use bin pads in accordance with the approved plans and documents of development for DA/42616/2020/V23R

3 DS03 Acoustic Advice

The following property note will be attached to Council’s database for Lots 10 and 14- 19: “It is required that any residential development on this lot be designed and constructed in accordance with the relevant acoustic design and construction standards, or the specific requirements approved in any acoustic report. Further details can be found in the development permit creating the lot or the development approval for the use, and the associated Council report (Delegated or Council Meeting) or approval letter. This information is available through the PD Online facility on Council’s website www.moretonbay.qld.gov.au."

D. That an Infrastructure Charges Notice for the development approval be provided to the applicant and

included as part of the Decision package with the Decision Notice.

E. That the development approval be noted on the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme due to the approval including a variation approval given under section 61 of the Planning Act 2016; and to give notice of the notation and the premises to which the note relates to the Chief Executive.

Decision Notice information

Details Application Type (a) Material Change of Use – Preliminary Approval for Dwelling

Houses and Home Based Business and variation to the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme to include land within the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct of the General Residential Zone while amending the Building Heights Overlay Map to reduce building heights, and;

(b) Reconfiguring a Lot - Development Permit for 1 into 19 lots, Detention Basin and New Road

Relevant Period of Approval

Material Change of Use and Variation Approval – 6 years Reconfiguring a Lot requiring or not requiring Works – 4 years

Section 64(5) Deemed Approval

Not applicable

Superseded Planning Scheme

Not applicable


PAGE 66

Agenda


PAGE 66 Agenda

http://www.moretonbay.qld.gov.au/


Details Variation approval affecting the Planning Scheme

Any future development will be subject to the levels of assessment and relevant codes applicable within the General residential zone - Next generation neighbourhood precinct.

Other Necessary Permits Operational Works – Development Permit Codes for Accepted Development

Not applicable

Referral Agencies There are no Referral Agencies Submissions Not applicable


PAGE 67

Agenda


PAGE 67 Agenda


REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The site is zoned General Residential and is located within the Urban Neighbourhood Planning Precinct. In order to achieve residential uses (dwelling units in the form of Houses) on site at a density less than what is envisaged by the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct, the application seeks to vary the effect of the MBRC Planning Scheme by applying the General Residential zone - Next Generation Neighbourhood precinct instead of the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct (Figure 1). The application concurrently also seeks a Preliminary Approval for a Material Change of Use for Dwelling House and Home Based Business. In addition, the development application also seeks a Development Permit for Reconfiguring a Lot to allow the subdivision of the land into lots that vary in size from 409m2 - 625m2 (Figure 2).

Figure 1 – Proposed Zone Precinct Variation (Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct)


PAGE 68

Agenda


PAGE 68 Agenda


Figure 2 – Proposed Site Layout

The site is also affected by the Building heights overlay map, that currently stipulates a building height ranging from between 5m as a minimum height - 21m as a maximum height. The application seeks to vary the effect of the Building height overlay to apply a reduced maximum building height of 8.5m with no minimum specified, consistent with other land located in the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct (Figure 3).

Figure 3 – Proposed Building Height Overlay Variation


PAGE 69

Agenda


PAGE 69 Agenda


The history of the site in terms of previous and current development applications is outlined below: Previous Applications On 29 July 2014 a Development Permit for a Material Change of Use for multiple dwelling (44 units) over the site was given (Application reference: DA/28693/2014/V2M). On 15 August 2018 an extension to the currency period was given extending the approval to 1 August 2020 that was then automatically extended for an additional 6 months by the blanket COVID19 extension granted by the Minister until 1 February 2021 when the development approval lapsed. On 13 June 2019, a Development Permit for Reconfiguring a Lot (1 into 10 Lots) over the site was given (Application reference: DA/37382/2018/V3RS) being 9 small lots (195m2-247m2) along the Higgs Street frontage and a single balance lot to accommodate multiple dwellings. The approval was conditioned to demonstrate that the above mentioned Multiple Dwelling approval had been amended to reflect the subdivision approval on the basis that it would accommodate at least 35 dwelling units on the balance lot and that the developments combined would achieve the minimum of 45 dwellings per hectare. The approval is due to lapse on 13 June 2024 inclusive of the additional 2x 6-month COVID-19 extensions granted by the Minister to date however as the multiple dwelling approval has now lapsed, a new separate approval would be required. 2. Explanation of Item 2.1 Description of the Site and Surrounds The subject site is currently vacant and is predominantly cleared, having a total area of 9,533m2. The land slopes from a contour of approximately 13 metres in the south-west corner of the site to 11 metres along the northern boundary. The Higgs Street frontage does not currently contain kerb and channel or a footpath. Street trees are planted along the frontage of the site. Immediately adjoining development is as follows:

Directions Planning Scheme Zone Current Land Use North General Residential

(Urban Neighbourhood) and also a Neighbourhood Hub

Retail/Commercial type uses

South General Residential (Suburban Neighbourhood)

Aged Care Facility and detached houses

East General Residential (Urban Neighbourhood)

Vacant Land & Retail/Commercial type uses

West General Residential (Urban Neighbourhood)

Townhouses

2.2 Assessment Benchmarks related to the Planning Regulation 2017 The Planning Regulation 2017 (the Regulation) prescribes Assessment Benchmarks that the assessment must be carried out against that are additional or alternative to the Assessment Benchmarks contained in the MBRC Planning Scheme. These Assessment Benchmarks are prescribed as being contained in: • the South East Queensland Regional Plan and Part E of the State Planning Policy; and • Schedule 10 of the Regulation.


PAGE 70

Agenda


PAGE 70 Agenda


Applicable Assessment Benchmarks:

State Planning Policy • State Planning Policy, Part E

Regional Plan • South East Queensland Regional Plan

SEQ Regional Plan Designation: Urban Footprint

Koala Habitat Designation: Nil

2.2.1 State Planning Policy A new State Planning Policy came into effect on 3 July 2017 and is not currently integrated into the MBRC Planning Scheme. The following assessment benchmarks are to be applied to the assessment of development applications until the State interests have been appropriately integrated into Council’s planning scheme. Assessment against the SPP assessment benchmarks is as follows:

Assessment benchmark - livable communities Applicable to Development SPP requirement Comment

No None Not applicable

Assessment benchmark - mining and extractive resources Applicable to Development SPP requirement Comment


Assessment benchmarks - water quality Applicable to Development SPP requirement Comment

Yes

(1) Development is located, designed, constructed and operated to avoid or minimize adverse impacts on environmental values arising from (a) altered stormwater quality and

hydrology (b) waste water (c) the creation or expansion of non-

tidal artificial waterways (d) the release and mobilization of

nutrients and sediments. (2) Development achieves the applicable

stormwater management design objectives outlined in tables A and B (appendix 2)

(3) Development in a water supply buffer area avoids adverse impacts on drinking water supply environmental values.

An assessment of the proposed development has been undertaken against the applicable SPP requirements and the proposal has been determined to comply.

Assessment benchmarks - natural hazards, risk and resilience Applicable to Development SPP Requirement Comment


PAGE 71

Agenda


PAGE 71 Agenda



Assessment benchmarks - strategic airports and aviation facilities Applicable to Development SPP Requirement Comment


2.2.2 South East Queensland Regional Plan The site is located in the Urban Footprint.

The development proposal is for an urban activity in the Urban Footprint, and there are no requirements in the State Planning Regulatory Provisions applicable to the development proposal.

2.3 Assessment Against Local Categorising Instrument - Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme An assessment against the relevant parts of the planning scheme is set out below. 2.3.1 Strategic Framework In accordance with section 1.7.2 of the planning scheme, the development proposal requires assessment against the Strategic Outcomes within the Strategic Framework.

The strategic framework sets the policy direction for the planning scheme and forms the basis for ensuring appropriate development occurs within the planning scheme area for the life of the MBRC Planning Scheme. The Strategic Framework is based on a 20-year planning horizon and is based on Council’s analysis of the issues and opportunities facing the region including State interests, the application of the South East Queensland Regional Plan (SEQ Regional Plan) provisions to the Region, and Council’s strategic direction for the future. Although each theme has its own section, the strategic framework is to be read in its entirety as the policy direction for the planning scheme. The vision for the Region is expressed through a series of twelve themes in the Strategic Framework based on the desired regional outcomes in the SEQ Regional Plan. Section 3.14 of the Strategic Framework, specific to the Place Type Model states; It is intended where applications are made for impact assessment Council will use this section to assess such applications. The site is located in the Urban Neighbourhood Place Type of the MBRC Planning Scheme where the Strategic Outcomes for the Place Type are stated in section 3.14.1.9 as; 1. These are selected residential areas that adjoin activity centres that will be targeted for infill

and redevelopment associated with public investment in transport and other infrastructure; and

2. The place type will provide a greater range of housing choice with a higher ratio of attached to detached housing compared to the Next generation neighbourhoods and an expanded range of local convenience services and facilities and more local jobs than the Next generation neighbourhoods.

While an assessment against section 3.14 has been made, an assessment has also been made against those Strategic Outcomes applicable to the proposal and are discussed as follows:


PAGE 72

Agenda


PAGE 72 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

Theme - Sustainability and Resilience

Design and site development and infrastructure using sustainability and urban design principles to reflect the Region's subtropical climate, reinforce local character and achieve innovation and design excellence.

Specific Outcomes 1. All development, including buildings and

infrastructure, will incorporate subtropical design principles, including orientation, siting and passive climate control, in the planning, design and delivery process to minimise land consumption and service costs and improve design of new development;

2. The design and orientation of all buildings and allotments will take advantage of the Region’s climate and reduce the use of energy, especially for cooling and heating, in accordance with sub-tropical design principles and climate smart initiatives;

3. The level of water and energy consumption will be reduced by:

a. encouraging the use of climate smart initiatives;

b. implementing the Moreton Bay Regional Council's Total Water Cycle Management Plan; and

c. avoiding land use change and development that has adverse impacts on land, water and air quality and is associated with environment, health and safety concerns; and

4. Development outcomes are focused on creating multiple benefits to the community, the economy and the environment.

Yes The proposal seeks a Preliminary Approval for a Material Change of Use for Dwelling Houses and Home Based Business (including a variation request to vary the effect of the MBRC Planning Scheme 2016) and a Reconfiguring a Lot - Development Permit for Subdivision (1 into 19 lots). Accordingly, there is no specific building design elements to the proposal submitted. However, the layout of the development and the proposed provision of infrastructure is consistent with the urban design principles and sustainability requirements articulated in the codes and policies in the MBRC Planning Scheme. The orientation of the lots is developed in a manner that takes advantage of the region’s climate. The development outcomes will result in the delivery of a range of residential lot sizes to help meet the housing needs of the community. It also provides for a suitable transition between the adjoining townhouse development to the west and the vacant, residential allotments to the east (which are also located within the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct). The four lots immediately adjacent to the east have an area of 726-728m2 each and could potentially be each


PAGE 73

Agenda


PAGE 73 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

developed with a Dwelling House.

Greenhouse gas emissions are reduced from development, land management and other planning decisions in the region.

Specific Outcomes 1. Support relevant sustainable/ alternative

energy strategies, policies and projects that assist in the production of a decentralised energy grid and support smart grid initiatives;

2. Incorporate planning and design measures in development, land management and other planning decisions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in accordance with climate smart design principles, Next Generation Planning handbook planning principles and smart growth principles;

3. Reduce greenhouse gas emissions from transport fuel consumption by adopting patterns of urban development that reduce the need to travel and the distance travelled and by facilitating an increase in provision of active and public transport alternatives;

4. Improve energy efficiency through siting, design, construction and use of demand management technologies to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from electricity use;

5. Increase the local provision of renewable energy and low emission technology in appropriate locations;

6. Increase stored carbon through the retention or planting of trees or other vegetation, and other land management practices that also provide sustainability and amenity outcomes; and

7. Develop urban and peri-urban agriculture strategies, policies and projects that support local sustainable commercial and community food growing in the region to assist in reducing emissions and transport costs.

Yes The subject site is located in close proximity to Deception Bay Road and has good access to a range of existing commercial and retail services and facilities along this road, that is all within a walkable distance, including access to public transport. The site’s proximity to these services and public transport options should encourage active transport and reduce reliance on motor vehicles.

The resilience of communities, development, essential infrastructure, natural environments and economic sectors to natural hazards including projected changes in weather is increased.

Specific Outcomes 1. Respond to the risk from natural hazards,

including projected changes in weather, by avoiding areas with high exposure and establishing adaptation strategies to minimise

Yes The site is not subject to natural hazard risks. The future design of any houses on the lots to be created can be designed to be responsive the sub-tropical climate and proposes a development intensity that is suitable for its location.


PAGE 74

Agenda


PAGE 74 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

vulnerability to riverine flooding, storm tide, coastal erosion, bushfires and landslides;

2. Respond to the risk from natural hazards, including projected changes in weather, by establishing adaptation strategies to minimise vulnerability to heatwaves and high temperatures, reduced and more variable rainfall, cyclones and severe winds, and severe storms and hail; and

3. Recognise and respond to changes in urban climates due to land use conversion and urban heat island effect from increased development intensity.

Identify people, economic sectors and areas that are at risk due to oil supply vulnerability and increase their resilience to the effects of oil supply vulnerability.

Specific Outcomes Manage risks and reduce impacts on people, economic sectors and areas from the effects of oil supply vulnerability by: a. Designing development to encourage walking,

cycling and public transport use to access local shopping facilities and employment locations, and early provision of public transport services;

b. ensuring transport infrastructure and service investment actively reduces oil dependence, particularly for trips that could be undertaken by public or active transport; and

c. reducing the length of trips and dependence on oil by localising access to goods, services and employment opportunities.

Yes The proposed development responds to oil supply vulnerability by being located in an area in close proximity to commercial and employment centres, schools and the like. The subject site is within approximately 420 metres of a public transport route on Deception Bay Road and is approximately 1.2km from Rothwell Central. It is also within walking distance of a range of other commercial facilities along Deception Bay Road.

The adverse effects of development on land, air quality and noise levels are avoided in the first instance, mitigated and managed to within acceptable levels and environmental harm is avoided.

Specific Outcomes

1. Development minimises the adverse effects of land degradation;

2. In areas where land degradation has occurred, the land is restored to a healthy, self-sustainable and stable condition;

3. Development does not lead to adverse impacts on air quality by contamination; and

Yes The proposed development is not likely to cause air quality issues due to its residential nature. An acoustic assessment was submitted in support of the development application to address the potential noise from the adjoining commercial development on Deception Bay Road. From the results of the analysis, it was concluded that the noise levels generated by activities on the adjoining


PAGE 75

Agenda


PAGE 75 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

4. Development does not lead to environmental harm or nuisance through unacceptable levels of noise.

commercial premises will meet the applicable noise level targets for all lowset residences and the lower level of all highset residences, subject to the erection of a 1.8m - 2.1m high acoustic fence being constructed as indicated within the acoustic report. For any future highset residences constructed on Lots 10 and 14-19, adequate control noise intrusion into affected habitable spaces on the upper level of the residence will not be achieved if the windows to particular space are open. To achieve full control of noise intrusion into the upper level habitable spaces, it would be necessary to design any highset residences on these lots to ensure that the windows to the upper level spaces located within the 43-50dBA band can be kept closed if desired. Appropriate conditions of approval can be imposed in this regard.

Theme - Natural Environment and Landscape Biodiversity and associated ecosystem services of the Moreton Bay Region will be protected, managed and enhanced, and resilience of ecosystems (including sub-tidal ecosystems) to the impacts of changing weather patterns and other environmental challenges will be maximised.

Specific Outcomes 1. The Region's current network of protected

areas will be conserved and expanded to achieve viable representations of all the Region's currently identified and future regional ecosystems to ensure biodiversity resilience and ongoing provision of ecosystem services;

2. Ecological connectivity to improve ecological robustness and resilience to changing weather

Yes The proposal achieves the Strategic Outcomes, being a lot that is predominantly cleared of vegetation and that does not contain any protected areas. The site does not contain any identified koala habitat.


PAGE 76

Agenda


PAGE 76 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

patterns and other threats will be maintained and improved through retention of native vegetation, managed regrowth and rehabilitation; the use of mechanisms such as development offset and mitigation contributions and non-planning scheme measures such as voluntary agreements and Land for Wildlife programs;

3. The green infrastructure network within the urban footprint will be incorporated into the design of development in a way that complements and supports the intended urban design outcomes for the relevant place and also allows for an ongoing supply of ecosystem services to the community and to conserve biodiversity values. In order of priority the actions to be taken are:

a. protection of existing natural areas or land adjacent to natural areas not already protected in perpetuity;

b. rehabilitation of degraded natural areas; then

c. habitat enhancement of priority species and ecosystems; and

4. Where an area within the green infrastructure network is not incorporated into the design of development but is allowed to be cleared, the effect of this clearing may be required to be offset in an environmental offset area as identified in Planning scheme policy - Environmental areas and corridors, Section 11.3 Offset receiving site location hierarchy.

Koala population viability within the Moreton Bay Region will be maintained and improved.

Specific Outcomes 1. Strategic koala habitat networks will be

conserved and expanded to ensure strong and safe habitat and linkages for koalas across our Region;

2. Development in koala movement areas or near to koala habitat areas and corridors will incorporate koala design principles to reduce threats to koalas, integrating green infrastructure that maximises koala movement across the landscape, such as koala friendly fencing, culverts and land bridges; and

3. Where vegetation within priority species habitat (refer to Planning scheme policy - Environmental areas and corridors, Section 3

Yes


PAGE 77

Agenda


PAGE 77 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

Priority and other native species, and Section 14 List of priority species of Moreton Bay) and movement areas is removed an offset will be sought for placement within an environmental offset area as identified in Planning scheme policy - Environmental areas and corridors, 11.3 Offset receiving site location hierarchy.

Theme - Strong Communities Utilise the principles of urban design to promote healthy and safe communities.

Specific Outcomes 1. Sustainability and urban design principles and

the standards of universal access and safety will be used to create built environments conducive to physical activity and public environments accessible by all people;

2. Development and provision of infrastructure will help to deliver a healthy and safe built environment, encouraging healthy lifestyle choices;

3. Appropriate consideration of social needs will occur for major new development; and

4. Community facilities in appropriate locations will be available for emergency purposes during and after natural disasters.

Yes No built form is proposed in the Material Change of Use component, including the variation component, of the development application. The proposed reconfiguration is consistent with the MBRC Planning Scheme in proposing a subdivision layout with active transport connections beyond the site to provide opportunities for walking and cycling, as well as being within walking distance to public transport routes on Deception Bay Road, thereby ensuring that the proposal is consistent with the Strategic Outcomes.

Provision of a well connected, diverse and accessible public open space network.

Specific Outcomes 1. Accessible, diverse and quality useable open

space that provides for the health, recreation and leisure needs of the current and future communities is maintained and enhanced;

2. Passive and active recreation areas and community greenspaces provide a pleasant experience for residents and visitors and enhance the sense of place and community identity;

3. Connectivity of the open space network and community greenspaces is provided within and between the Regional Landscape and Rural Production Area, Rural Living Area and Urban Footprint;

4. Well-designed accessible public places will be required to be provided in all new growth areas; and

Yes The proposed development does not propose any public open space, but has good access to the existing public open space network. A stormwater detention basin is proposed as part of the development, however this does not form part of formal public open space.


PAGE 78

Agenda


PAGE 78 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

5. Council will identify a diverse network of open spaces across the Region catering for specific needs of the community including inclusive all-ability playgrounds, botanic gardens, natural playgrounds and community gardens.

Provide an integrated, high-quality, urban community greenspace network to cater for recreational and environmental needs in existing and new neighbourhoods.

Specific Outcomes 1. Identify and respond to community needs for

urban community greenspace generated as a result of urban development, especially in areas targeted for redevelopment, infill and new walkable neighbourhoods;

2. Ensure urban community greenspace is integrated into the planning, design and development of existing neighbourhoods targeted for infill and redevelopment and new walkable neighbourhoods to provide for land use efficiencies and long-term sustainability;

3. Respond to growth in a co-ordinated manner, with place and function as a focus through the use of open space typologies in regard to defined place types;

4. Create a more flexible open space planning framework that responds to increased residential populations and changing demographic compositions; and

5. Encourage the shared use of open space where appropriate through the development of design principles for new open space.

Yes

Provide for a variety of outdoor recreation opportunities including recreation trails and camping areas to meet community demands.

Specific Outcomes 1. A variety of outdoor recreation opportunities is

provided to meet community demands; 2. Identify possible locations for hard to locate

sports within the inter-urban break; 3. Provide a range of recreational trails for a range

of users in diverse settings that range from urban to natural;

4. Provide facilities and areas that allow equitable use by a broad range of active sport, recreation and community activities, including:

a. venues for organised and informal activities;

Yes


PAGE 79

Agenda


PAGE 79 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

b. civic and cultural activities including festival and public events;

c. coastal foreshores and esplanades; and d. high impact sporting and recreational uses in

appropriate locations; and 5. Provide recreational experiences that promote

a healthier lifestyle including recreational trails, passive parkland and formal sporting facilities.

A variety of housing options is provided to meet diverse community needs and achieve housing choice and affordability.

Specific Outcomes 1. Council’s planning initiatives are primarily

aimed at increasing population in close proximity to services, public transport and employment to make the overall cost of living more affordable by reducing overall lifestyle costs, particularly transport costs, energy costs by requiring services and facilities close to where people live;

2. Significant housing development will continue across the region with a greater range of housing types being built in new developments and in established areas targeted for infill and redevelopment;

3. New housing developments will be planned, designed and delivered taking into account the neighbourhood and place type, existing and future housing needs in the area, and the connectivity and accessibility required to create a walkable neighbourhood and encourage active transport;

4. Council will support the provision of affordable housing through community-based, not-for-profit entities and housing cooperatives and the private sector;

5. All major new developments will be encouraged to incorporate a greater range of housing types and affordable housing products that demonstrate housing affordability, including appropriate housing for the entry buyer and low-income housing markets and demographic mix;

6. Council will lobby the other levels of government regarding decisions on the disposal or redevelopment of government property and surplus land to include consideration of the opportunity for that land to be used for affordable housing purposes; and

Yes The proposal provides lots ranging from 209m2 to 625m2 that support both housing diversity and opportunities for affordability and have the appropriate dimensions in accordance with the Lot Types defined for the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct within the Planning Scheme. The subject site is also within walking distance of the Higgs Street bus stop on Deception Bay Road and has good access to a range of commercial services and facilities along Deception Bay Road. The Site is located approximately 1.2km from Rothwell Central that accommodates significant commercial uses including a supermarket and retail shops. The Site is well located for residential development and is consistent with the Strategic Outcome. The density of development proposed is less than that envisaged for the Urban Neighbourhood Place Type, however this application still results in an increase in population in proximity to


PAGE 80

Agenda


PAGE 80 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

7. Appropriate ‘private open space’ is provided in the development of all housing products.

services, public transport and employment. The development outcomes will result in the delivery of a range of residential lot sizes to help meet the housing needs of the community. It also provides for a suitable transition between the adjoining townhouse developments to the west and the vacant, residential allotments to the east (which are also located within the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct). The four lots immediately adjacent to the east have an area of 726-728m2 each and it is more likely that these would be developed for future detached Dwelling houses or Dual occupancies, given their size and configuration. The lot sizes proposed as part of this development would therefore be relatively consistent with that form of development, if it were to occur as the MBRC scheme allows.

Theme - Settlement Pattern and Urban Form A more compact urban form is developed within the urban footprint by a program of urban design and sustainability principles aimed at increasing the jobs and people per hectare in targeted locations (to help achieve Council's long term 70% local employment target), creating walkable communities, and a viable quality transit system. Specific Outcomes 1. A more efficient land use and development

pattern will be achieved progressively over time by:

a. limiting new urban development occurring outside the Urban Footprint to land in an Identified Growth Area and part of new master planned walkable and transit-based

Yes The proposal has access to suitable road connections and provides for active transport opportunities, being located within walking distance of commercial areas and public transport. The proposal will establish a next generation style neighbourhood with lots ranging from 209m2 to 625m2 which supports both housing diversity and affordability. It also provides for a suitable


PAGE 81

Agenda


PAGE 81 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

neighbourhoods which are contiguous with existing neighbourhoods wherever possible;

b. encouraging more intense development and a greater mix of uses at targeted locations within the Urban Footprint;

c. requiring new development to be integrated into existing neighbourhoods in a spatially cohesive manner to help create walkable communities with an emphasis being placed on active transport and access by transit; and

d. directing growth away from areas of higher risk of natural hazards, given that urban land allocations outside these areas are sufficient to accommodate growth beyond the life of the planning scheme.

2. Ensure that new development and redevelopment in established urban areas reinforces the strengths and individual character of the urban area in which the development occurs;

3. Target growth in locations within the Urban Footprint in growth areas and in investigation areas that provide superior transportation choices or otherwise reduce car use, particularly through supporting growth in targeted established urban areas and redevelopment in and around existing urban centres and along priority transit networks and other high-frequency transit corridors;

4. Within the Urban Footprint, Council will consolidate and maintain rural residential development in the identified rural residential areas in locations where this form of development will not compromise the orderly, progressive and efficient expansion of the urban area and its associated infrastructure networks;

5. Development in the Urban Footprint, in growth areas and in investigation areas protects agricultural land outside the Urban Footprint with the onus of buffering placed on land in the Urban Footprint, growth areas and in investigation areas.

6. New industrial land uses are appropriately separated from sensitive land uses; and

7. New development including sensitive land uses recognises existing industrial development and includes appropriate separation measures

transition between the adjoining townhouse developments to the west; the vacant, low density residential allotments to the east (which are also located within the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct); and the aged care facility and detached housing that exists to the south. The proposal is consistent with the Strategic Outcomes for the theme.


PAGE 82

Agenda


PAGE 82 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

New master planned walkable neighbourhoods, activity centres and enterprise and employment areas served by public transport have a role to play in helping to accommodate regional dwelling and employment targets and require comprehensive planning to coordinate future development with infrastructure delivery.

Specific Outcomes 1. New urban development will be supported in

greenfield locations with available infrastructure capacity or where infrastructure capacity can be provided efficiently and cost effectively and without creating disadvantage to current and planned priority infrastructure areas;

2. New development and land use patterns that would compromise or constrain the efficient expansion of the infrastructure system and services required to service development and/or the corridors required for provision of infrastructure will be discouraged;

3. Development within new greenfield developments and rural residential transition areas is to be designed and developed as part of a future transit based walkable neighbourhood and as such must provide pedestrian, cycle, local road, open space and waterway connectivity, within the neighbourhood and adjacent areas in accordance with the specific outcomes of the relevant place types;

4. Urban development of greenfield areas will not be supported unless it is designed and developed as a series of transit based walkable neighbourhoods and with an appropriate network of centres, public spaces and pedestrian, cycle, local road, green infrastructure, within the neighbourhood and to adjacent areas in accordance with the specific outcomes of the relevant place types and local plan strategies;

5. New "15 minute" walkable neighbourhoods will include a diversity of uses and employment opportunities at a minimum of 35 people and jobs per hectare to support viable public transport services and walkable communities and encourage active transport. These new neighbourhoods will be designed around local centres and neighbourhood hubs and include a range of community facilities and services and

Yes All the required services and infrastructure needed to facilitate development will be made available to the Site. The proposal demonstrates a suitable access arrangement and road connection to Higgs Street, in addition to the construction of a footpath along Higgs Street for the development. The proposal will establish a next generation style neighbourhood with lots ranging from 209m2 to 625m2 which supports both housing diversity and affordability. As stated previously, the Site is well located due to its proximity to commercial, community and employment uses and public transport, supporting the development of the land for residential purposes at the proposed density. Further, while the density of development proposed is less than that envisaged for the Urban Neighbourhood Place Type, this application is for a variation to apply the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct. The development outcomes will result in the delivery of a range of residential lot sizes to help meet the housing needs of the community. It also provides for a suitable transition between the adjoining townhouse developments to the west


PAGE 83

Agenda


PAGE 83 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

public spaces required by the local community. A range of different housing types will be provided on a range of lot sizes. Pedestrian and cycle way networks and local road systems will be designed to maximise connectivity;

6. Greenfield development sites will be designed to demonstrate best practice in community services, urban green infrastructure, communication, mobility, energy efficiency, water cycle management and waste management; and

7. Urban development avoids areas of higher natural hazard risk and otherwise ensures development subject to natural hazards is compatible with the risk presented to protect people, property and infrastructure.

and the vacant residential allotments to the east (which are also located within the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct) and the aged care facility and detached housing that exists to the south. The proposal is consistent with the Strategic Outcomes.

Theme - Employment Location

Theme - Rural Futures

Theme - Natural Resources

Theme - Integrated Transport Plan for a more compact settlement pattern and urban form to encourage sustainable travel patterns: reducing the need to make trips by any motorised form and to reduce the length of motorised trips.

Specific Outcomes 1. Support transit oriented communities at

locations with high frequency public transport services and access to good quality and safe cycling and walking routes;

2. Sufficient infrastructure is provided to connect communities and increase self-containment in the region;

3. Reduce the length and reduce the frequency of car trips;

4. Reduce the length and increase the frequency of public transport trips;

5. Increase the length and increase the frequency of walking and cycling trips;

6. End of trip facilities are provided in public and private developments in activity centres to encourage walking and cycling;

7. Complementary land uses are provided in close proximity to each other, encouraging shorter trips and a higher level of linked trips (e.g. child-care facilities, open space and shops located close to work-places) and providing opportunities for communal parking;

Yes As stated above, the proximity of the site to public transport, commercial centres as well as places of employment supports the creation of a more compact settlement pattern in the region, albeit that the proposal seeks a variation to the planning scheme to apply the Next Generation Precinct, rather than the higher density Urban Neighbourhood Precinct. The development has the infrastructure necessary to support it. The proposal is consistent with the Strategic Outcome.


PAGE 84

Agenda


PAGE 84 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

8. Ensure new development is serviced with new public transport routes, facilities and high frequency services, including priority transit corridors, to establish improved mode share at an early stage; and

9. Appropriate fauna management practices are implemented where necessary to protect wildlife.

10. Appropriate measures are implemented where necessary to protect water quality in drinking water catchments.

Influence sustainable travel behaviour by creating attractive places to walk and cycle. Specific Outcomes 1. Provide good quality urban design to

encourage Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design principles to improve the design quality of public space;

2. Activate areas to encourage a sense of community, creating a feeling of safety and encouraging more people to walk;

3. Pedestrian and cycle routes and associated infrastructure are well managed and maintained;

4. Promote the health aspects of walking and cycling; and

5. Provide best practice design of the transport network to reduce accidents and improve safety, particularly related to pedestrians and cyclists.

Yes The development proposes through its subdivision component a layout of development that is connected to local roads, that contain existing footpaths. The proposed development will extend the footpath along the Higgs Street road frontage, providing for a future extension to the east when those lots develop. An internal cul-de-sac road is proposed to access the development, that includes a footpath for one side of the internal road. As the site is within close walking distance to public transport and commercial development on Deception Bay Road, the proposal supports active transport and is therefore consistent with the Strategic Outcome.

Theme - Infrastructure Use infrastructure to support desired regional growth and help create a more compact urban pattern, cohesive urban and rural communities, and regional economic development.

1. Council is approaching the challenge of growth

management by adopting smart growth principles and the MBRC Place Model. This model will integrate land uses, transport and infrastructure to promote a more compact

Yes The proposed development is capable of being serviced with all the necessary infrastructure required. The application seeks to apply the Next Generation Precinct through a variation request, providing for a range of allotments that seek to create a relatively


PAGE 85

Agenda


PAGE 85 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

urban form, including increased availability and diversity of housing for people of all income levels, walkable neighbourhoods, creating distinctive and attractive mixed use communities, access to a variety of transportation choices, reduced car dependency, protecting our natural landscapes, targeting new development to accessible infill locations and prioritising use of existing infrastructure.

compact urban form that takes advantage of the site’s proximity to existing services, facilities and public transport. It is therefore ideally located with respect to the provision of infrastructure.

Facilitate access to high-speed broadband telecommunications. Specific Outcomes 1. Council is supportive of high speed internet

access for all and encourages the roll out of the high speed broadband services throughout the Region including access for the more remote rural areas; and

2. Council will continue to monitor the growth of the digital economy and its potential impacts on lifestyles and development within the Region and will seek to identify opportunities provided by the new economy to support greater levels of economic development/job self containment within the Region and opportunities for telecommuting to replace commuter travel to the city.

Yes While not applicable to the Material Change of Use component of the development application, the subdivision component of the development proposal will require the residential lots to be connected to the broadband network.

Theme - Water Management Floodplains in the region will be managed for the long-term benefit of the community such that hazards to people and damages to property and infrastructure are minimised and the intrinsic environmental values of the floodplain are protected. Specific Outcomes 1. The natural function of the Region’s floodplains

are preserved and enhanced;

2. The different flood behaviour that occurs across the region in a variety of events, up to and including the probable maximum flood, are recognised and planned for; and

3. Land use planning and development controls

minimise both the exposure of people to flood hazard and the potential damages to property and infrastructure.

Yes The Site is not affected by flooding hazard.

Ensure development is appropriately planned, designed, constructed, operated and maintained to

Yes While not applicable to the Material Change of Use


PAGE 86

Agenda


PAGE 86 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

manage stormwater and wastewater in order to protect the environmental values.

1. Incorporate water sensitive urban design

principles into urban developments to reduce the impact of stormwater run-off and associated pollutants generated from urbanised areas, including:

a. naturalising stormwater run-off, rather than rapidly conveying stormwater;

b. rainwater tanks to conserve potable water supplies;

c. vegetated swales and buffer strips to reduce flow velocities and filter pollutants;

d. water-efficient landscaping; e. at-source stormwater treatment through

streetscape bioretention/rain gardens; f. constructed stormwater wetlands to treat

run-off from larger catchments; g. protecting water-related environmental,

recreational and cultural values; h. stormwater harvesting for various uses in

localised catchments; and i. greywater re-use and on-site sewerage

treatment facilities.

component of the development application, the subdivision component of the development proposal will provide stormwater solutions that achieve state and local government requirements with a stormwater detention basin proposed as part of the development.

Theme - Planning Areas Element - North Lakes-Redcliffe-Moreton Bay Rail corridor planning area Specific Outcomes - Sustainability and Resilience 1. Some areas within the planning area are

exposed to natural hazards and the projected impacts of changes in weather due to their proximity to Bramble Bay, Deception Bay, Hays Inlet and the major flood plains of the rivers and watercourses draining into the bays. The Coast and Riverlands place type has been used to identify the areas at greatest risk from flooding and coastal hazards and limit further urban development and further intensification of development from these areas;

2. Higher intensity mixed use development is intended to be provided around existing and proposed railway stations, district centres and higher order activity centres. Over time residential and employment opportunities will support viable high quality public transport and active transport systems and reduce the need to travel and the distance travelled by private vehicles.

Yes The proposed development does not compromise the achievement of these outcomes, containing no identified natural hazard features in terms of flooding, landslide, bushfire and the like. Further, despite the current Urban Neighbourhood designation applying to the land, a higher intensity mixed use development has not been delivered on this land to date as it is not ideally located to realise that potential as the site is not located immediately adjacent to any existing or proposed railway stations, district centres or higher


PAGE 87

Agenda


PAGE 87 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

order activity centres. The proposal is therefore a pragmatic solution that aligns with this outcome.

Specific Outcomes – Natural environment and landscape 1. The planning area includes significant natural

features and green infrastructure. These areas include: A. the foreshores of Redcliffe, Deception Bay

and Hays Inlet; B. the waterways of the Pine River, North

Pine River, Freshwater Creek, Black Duck Creek, Saltwater Creek, Yebri Creek and Burpengary Creek;

C. wetlands and aquatic habitats including the Ramsar wetlands, the Hays Inlet (FHA-012) and Kippa Ring (FHA-014) declared Fish Habitat Areas and Moreton Bay Marine Park; and d. areas set aside because of their conservation significance including the Freshwater National Park at Deception Bay, Hays Inlet Conservation Park, and Saltwater Creek Environmental Park. Most of these areas are protected by their inclusion in the Mountain ranges, forests and waterways place type and the Coast and Riverlands place type which exclude development incompatible with protecting the significant values of these areas;

2. The planning area contains many green infrastructure components, including waterways, core environmental areas, terrestrial environmental corridors, parks, linear open spaces, urban forests and street trees. The design and development of concept plans for growth areas at Narangba, Dakabin, Griffin, Mango Hill and the new stations on the Moreton Bay Rail corridor will incorporate green infrastructure network elements wherever possible; and

3. Strategic koala habitat networks in this planning area are critical to ensuring strong and safe habitat linkages for koalas in the longer term. Identified core koala habitat areas and koala movement and dispersal corridors will be protected and development will rehabilitate and reinstate the regional ecosystem values in these identified areas. In

Yes The subject site does not contain any significant natural features or green infrastructure, including any koala habitat.


PAGE 88

Agenda


PAGE 88 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

areas where clearing of koala habitat is required to achieve good quality urban design outcomes, offsets will be required into an identified environmental offsets area.

Specific Outcomes - Strong communities 1. The planning area provides for a diverse range

of housing choice in terms of type, density, layout and affordability to cater for a demographically and socio-economically diverse population within the Rural residential, Suburban neighbourhood, Next generation neighbourhood, Urban neighbourhood and Activity centre place types;

2. The planning area provides for the development of an appropriate range of community facilities and services, sporting and recreational facilities, open space and parkland to cater for the district community;

3. North Lakes is shown as a Health Precinct in the SEQ Regional Plan2009-2031and will support health services;

4. Special places that contribute to the unique identity of the planning area include Old Petrie Town, Redcliffe Aerodrome, Scarborough Boat Harbour, Shaftesbury Citizen Centre, Watson Park Convention Centre, Dakabin regional waste facility, Murrumba Downs and Redcliffe wastewater treatment plants. Each of these facilities has a unique role to play in respect to opportunities for economic activity, recreation, tourism aviation and marine activities and planning area infrastructure which this plan seeks to protect. These have been allocated to Special area place types in the planning area;

5. The planning area falls within three regional character areas of urban corridor, coastal urban and rural coast. These prevailing character areas within the planning area are intended to be enhanced and protected. In particular, the distinctive Redcliffe Peninsula landscape identity will be maintained and enhanced. Attention will also be paid to creating a distinctive and memorable coastal architectural scale and character. Elsewhere new development will contain high quality built form and landscapes consistent with provisions of the Moreton Bay Regional Council Urban Design Charter and the Subtropical Design in South East Queensland: A Handbook for Planners, Developers and Decision Makers;

Yes The proposal provides lots ranging from 209m2 to 625m2 that supports both housing diversity and affordability for the community. It also provides for a suitable transition between the adjoining townhouse developments to the west and the vacant, low density residential allotments to the east (which are also located within the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct) and the aged care facility and detached housing that exists to the south. The four lots immediately adjacent to the east have an area of 726-728m2 each and it is likely that these would be developed for future detached Dwelling houses or Dual occupancies, given their size and configuration. The lot sizes proposed as part of this development would therefore be relatively consistent with that form of development, if it were to occur. The Site is located within an established locality being situated within close proximity of the existing community, educational, retail, commercial and business uses existing within the neighbouring localities of Deception Bay and Rothwell.


PAGE 89

Agenda


PAGE 89 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

6. Residential areas will be generously landscaped and linked to one another by a continuous open space system including parks and playing fields; and

7. Sites of local heritage significance are located within the planning area. Development that has the potential to impact upon the heritage listed sites will require a heritage impact assessment as part of the approval process.

Specific Outcomes - Settlement pattern and urban form 1. … …; and 2. … …; and 3. … …; and 4. … …; and 5. … …; and 6. … …; and 7. … …; and 8. … …; and 9. … …; and 10. … …; and 11. Next generation neighbourhoods at Griffin,

Mango Hill, Kallangur, Dakabin, Narangba and Burpengary East will be developed as well planned and attractive new residential neighbourhoods providing a diverse range of residential opportunities at densities that support the provision of community facilities and services and viable local centres. Local centres will generally be located on central intersections with good accessibility and visibility, in locations that support active transport and a network of well connected and attractive streets and open spaces within the neighbourhoods;

12. … …; and 13. … …; and 14. … …; and 15. … ….

Yes As discussed above, the subdivision component of the development application will deliver the outcomes expected in the planning scheme for a Next Generation Neighbourhood without compromising those envisaged for the Urban Neighbourhood. The site while not mentioned in Outcome 11, will deliver those same outcomes. Relevantly, the Urban Neighbourhood precinct the land is located in is not mentioned or referred to in section 3.14 of the Strategic Framework.

Specific Outcomes – Integrated Transport 1. … …; and 2. … …; and 3. … …; and 4. … …; and 5. … …; and 6. Pedestrian and cycle paths are intended to be

integrated with existing and intended future road networks and public transport services to provide direct active transport routes within and between neighbourhoods and centres to

Yes A pedestrian path is proposed along the full Higgs Street road frontage, connecting to the existing footpath to the west. This will ultimately connect to Deception Bay Road when development to the east occurs. Safe pedestrian access to Deception Bay Road is currently provided on the southern side of


PAGE 90

Agenda


PAGE 90 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

promote and support walking, cycling and public transport patronage.

Higgs Street, that has an existing footpath to Deception Bay Road. This will provide access to existing public transport routes from the site.

Specific Outcomes – Infrastructure 1. … …; and 2. Provision of high speed broadband

telecommunication facilities is facilitated for residential and business purposes.

Yes While not applicable to the Material Change of Use component of the development application, the subdivision component of the development proposal will require the residential lots to be connected to the broadband network.

Theme - MBRC Place Model Element - Next generation neighbourhood place type Specific Outcomes - Sustainability and resilience 1. Buildings on small to medium sized lots and in

medium density developments are interspersed with private open space and trees and respond to local climate conditions by allowing flow of breezes, natural ventilation and light;

2. Residential developments are designed to allow footpaths suitable for extensive native vegetation and appropriate shade trees;

3. Dwellings are to be designed and sited so as to minimise energy requirements and provide a high standard of residential amenity; and

4. Development is designed to avoid exposure to flood and storm tide inundation events and coastal erosion.

Yes Refer to the assessment above against the Sustainability and resilience Theme.

Specific Outcomes - Natural environment and landscape 1. Open space network incorporates natural and

semi-natural parklands that form part of environmental corridors within the green infrastructure network;

2. The green infrastructure network is incorporated into the design of new development and rehabilitated in accordance with green infrastructure network detailed maps. Where native vegetation is to be cleared in order to achieve high quality urban design outcomes and offsets are required these are to be located within environmental offset areas as

Yes Refer to the assessment above against the Natural environment and landscape Theme.


PAGE 91

Agenda


PAGE 91 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

identified in Planning scheme policy - Environmental areas and corridors, 11.3 Offset receiving site location hierarchy;

3. Open space and natural environmental areas within these areas are complemented by the private ‘greening’ of yard space on private property and street trees. Residents experience a high level of on-site residential amenity; and

4. Development is designed to incorporate natural features and respond to topography.

Specific Outcomes - Strong communities 1. Schools, pre-schools, child care centres, place

of worship, community health services and other community activities provide informal and safe meeting places for residents whilst serving daily convenience needs;

2. An extensive range of active and passive open space and recreation areas for use by local residents are an integral part of these places within walking distance of most homes along lineal green corridors and tree lined streets; and

3. Informal recreation experiences are predominantly provided, with formal recreation opportunities provided in some circumstances

Yes Refer to the assessment above against the Strong communities Theme

Specific Outcomes - Settlement pattern and urban form 1. Next generation places cater for a mix of

dwellings on a variety of lot sizes, small lot/zero lot line housing, rear lane housing, dual occupancies, medium density residential units and housing for older persons;

2. Development across a Next generation neighbourhood place type has a minimum density of 35 people and/or jobs per hectare (for people this equates to a net residential density of 15 – 25 dwellings per hectare);

3. Adaptable housing is encouraged in response to changing housing needs;

4. Community activities (schools, pre-schools, child care centres, places of worship, community health services and other community activities) are designed to have a low rise built form on landscape sites. They may be clustered together, in or adjacent to neighbourhood hubs or local centres, or dispersed within the area. Where they are dispersed within the area they are located on main through streets or central intersections;

Yes Refer to the assessment above against the Settlement pattern and urban form Theme.


PAGE 92

Agenda


PAGE 92 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

5. Buildings address the street and non-residential uses have active street frontages;

6. At least one local centre or neighbourhood hub is conveniently located within the neighbourhood. Local centres and neighbourhood hubs create a series of 15 minute walkable neighbourhoods. Convenient locations for local centres and neighbourhood hubs are on main through streets or on central intersections and within a 15 minute walking distance and responsive to active transport;

7. Development for the expansion (into adjoining lots) of a local centre or neighbourhood hub, or the establishment of a new local centre or neighbourhood hub, will only be supported where the following can be met: a. it is of a scale that remains subordinate to

higher order and district centres within the region and only provides for day-to-day convenience retail, local services, and community activities;

b. it is conveniently located on a main through street and/or adjoins or is opposite to a public transport node;

c. the expansion will strengthen the existing local centre or neighbourhood hub as an important neighbourhood activity node and does not fragment the intensity of uses;

d. a new local centre or neighbourhood hub is to service an un-serviced catchment and is located to form 15 minute walkable neighbourhoods, with the local centre or neighbourhood hub central to that neighbourhood;

e. they are appropriately designed to have high quality urban design outcomes.

8. New development should have regard to the existing character of the Next generation neighbourhood, however high quality urban design outcomes have priority.

Specific Outcomes - Integrated transport 1. Next generation neighbourhoods have a well-

connected, permeable, legible and grid-like network of streets and active transport linkages that provide direct and easily understood choices of routes to walk, cycle, take public transport and drive to multiple destinations within the neighbourhood. Cul-de-sacs are not the dominant form of street network;

Yes Refer to the assessment above against the Integrated transport Theme.


PAGE 93

Agenda


PAGE 93 Agenda


Strategic Outcome

Com

ply

Assessment

2. The active transport network is integrated with public transport infrastructure so that all homes are within 400metres of a bus stop; and

3. Local centres, local concentrations of employment and other local attractors are within 15 minutes of all residents by walking, cycling or public transport.

Specific Outcomes - Infrastructure 1. Next generation neighbourhoods have the level

of service of infrastructure provision necessary to support growth, increased intensity of activity and adaptation to change over time and to create a safe and attractive public realm; and

2. Next generation neighbourhood places include electricity, gas, telecommunications and high speed broadband to support residential and business needs.

Yes Refer to the assessment above against the Infrastructure Theme.

Specific Outcomes - Water management 1. Adequate potable water supply, sewerage and

appropriate stormwater infrastructure is provided to create a safe environment during rain events whilst protecting receiving environments; and

2. Water sensitive urban design measures are incorporated into development, including, where possible, the retention and rehabilitation of riparian vegetation to protect and enhance the water quality in the Region's waterways and drinking water catchments.

Yes Refer to the assessment above against the Water management Theme

Accordingly, based on the assessment above, the proposal is consistent with the Strategic Outcomes of the Strategic Framework of the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme.

While the site is currently located in the Urban Neighbourhood Place Type, the application is seeking a variation to apply the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct to the site. The proposal provides lots ranging in area from 209m2 to 625m2 that supports both housing diversity and affordability for the community. It also provides for a suitable transition between the adjoining townhouse developments to the west and the vacant residential allotments to the east, as well as the aged care facility and detached housing that exists to the south. The site is located within an established locality being situated within close proximity of the existing community, educational, retail, commercial and business uses existing within the neighbouring localities of Deception Bay and Rothwell.


PAGE 94

Agenda


PAGE 94 Agenda


Therefore, for these reasons, the proposal is arguably consistent with the Strategic Framework despite its location in the Urban Neighbourhood Place Type. 2.3.2 Variation Request This application includes a variation request defined in the Planning Act 2016 to mean the part of a development application for a preliminary approval for premises that seeks to vary the effect of any local planning instrument in effect for the premises.

Section 61(2) of the Planning Act 2016 specifies that when assessing the variation request, the assessment manager must consider:

(a) the result of the assessment of that part of the development application that is not the variation

request; and (b) the consistency of the variations sought with the rest of the local planning instrument that is

sought to be varied; and (c) the effect the variations would have on submission rights for later development applications,

particularly considering the amount and detail of information included in, attached to, or given with the application and available to submitters; and

(d) any other matter prescribed by regulation. An assessment of the variation request to vary the effect of the MBRC Planning Scheme to essentially have the General Residential zone - Next Generation Neighbourhood precinct apply to the land as well as variations to the overlay map as referred to in Section 1 above has been undertaken and is discussed below.

2.3.2.1 Result of Assessment of the other aspects of the Development Application In this Development Application, the other aspects as discussed earlier in this Assessment Report are twofold; firstly, a Preliminary Approval for a Material Change of Use for Dwelling Houses and Home Based Business and a Reconfiguring a Lot - Development Permit for Subdivision (1 into 19 lots, varying in size from 209m2 to 625m2), Detention Basin and New Road.

As discussed in section 2.1 of this Assessment Report, the Site is located in proximity to existing centres, employment areas, community and recreation facilities and transport corridors. In addition, residential development of a similar nature exists on the southern side of Higgs Street, where a range of detached houses and some dual occupancies have been developed (this land is located in the Suburban Neighbourhood Precinct). To the immediate east, the four immediately adjoining allotments have an area of 726m2 - 728m2 each, that are also currently located within the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct. The proposal provides lots ranging in area from 209m2 to 625m2 which supports both housing diversity and affordability for the community. It also provides for a suitable transition between the adjoining townhouse developments to the west and the vacant residential allotments to the east, as well as the aged care facility and detached housing that exists to the south. On this basis, an assessment of the proposed land uses and subdivision has determined them to be appropriate, subject to addressing the relevant criteria in the MBRC Planning Scheme. The proposed variation is consistent with these land uses and the proposed lot layout.


PAGE 95

Agenda


PAGE 95 Agenda


2.3.2.2 Consistency with the rest of the MBRC Planning Scheme

Precinct Change The Variation Request is to vary the effect of the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme to apply the General Residential zone - Next Generation Neighbourhood precinct as shown on the proposal plan. The Reconfiguring a Lot code requires a minimum residential density of 45 dwellings per hectare be achieved for the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct. However, as the variation request seeks to apply the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct, a density of 11-25 dwellings per hectare is stipulated within the code for this precinct. As the proposed development provides a density of 19.93 dwellings per hectare, the proposal complies with this expected outcome. In addition, a range of lot sizes and types are proposed, consistent with Table 9.4.1.6.3.3 - Lot Types of the Reconfiguring a Lot code for this precinct. An assessment of the proposal’s compliance with the Reconfiguring a Lot Code is provided in other sections of this report, which addresses a range of technical matters in terms of the proposed cul-de-sac, stormwater management and noise. In respect to the Dwelling House Code, Table 9.3.1.7 for built to boundary walls requires lots with a frontage width of 7.5m or less to contain mandatory built to boundary walls on both sides unless a corner lot. The submitted Plan of Development demonstrates built to boundary walls on both sides for proposed Lots 7, 8, 9, 15, 16, 17 and 18. Table 9.3.1.7 Built to boundary walls also requires lots with a frontage width more than 7.5m to 12.5m be provided with a built to boundary wall on one side. The submitted Plan of Development does not demonstrate a built to boundary wall for proposed Lot 19. As part of the Information request, it was requested that the Plan of Development be updated demonstrating the built to boundary wall location for this lot or instead include a note that refers to built to boundary walls being optional on any side boundary for proposed Lot 19 for the purposes of Acceptable Outcome AO3.2(a) of the dwelling house code in the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme (as amended). As the Plan of Development was not updated to include this, it is recommended that a condition of approval be imposed which requires an amended plan to be submitted indicating a built to boundary wall for one side of proposed Lot 19. An assessment of the proposal’s compliance with the Dwelling House Code is provided in other sections of this report. Building Heights Overlay The site is affected by the Building heights overlay map, that currently stipulates a building height ranging from between 5m minimum-21m maximum. The application also seeks to vary the effect of the building height overlay to apply a building height of 8.5m maximum (refer Figure 3). Given that this is consistent with the building heights generally expected for the construction of a double storey house on these allotments, it is reasonable and appropriate to amend the building heights overlay map such that a maximum building height of 8.5m applies. This would also be consistent with the maximum building height of 8.5m that applies to the Suburban Neighbourhood Precinct to the immediate south.

2.3.2.3 Effect of the variations on submission rights The effect of the variation is that the current Urban Neighbourhood precinct designation of the land will be replaced by the application of the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct. The current precinct requires a minimum density of 45 dwellings per hectare be achieved, whereas the Next Generation Precinct provides for lower densities of 11-25 dwellings per hectare. There is no change to the level of assessment for dwelling houses and home based business between the two precincts, therefore the public would not be disadvantaged by the proposed change in this regard.


PAGE 96

Agenda


PAGE 96 Agenda


As the variation request has been made as part of the development application for a Preliminary Approval for Dwelling House and Home Based Business and concurrently with the development application seeking a Development Permit for Reconfiguring a Lot to subdivide the land into 19 residential lots, members of the public have a clear appreciation and understanding of what is proposed. In addition, the variation request relates only to a limited number of proposed land uses. Equally, in respect to the proposed variations to the Building height overlay map and application of the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct, the effect of those variations is clear in the development application and opportunities to raise concerns were provided during the application process, with no submissions being received. Further, the effect of these changes are inconsequential as the application of the amended Building height overlay does not influence the level of assessment and therefore the opportunity for public input remains the same.

2.3.2.4 Any other matter prescribed by regulation

The corresponding section 32 of the Planning Regulation 2017 provides guidance on assessing variation requests specifically in relation to section 61(2)(d) of the Planning Act 2016: Assessing variation requests—Act, s61 For section 61(2)(d) of the Act, an assessment manager must consider the following matters when assessing a variation request, to the extent the matter is relevant to the request— (a) the common material; (b) the regional plan for a region; (c) the State Planning Policy, to the extent the State Planning Policy is not identified in

the planning scheme as being appropriately integrated in the planning scheme; (d) any temporary State planning policy. The common material is a defined term of the Planning Regulation 2017, meaning: common material, for a development application, means— (a) all the material about the application that the assessment manager receives before

the application is decided, including— (i) any material relating to a proposed development application that is

substantially similar to the development application as made; and (ii) any material attached to, or given with, the development application; and (iii) any material relating to the application given to the assessment manager after

the application is made; and (iv) any referral agency’s response, including any advice or comment given by a

referral agency and any response given under section 57 of the Act; and (v) any properly made submissions about the application, other than a submission

that is withdrawn; and (vi) any other submission about the application that the assessment manager has

accepted; and (vii) any other advice or comment about the application that a person gives to the

assessment manager; and (b) if a development approval for the development is in effect—the approval; and (c) an infrastructure agreement applying to the premises.


PAGE 97

Agenda


PAGE 97 Agenda


As part of the development application process, any material relating to, attached to, or given with the development application has been assessed. No referral agencies were triggered as part of the application. No submissions were made throughout the development application process. An existing approval for the site currently permits 9 residential lot fronting Higgs Street, with a a balance allotment to the rear intended for Multiple dwellings (townhouses). This proposal would effectively override that current approval, if it is taken up. No infrastructure agreement applies to site. Accordingly, the development application is compliant with Section 32(a) of the Planning Regulation 2017. The South East Queensland Regional Plan has been considered in Section 2.2.2 of this Assessment Report and accordingly, the development application is compliant with Section 32(b) of the Planning Regulation 2017. The State Planning Policy is considered in Section 2.2.1 of this Assessment Report and accordingly, the development application is compliant with Section 32(c) of the Planning Regulation 2017. No temporary State Planning Policy is applicable to the Site and therefore the development application is compliant with Section 32(d) of the Planning Regulation 2017. Having carried out the assessment of the Variation Request, it has been demonstrated that; (a) It is aligned with the proposed uses contained in the Material Change of Use -

Preliminary Approval and Reconfiguring a Lot components of the development application; and

(b) It is consistent with the rest of the MBRC Planning Scheme; and (c) The effect of the variation on submitters rights is acceptable as submitters with

concerns have had the opportunity to make a submission about this development application and no submissions were made. Further, the level of assessment for Dwelling houses and Home based business remain the same for both the Urban Neighbourhood Precinct which currently applies to the land and the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct, which the Application seeks to apply; and

(d) The development application is compliant with the other matters as prescribed in Section 32 of the Planning Regulation 2017.

Accordingly, the variation request has demonstrated it warrants favourable consideration.

2.3.3 Assessment of Applicable Codes

Code Compliance Summary The development proposal to vary the effect of the planning scheme by applying the General Residential Zone - Next Generation Neighbourhood precinct and amend the Building height overlay map is consistent with the Strategic Framework and what is proposed. Therefore, it is only necessary to carry out the code assessment against the Next Generation Neighbourhood precinct code and overlays relevant to that zone and precinct.


PAGE 98

Agenda


PAGE 98 Agenda


(a) The assessment below identifies how the development proposal achieves the

assessment benchmarks and where the development proposal; (b) proposes an alternative ‘Example’ satisfying or not satisfying the corresponding

Performance Outcome; and (c) proposes an outcome where no ‘Example’ is stated in the code and the proposed outcome

does not satisfy the corresponding Performance Outcome.

Assessment Benchmarks

Compliance with Overall

Outcomes Performance Outcomes assessment is

required

Zone/ Local Plan Code General Residential Zone Code - Next Generation Neighbourhood precinct

Yes No

PO4, PO8, PO13, PO30, PO55

Overlay Codes Building Heights Overlay Code

Yes No

The Building heights overlay does not have an applicable code, however the proposed development seeks to vary the maximum building height to 8.5m on the subject site, consistent with the intent for the development of houses with a maximum height of up to 2 storeys. The current height that applies to the site under the overlay ranges from 5m minimum to 21m maximum.

Development Codes Dwelling House Code Yes

No

PO1, PO3, PO8

Reconfiguring a Lot Code Yes

No

PO2, PO5, PO16, PO17, PO18, P31, P32, P33, P34 (Note - non-compliance with PO17 and 18)

The assessment of the development proposal against the Performance Outcomes of the applicable code(s) is discussed below in section 2.3.4.

2.3.4 Performance Outcome Assessment

Performance Outcome Example

General Residential Zone Code - Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct PO4 Residential buildings and structures are setback to: a. be consistent with the low to medium

density next generation neighbourhood character intended for the area, where buildings are positioned closer to the

E4.1 Setbacks (excluding built to boundary walls) comply with Table 6.2.6.3.3 ‘Setbacks - Setback (Residential uses). E4.2


PAGE 99

Agenda


PAGE 99 Agenda


Performance Outcome Example footpath to create more active frontages and maximise private open space at the rear;

b. result in development not being visually dominant or overbearing with respect to the streetscape and the adjoining sites;

c. maintain private open space areas that are of a size and dimension to be usable and functional;

d. maintain the privacy of adjoining properties;

e. ensure parked vehicles do not restrict pedestrian and traffic movement and safety;

f. limit the length, height and openings of boundary walls to maximise privacy and amenity on adjoining properties;

g. provide adequate separation to particular infrastructure and waterbodies to minimise adverse impacts on people, property, water quality and infrastructure;

h. ensure built to boundary walls do not create unusable or inaccessible spaces and do not negatively impact the streetscape character, amenity or functionality of adjoining properties.

Buildings (excluding class 10 buildings and structures) ensure that built to boundary walls are: a. of a length and height in Table

6.2.6.3.4 ‘Built to boundary walls (Residential uses)’;

b. setback from the side boundary: i. not more than 20mm; or ii. if a plan of development

shows only one built to boundary wall on the boundary, not more than 150mm;

c. on the low side of a sloping lot.

Performance Outcome Assessment Table 6.2.6.3.4 stipulates that lots with a frontage width of more than 7.5m to 12.5m be provided with a built to boundary wall on one side. The submitted Plan of Development does not demonstrate a built to boundary wall for proposed Lot 19. As the Plan of Development does not include this, a recommended condition of approval to apply if the development is approved is to require an amended plan to be submitted indicating a built to boundary wall for one side of proposed Lot 19. All other lots demonstrate the appropriate number of built to boundary walls. PO8 Development is designed to connect to and form part of the surrounding neighbourhood by providing interconnected street, pedestrian and cyclist pathways to adjoining development, nearby centres, neighbourhood hubs, community facilities, public transport nodes and open space. Note - Refer to Planning scheme policy - Neighbourhood design for guidance on achieving the above outcome.

E8.1 Development provides and maintains the connections shown on the following movement figures:

a. Figure 6.2.6.3.1 - Dakabin b. Figure 6.2.6.3.2 - Griffin c. Figure 6.2.6.3.3 - Mango Hill

East d. Figure 6.2.6.3.4 - Caboolture -

Pumicestone Road e. Figure 6.2.6.3.5 - Caboolture -

Smiths Road f. Figure 6.2.6.3.6 - Caboolture

South - River Drive g. Figure 6.2.6.3.7 - Morayfield -

Visentin Road h. Figure 6.2.6.3.8 - Morayfield -

Caboolture River Road


PAGE 100

Agenda


PAGE 100 Agenda


Performance Outcome Example i. Figure 6.2.6.3.9 - Morayfield -

Anderson Road j. Figure 6.2.6.3.10 - Deception

Bay - Bailey Road / Park Road

k. Figure 6.2.6.3.11 - Lawnton - Akers Road / Isis Road

l. Figure 6.2.6.3.12 - Bray Park - Samsonvale Road

m. Figure 6.2.6.3.13 - Rothwell - Whitlock Drive

E8.2 For areas not shown on the above movement figures, no example provided.

Performance Outcome Assessment The proposed development does not provide for an interconnected street network, proposing to access the site with a cul-de-sac from Higgs Street. The site immediately adjacent to the west has already been developed for townhouses, which is serviced by an internal private road. A connection point to the east is also not practical due to the lot configuration. The cul-de-sac design is approximately a 10m radius being sufficient for a HRV to turn around. The cul-de-sac did not have enough room for all driveways to be individual, therefore double driveways have been proposed for lots 16 and 17 as well as 18 and 19. Bin pads for lots 17-19 have also been proposed. Conditions can be imposed requiring the construction of both the bin pads and driveways. The General residential, Next generation neighbourhood precinct requirement for an access street is a living residential typology. The road cross section proposed is 8m+4.25m each side resulting in a 17.0m wide total road reserve width. It has been demonstrated that all services can fit within this road reserve width, and water and sewer services have been re-designed to be on separate sides of the verge. The footpaths required have been shown on the drawings. A condition will be placed on the development requiring 2m footpaths to be built. PO13 Sensitive land uses are provided with an appropriate acoustic environment within designated external private outdoor living spaces and internal areas while:

a. contributing to safe and usable public spaces, through maintaining high levels of surveillance of parks, streets and roads that serve active transport purposes (e.g. existing or future pedestrian paths or cycle lanes etc);

b. maintaining the amenity of the streetscape.

E13.1 Development is designed to meet the criteria outlined in the Planning Scheme Policy – Noise. E13.2 Noise attenuation structures (e.g. walls, barriers or fences):

a. are not visible from an adjoining road or public area unless:

i. adjoining a motorway or rail line; or

ii. adjoining part of an arterial road that does not serve an existing or future active transport purpose (e.g.


PAGE 101

Agenda


PAGE 101 Agenda


Performance Outcome Example pedestrian paths or cycle lanes) or where attenuation through building location and materials is not possible.

b. do not remove existing or prevent future active transport routes or connections to the street network;

c. are located, constructed and landscaped in accordance with Planning scheme policy - Integrated design.

Performance Outcome Assessment An acoustic assessment by Acoustics RB has been submitted in support of the development proposal. The report identifies that some lots will potentially be impacted by noise from the adjacent commercial uses. To mitigate impacts to future sensitive uses the report recommends construction of an acoustic barriers along the common boundary between the proposed lots and commercial uses. The findings of the report are accepted and as a consequence a condition is recommended to be applied requiring construction of the barrier. It was also noted in the acoustic assessment that should high-set dwellings be constructed on some lots, mechanical ventilation may be required to mitigate impacts to habitable rooms on upper levels. It is therefore appropriate that a property note be placed on lots alerting the findings of the report to enable future owners to construct dwellings accordingly. PO30 Where development:

a. is for an urban purpose that involves a land area of 2500m2 or greater; and

b. will result in: i. 6 or more dwellings; or ii. an impervious area greater

than 25% of the net developable area,

stormwater quality management systems are designed, constructed, established and maintained to minimise the environmental impact of stormwater on surface, groundwater and receiving water environments and meet the design objectives outlined in Schedule 10 - Stormwater management design objectives.

No example provided.

Performance Outcome Assessment The application proposes a stormwater detention basin as part of the development to manage stormwater generated by the lots. There are inter allotment drainage lines at the rear of proposed lots 1-3 and 4-5 (lots fronting Higgs St). A condition is recommended to be applied requiring stormwater easements to be placed over those lots.


PAGE 102

Agenda


PAGE 102 Agenda


Performance Outcome Example Retaining walls within the stormwater detention basin were an issue, however after several designs proposed, a tiered retaining wall design has been accepted with all retaining walls to be kept under 600mm high as per the PSP. Sufficient area between each tier of retaining wall has been provided to ensure that each area can be properly maintained. For the public walls that adjoin private walls, it has been proposed to adopt a double post system to clearly delineate ownership of each respective wall. A batter is proposed at the end of the road instead of a retaining wall, and the lots have been adjusted to ensure that every lot can drain appropriately. The stormwater management plan submitted in support of the development application has demonstrated compliance with the MBRC scheme and the state planning policy requirements for water quality treatment. It is recommended that this stormwater management plan be approved with this development approval.

PO55 The scale and intensity of the Home Based Business(35):

a. is compatible with the physical characteristics of the site and the character of the local area;

b. is able to accommodate anticipated car parking demand and on-site manoeuvring without negatively impacting the streetscape or road safety;

c. does not adversely impact on the amenity of the adjoining and nearby premises;

d. remains ancillary to the residential use of the dwelling house(22);

e. does not create conditions which cause hazards or nuisances to neighbours or other persons not associated with the activity;

f. ensure employees and visitor to the site do not negatively impact the expected amenity of adjoining properties;

g. ensure service and delivery vehicles do not negatively impact the amenity of the area.

No example provided.

Performance Outcome Assessment Any future proposal for a Home-Based Business will be assessable against this provision and therefore, for the purpose of this assessment the proposal accords with PO55.

2.3.5 Overall Outcome Assessment

Due to the nature of the development application, the proposal is required to be assessed against the applicable Overall Outcomes of the codes as follows noting that the assessment has been limited to only those applicable to the proposal.


PAGE 103

Agenda


PAGE 103 Agenda

https://consult-moretonbay.objective.com/kse/event/4190/section/s1332743658181#target-d412305e571179

https://consult-moretonbay.objective.com/kse/event/4190/section/s1332743658181#target-d412305e570900


Section 6.2.6.3 General residential zone code - Next generation neighbourhood precinct Overall Outcomes Complies

Y/N Comments a. The Next generation

neighbourhood precinct supports site densities between 15 and 75 dwellings per hectare.

Yes

The proposal achieves a dwelling density of 19.93 dwellings per hectare.

b. Neighbourhoods will have a mix of residential uses, tenure and densities on a variety of lot sizes providing housing choice and affordability for different lifestyle choices and life stages to meet diverse community needs.

Yes

The proposal provides lots ranging from 209m2 to 625m2 which supports both housing diversity and affordability to meet the needs of the community.

c. Neighbourhoods are designed to provide well-connected, safe and convenient movement and open space networks through interconnected streets and active transport linkages that provide high levels of accessibility between residences, open space areas and places of activity

Yes

While this is a Neighbourhood wide outcome sought, the lot layout provided generally accords with the Planning Scheme and provides well-connected, safe and convenient movement. It does not provide for interconnected streets but does contribute to the extension of active transport linkages within the area, through the provision of an extended footpath along the northern side of Higgs Street. The site has high levels of accessibility to open space areas, public transport and existing commercial/centre uses.

j. General works associated with the development achieves the following: i. new development is

provided with a high standard of services to meet and support the current and future needs of users of the site, including roads, street lighting services, telecommunications and reticulated electricity (underground wherever possible), water and sewerage (where available);

ii. the development manages stormwater to: A. ensure the discharge of

stormwater does not

Yes

The proposed development can be serviced with all necessary services and provides an appropriate stormwater management solution. This has been assessed as part of detailed development application and will be reflected in the recommended conditions of any approval.


PAGE 104

Agenda


PAGE 104 Agenda


Section 6.2.6.3 General residential zone code - Next generation neighbourhood precinct Overall Outcomes Complies

Y/N Comments adversely affect the quality, environmental values or ecosystem functions of downstream receiving waters;

B. prevent stormwater contamination and the release of pollutants;

C. maintain or improve the structure and condition of drainage lines and riparian areas;

D. avoid off-site adverse impacts from stormwater.

iii. the development does not result in unacceptable impacts on the capacity and safety of the external road network;

iv. the development ensures the safety, efficiency and useability of access ways and parking areas;

v. site works including earthworks are managed to be safe and have minimal impacts on adjoining or adjacent premises, the streetscape or the environment.

Section 9.4.1.6 - Reconfiguring a lot Code - General Residential Zone - Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct Overall Outcomes Complies

Y/N Comments a. Reconfiguring a lot achieves

a variety of lot sizes and net residential density of between 11-25 lots per hectare

Yes The proposal achieves a dwelling density of 19.93 dwellings per hectare and achieves a variety of lot sizes, ranging in area from 209m2-625m2.

b. Reconfiguring a lot achieves neighbourhoods that are designed to provide well-connected, safe and convenient movement and open space networks through interconnected streets and active transport linkages that provide high levels of

Yes While this is a Neighbourhood wide outcome sought, the lot layout provided generally accords with the Planning Scheme and provides well-connected, safe and convenient movement. It does not provide for interconnected streets but does contribute to the extension of active transport linkages within


PAGE 105

Agenda


PAGE 105 Agenda


Section 9.4.1.6 - Reconfiguring a lot Code - General Residential Zone - Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct Overall Outcomes Complies

Y/N Comments accessibility between residences, open space areas and places of activity.

the area, through the provision of an extended footpath along the northern side of Higgs Street. The site has high levels of accessibility to open space areas, public transport and existing commercial/centre uses.

c. Reconfiguring a lot achieves the intent and purpose of the Next generation neighbourhood precinct outcomes as identified in Part 6.

Yes An assessment of the proposal against the Next generation neighbourhood precinct outcomes as identified in Part 6 of the planning scheme has been undertaken within this report, with the proposal determined to comply.

Based on the assessment above, the proposal is consistent with all of the Overall Outcomes of the code(s) and is therefore taken to be consistent with the purposes of the code(s). In addition, section 45 (5) of the Planning Act 2016 states the assessment may be carried out against, or having regard to, any other relevant matter other than a person’s personal circumstances, financial or otherwise. The other relevant matters to which regard may be had in the assessment of the proposed development, are discussed in section 2.8 of this report.

2.4 Trunk Infrastructure

In accordance with section 4 of the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme, the subject site is located in the identified Priority Infrastructure Area. Infrastructure charges applying to the land, where applicable, are to be applied in accordance the Council’s Charges Resolution No. 8 commencing on 14 August 2018 (CR).

2.4.1 Levied Charge

In accordance with section 10 of the CR, a Levied Charge is applicable to the development proposal and has been calculated as shown in the Infrastructure Charges Notice attached to this report taking into consideration any applicable credits or offsets.

2.4.2 Levied Charge Credit

In accordance with section 14 of the CR, a credit exists for the development based on the credit being the greater of the following amounts:

(a) Payment of previous charges or contributions There is no record of a previous charge or contribution having been made in relation to the land in accordance with section 14 of the CR. Accordingly, the credit available under this option is $0.00

(b) Lawful use of land There is no current existing lawful use of the land or record of a previous lawful use of the land that is no longer taking place. Accordingly, the credit available under this option is $0.00. (c) Other development able to occur without a development permit There is no other development able to be lawfully carried out without a development permit (including a development permit for Building Works). Accordingly, the credit available under this option is $0.00.


PAGE 106

Agenda


PAGE 106 Agenda


(d) The adopted charge for a residential lot (applied equally to non-residential development) The credit available under this option is $18,406.59 based on the proportional split stated in Table 3 of the CR. This adopted charge rate is the prescribed amount in Schedule 16 of the Planning Regulation 2017 as at 1 July 2021. This rate will be automatically indexed in accordance with section 112 of the Act.

2.4.3 Levied Charge Offset or Refund The sited is not affected by a Trunk Infrastructure requirement and therefore there is no offset or refund applicable to the development proposal.

2.4.4 Additional Trunk Infrastructure Costs

In accordance with section 130 of the Planning Act 2016, an additional payment condition may be imposed if the proposed development; 1 (a) generates infrastructure demand of more than what is required to service the type

or scale of future development assumed in the LGIP; or (b) requires new trunk infrastructure earlier than when identified in the LGIP; or (c) is for premises located completely or partly outside the Priority Infrastructure Area; and

2 The development will impose additional trunk infrastructure costs on Council after taking

into account the levied charge and any trunk infrastructure provided, or to be provided by the development.

In this instance, having assessed the proposed development, it does not warrant the imposition of an additional payment condition.

2.5 Recording of particular approvals on the MBRC Planning Scheme

In accordance with section 89 of the Planning Act 2016, the approval is required to be noted on Schedule 4 of the MBRC Planning Scheme as the development approval would be a variation approval given under section 61of the Planning Act 2016.

2.6 Referrals

2.6.1 Council Referrals

2.6.1.1 Development Engineering

Traffic, Access & Parking An engineering services report has been provided in support of the application that shows frontage work and an internal road to be constructed as part of this application. It is recommended that a condition be placed on this approval that requires construction of this work, and a further condition requiring submission of an operational works application for this roadwork to be further assessed and approved. It is recommended that a condition be placed on the approval that requires construction of bin pads and driveways associated with lots 16-19.


PAGE 107

Agenda


PAGE 107 Agenda


Stormwater / Flooding The engineering services report and stormwater management plan have been provided in support of the application. This stormwater management plan has demonstrated compliance with the MBRC scheme and the state planning policy requirements for water quality treatment. It is recommended that this stormwater management plan be approved with this development approval. Earthworks Preliminary Earthworks drawings have been submitted in support of the application which demonstrate compliance with the MBRC scheme. In particular it has been demonstrated that all retaining walls within the bio basin area can be contained to be less than 0.6m high as is required by the MBRC planning scheme policy. It is noted that the area of the development is mapped as having the potential for acid sulphate soil, however as no part of the earthworks will be below 5m AHD, then no acid sulphate soil condition will be required. It is recommended that a condition be placed on the approval that requires operational works for earthworks to be submitted prior to construction.

2.6.1.2 Environmental Health

An acoustic assessment by Acoustics RB has been submitted in support of the development proposal. The report identifies that some lots will potentially be impacted by noise from the adjacent commercial uses. To mitigate impacts to future sensitive uses the report recommends construction of acoustic barriers along the common boundary between the proposed lots and commercial uses. The findings of the report are accepted and as a consequence a condition will be applied requiring construction of the barrier. It was also noted in the acoustic assessment that should highset dwellings be constructed on some lots mechanical ventilation may be required to mitigate impacts to habitable rooms on upper levels. It is therefore appropriate that a property note be placed on lots alerting to the findings of the report to enable future owners to construct dwellings accordingly.

2.6.2 Referral Agencies

2.6.2.1 Concurrence Agencies - Department of Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning

There were no Concurrence Agencies involved in assessing this development application.

2.6.2.2 Advice Agencies There were no Advice Agencies involved in assessing this application.

2.6.2.3 Third Party Agencies

There were no Third Party Agencies involved in assessing this application.

2.7 Public Consultation 2.7.1 Public Notification Requirements under the Development Assessment Rules

(a) Public Notification was served on all adjoining landowners on 7 May 2021. (b) The development application was advertised in Buy Search Sell (Online) on 7 May 2021. (c) A notice in the prescribed form was posted on the relevant land on 9 May 2021 and

maintained for a period of 30 business days until 21 June 2021. 2.7.2 Submissions Received

There were no submissions received about this development application.


PAGE 108

Agenda


PAGE 108 Agenda


2.7.3 Notice of Compliance

The Notice of Compliance was received by Council on 22 June 2021. The Notice of Compliance identifies that the public notification requirements for the development application were correctly undertaken in accordance with the requirements of Part 4, of the Development Assessment Rules.

2.8 Other Matters

None identified.

3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative/Legal Implications

The applicant has appeal rights in accordance with the Planning Act 2016. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan

Creating Opportunities: Well-planned growth - a sustainable and well-planned community.

3.3 Policy Implications The proposal is consistent with the existing Moreton Bay Region planning provisions and relevant policies.

3.4 Risk Management Implications Development occurs efficiently and effectively in the region in a manner that reduces potential risk

implications to Council and the community. 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications Nil 3.6 Financial Implications a) In the event that an appeal is made to the Planning & Environment Court against Council’s

decision, the Council will incur additional costs in defending its position. b) Permit conditions require infrastructure contributions to Council.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications Appropriate development supports the growing Moreton Bay region. 3.8 Environmental Implications New development contributes to sustainable management and protection of the natural environment

in the region through compliance with the planning schemes policies and provisions. 3.9 Social Implications Appropriately designed and located development contributes to diverse, vibrant and safe communities

and facilities. 3.10 Human Rights Implications

Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that there are no human right implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter.

3.11 Consultation / Communication Refer to section 2.7.


PAGE 109

Agenda


PAGE 109 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62503625 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 3.1 DA/42616/2020/V23R - MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE - PRELIMINARY APPROVAL FOR DWELLING HOUSES AND HOME BASED BUSINESS AND VARIATION TO THE MORETON BAY REGIONAL COUNCIL PLANNING SCHEME TO INCLUDE LAND WITHIN THE GENERAL RESIDENTIAL ZONE (NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURH #1 Proposal Plans #2 Locality/Zoning Plan #3 Aerial Plan


PAGE 110

Agenda


PAGE 110 Agenda


ITEM 3.2 RESHAPING OUR REGION’S PLANNING - NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURHOOD PRECINCT REVIEW (SHORT TERM ACTIONS) - THE ‘YOUR CLIMATE SMART LIVING’ AND ‘YOUR NEXT GENERATION HOME’ GUIDELINES Meeting / Session: 3 WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) Reference: 62897323: 28 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 62915134 &

62913296 Responsible Officer: AG, Coordinator Urban Design and Place Making (PL Strategic Planning &

Place Making) Executive Summary Council resolved at its General Meeting of 29 October 2019 to undertake a review of the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct within the MBRC Planning Scheme 2016, and the outcomes being achieved. In response, officers have investigated the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct and Emerging Communities Zone - Transition Precinct. To address some of the housing design issues identified in this investigation, a number of non-statutory and community education-based guidelines are proposed. The purpose of this report is to seek Council’s approval to adopt the following proposed guidelines:

• ‘Your Climate Smart Living Guideline’; and • ‘Your Next Generation Home Guideline’.

The guidelines were developed by Council officers in collaboration with local architects, designers, builders and developers, and have been peer reviewed by local architecture firm Bligh Graham. Local developer/ builder Ausbuild and local house builder Vantage Homes also organised photoshoots of their display homes to be featured in the guidelines. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Well-planned Region (Planning) portfolio as guidance and community education material for improved housing outcomes in the region. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That Council adopt the ‘Your Climate Smart Living Guideline’ (Supporting Information #1) and the

‘Your Next Generation Home Guideline’ (Supporting Information #2). 2. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to make the adopted guidelines publicly available by:

a) Placing a copy on Council’s website for viewing and downloading; b) Distributing hardcopies to promote the guidelines’ use; and c) Placing hardcopies at Council’s Strathpine, Caboolture and Redcliffe Customer Service

Centres.


PAGE 111

Agenda


PAGE 111 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 3.2 RESHAPING OUR REGION’S PLANNING - NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURHOOD PRECINCT REVIEW (SHORT TERM ACTIONS) - THE ‘YOUR CLIMATE SMART LIVING’ AND ‘YOUR NEXT GENERATION HOME’ GUIDELINES - 62897323 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Council resolved at its General Meeting of 29 October 2019 to undertake a review of the Next Generation Neighbourhood Precinct, and the outcomes being achieved. The following resolution appears on Minute Page 19/2286 of the General Meeting of Council held 6 November 2021: Ex. General Meeting held 29 October 2019 (MP. 19/2282): RESOLUTION 8. That in response to the community feedback received during this amendment process, Council will

undertake the following further bodies of work, noting the outcomes of this work may inform future amendments to the planning scheme:

a. A review of Secondary dwellings and the outcomes being achieved; and b. A review of the Next generation neighbourhood precinct and the outcomes being achieved. In response to this resolution, Council briefings were conducted on 17 November 2020 and 7 September 2021 for the purpose of sharing information and providing advice to Council on the matter. In line with Council’s decision-making framework, an extract from the minutes of the briefings are provided below:

BRIEFING 1 NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURHOOD PRECINCT REVIEW PROJECT UPDATE NO. 1 – ISSUES REVIEW AND WAY FORWARD The CEO noted the way forward: Council noted the proposed way forward for the short, medium and long term timeframes as presented, with the following points raised. • That guidance material (non-statutory) to include Inclusiveness/Disability guidelines.

BRIEFING 3 NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURHOODS REVIEW PROJECT UPDATE NO. 2 - SHORT TERM PROJECTS The CEO noted the way forward: A report to be submitted to the General Meeting for consideration of endorsement of the ‘Your Climate Smart Living Guideline’ and ‘Your Next Generation Home Guideline’.

2. Explanation of Item The ‘Your Climate Smart Living Guideline’ and ‘Your Next Generation Home Guideline’ (the guidelines) advocate for better housing design to residents who may not be familiar with architectural, planning or building terms. The guidelines provide design advice and tips to help residents save money, improve their lifestyle and feel more comfortable in their homes. They do this by communicating design principles without jargon and demonstrating good design outcomes through educational visual instructions and photographic examples. In summary, the ‘Your Climate Smart Living Guideline’ seeks to: • Help residents enjoy a home lifestyle suited to the Moreton Bay climate; • provides tips to anyone building, renovating or buying a house in the region, and is particularly helpful

for small lots under 600sqm; and • provides simple solutions and advice and tips on:

o home orientation and how to cool homes through shade and natural breezes; o how to enjoy outdoor private open spaces; o other climate considerations, including housing materials.


PAGE 112

Agenda


PAGE 112 Agenda


In summary, the ‘Your Next Generation Home Guideline’ seeks to: • improve house designs on small lots under 600sqm, and addresses identified issues of high site cover

and small setbacks, lack of built form diversity and how to include universal housing elements; and • provides simple solutions and advice and tips on:

o considering neighbourhood character; o block size, shape and the way it is oriented; o the design of houses and where to locate certain rooms; o more affordable house designs that can help save costs on energy bills; o future proofing a home; and o how houses can adapt to residents needs over time.

3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Creating Opportunities: Well-planned growth - a sustainable and well-planned community. 3.3 Policy Implications The guidelines support the MBRC Planning Scheme 2016 and provide additional information that

supports and complements current planning and design policy. 3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications These guidelines suggest improvements to the property owner, that, if followed, could provide

economic benefits to the individual, such as saving money on energy bills, and potentially increasing the value of their home.

3.8 Environmental Implications These guidelines suggest improvements to the property owner, that, if followed, could provide

environmental benefits such as less electricity usage, planting more trees, reduction in neighbourhood heat, and the appreciation of an outdoor lifestyle.

3.9 Social Implications These guidelines suggest improvements to the property owner, that, if followed, could provide social

benefits such as improved privacy between houses, house design that considers the character of a neighbourhood, and accessibility improvements.




PAGE 113

Agenda


PAGE 113 Agenda


3.11 Consultation / Communication Councillors, the Executive Leadership Team and the respective Council officers have been consulted

in the preparation of these guidelines. These guidelines were also developed in collaboration of local architects, designers, builders and developers. The guidelines were peer reviewed by local architecture firm Bligh Graham. Local developer/ builder Ausbuild and local house builder Vantage Homes organised photoshoots of their display homes to be featured in the guidelines. All architects and photographers gave their permission for the photographs to be used in the guidelines. Planning officers have worked with the Strategy & Advocacy team to plan the promotion of the guidelines.


PAGE 114

Agenda


PAGE 114 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62915134 & 62913296 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 3.2 RESHAPING OUR REGION’S PLANNING - NEXT GENERATION NEIGHBOURHOOD PRECINCT REVIEW (SHORT TERM ACTIONS) - THE ‘YOUR CLIMATE SMART LIVING’ AND ‘YOUR NEXT GENERATION HOME’ GUIDELINES #1 Your Climate Smart Living Guideline #2 Your Next Generation Home Guideline


PAGE 115

Agenda


PAGE 115 Agenda


ITEM 3.3 RESHAPING OUR REGION’S PLANNING - PROPOSED ADOPTION OF THE MORAYFIELD SOUTH TEMPORARY LOCAL PLANNING INSTRUMENT Meeting / Session: 3 WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) Reference: 63082307 : 12 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63235530 &

Confidential Supporting Information 63233704 Responsible Officer: MS, Coordinator Regional Growth Management Strategy (PL Strategic Planning

& Place Making) Executive Summary Council resolved on 15 September 2021 to request that the Planning Minister approve a Temporary Local Planning Instrument (TLPI) for the Morayfield South Emerging Community zoned area (growth area). Council further resolved to request that the TLPI commence with an effective day of 15 September 2021. It was intended that the TLPI would apply for a period of 2 years. As set out in Supporting Information #1, the Planning Minister has since sent a letter approving Council’s request for a TLPI for the Morayfield South growth area, and its commencement from 15 September 2021. In accordance with the Minister’s Guidelines and Rules (MGR) under the Planning Act 2016, Council must now decide to either adopt and proceed, or not proceed with the proposed TLPI. A copy of the proposed TLPI is attached to this report as Confidential Supporting Information #2. It is proposed that following a Council decision on this matter that a copy of the TLPI be published and made public. With adoption of the TLPI, Council officers will provide further information to landowners, residents and the general community about the TLPI. A comprehensive communications and engagement plan has been prepared in preparation for the adoption of the TLPI. Detailed community engagement will also occur during the preparation of a planning scheme amendment to finalise the (interim) land use plan for the growth area into the MBRC Planning Scheme 2016. Council officers recommend adopting the proposed TLPI, for the reasons set out in the report prepared for the meeting on 15 September 2021. This item is presented under the Well-Planned Region Portfolio given that a TLPI for the area will rapidly introduce improved planning arrangements for the Morayfield South growth area. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That Council, in accordance with Chapter 3, Part 2, Section 9.1 of the Minister’s Guidelines and Rules

(Version 1.1) under the Planning Act 2016 (MGR), adopt the Temporary Local Planning Instrument (TLPI) which is Confidential Supporting Information #2 of this report and note that the effective day of the TLPI is 15 September 2021.

2. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to do all things reasonable and necessary in order to

follow the required post-adoption processes for the TLPI, in accordance with the Planning Act 2016 and Chapter 3, Part 2, sections 9.2 and 9.3 of the MGR.

3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to publish and make public a copy of the TLPI.


PAGE 116

Agenda


PAGE 116 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 3.3 RESHAPING OUR REGION’S PLANNING - PROPOSED ADOPTION OF THE MORAYFIELD SOUTH TEMPORARY LOCAL PLANNING INSTRUMENT - 63082307 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The Morayfield South growth area is the region’s second largest growth area and it is estimated that 9,800 dwellings could be developed, with a resultant total population of approximately 26,000 people. The growth area is under considerable development pressure evidenced by the 3,200 lots/ dwellings and commercial uses applied for in 23 separate development applications since the commencement of the planning scheme in 2016, with approximately 1,100 dwellings/ lots still under assessment. The following extract appears on Minute Page 21/1445 of the General Meeting of Council held 6 October 2021: Ex. General Meeting held 15 September 2021 (MP. 21/1422 - 21/1423) RESOLUTION 1. That the Council proposes to make a Temporary Local Planning Instrument (TLPI) in accordance with

the statutory requirements under section 23 of the Planning Act 2016 – and, in particular, chapter 3, part 2, section 7.1 of the Minister’s Guidelines and Rules (Version 1.1) under the Planning Act 2016 (MGR).

2. That the Council approves the proposed TLPI contained in confidential Attachment 1 of this report (Proposed TLPI).

3. That the Chief Executive Officer is authorised to write to the Minister for State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning to:

a. seek approval of the Proposed TLPI in accordance with Chapter 3, Part 2, Section 8.1 of the MGR; b. request, pursuant to section 9(4) of the Planning Act 2016 that the date of this public meeting (being

15 September 2021) be the effective day of the Proposed TLPI; and c. provide any supporting material required by Schedule 3 of the MGR, in accordance with Chapter 3,

Part 2, Section 8.1 of the MGR. 4. That the Chief Executive Officer is authorised to make any minor, administrative or editorial changes

to the Proposed TLPI prior to submitting the document to the Minister for State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning in accordance with item 3.5.

5. That, on the basis that the Minister for State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning gives the Council a notice stating that the Minister approves the making of the Proposed TLPI, the Chief Executive Officer bring forward a Council report to adopt the TLPI in accordance with Chapter 3, Part 2, Section 9 of the MGR.

6. That the Chief Executive Officer prepare and implement a communication and engagement plan in respect of the Proposed TLPI.

The Planning Minister has since approved the TLPI and the request for 15 September 2021 as the effective day of the TLPI. In accordance with Chapter 3, Part 2, Section 9 of the MGR, Council must now decide to either adopt and proceed, or not to proceed with the proposed TLPI. 2. Explanation of Item The Morayfield South growth area currently lacks any formal land use plan to holistically and transparently guide community, infrastructure and development outcomes. Notwithstanding the lack of a holistic planning framework, development in the growth area, the region’s second largest growth front, is continuing.


PAGE 117

Agenda


PAGE 117 Agenda


The lack of a land use plan to guide development of the area has given rise to a number of significant risks and matters that cannot be appropriately resolved via the development application process alone. These matters are directly impacting the potential for the Morayfield South growth area to develop as a cohesive and ‘complete’ urban community with centres, sports parks, schools, community facilities, environmental corridors, road links and a diverse mix of housing types. The purpose of the TLPI is to urgently introduce an interim statutory land use framework, including a land use plan to promote transparency for the community of anticipated development outcomes in the area. Specifically, the purpose of the TLPI is to:

identify preferred land uses including schools, major parks, transport linkages, centres, residential forms and densities and environmental corridors;

reduce potential character and amenity issues on bordering rural residential areas with the inclusion of specific provisions managing the interface of urban uses with these areas; and

improve transparency on the land use structure, form and timing of development, which is beneficial to all affected stakeholders.

As stated, the TLPI is an urgent and interim policy response and whilst it does not require formal statutory consultation, Council is committed to providing clear and timely information to landowners whose land is affected by the TLPI, and transparent and equitable information for the broader community. The commitment to inform and engage with affected landowners and the community during this change has been outlined within a comprehensive communications and engagement plan developed in preparation for the adoption of the TLPI. The communications and engagement approach proposes to: Engage with affected landholders first, ensuring that they are fully informed of the district sports park

proposed to support the future urban community of Morayfield South. Those landowners directly impacted by the proposed district sports park will be advised immediately upon adoption of the TLPI and Council officers will be available to meet directly with them; and

Inform key stakeholders and the broader Morayfield South and neighbouring communities of the introduction of the TLPI, why it is needed and what it will do. Communication will follow shortly after those directly impacted have been contacted. Contact points will be provided for all of the community to raise any concerns or discuss the TLPI with Council officers.

Detailed information on the TLPI will be provided through targeted communication channels including letters and phone calls to directly impacted landowners, and letters to the entire TLPI area and adjacent landowners. Broader communication channels including Council’s website and social media will also be used to provide all communities with access to information on the TLPI and its interim land use plan. The TLPI will apply for a duration of two years (the maximum duration of a TLPI) and its effective day of commencement is 15 September 2021, as per Council’s request. Following the adoption of the TLPI, Council officers will undertake the additional planning (land use and infrastructure) work that is necessary to refine the interim land use plan into a form that can be incorporated into a future comprehensive planning scheme amendment, and carry out associated community engagement and stakeholder consultation as part of that amendment process. This is expected to take up to two (2) years to complete and in accordance with the Planning Minister’s letter approving Council’s request for the TLPI, this should be submitted to the State Government for review in the final quarter of 2022.


PAGE 118

Agenda


PAGE 118 Agenda


3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The resolution proposes actions in the MGR provided under the Planning Act 2016. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Creating Opportunities: Well-planned growth - a sustainable and well-planned community. 3.3 Policy Implications Once adopted, the TLPI will suspend and affect various parts of MBRC Planning Scheme 2016 for a

period of up to two years while planning scheme amendments are undertaken. Any longer-term changes to policy will be implemented through the planning scheme amendment process.

3.4 Risk Management Implications The TLPI seeks to avoid significant social, economic and operational/ financial risks and improve

environmental outcomes. 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications The proposal provides authority to the Chief Executive Officer to carry out certain actions, but there

are no delegated authority implications arising as a direct result of this report. 3.6 Financial Implications Sufficient budget exists to implement the TLPI. Future budget requests will be brought forward as

required to support and complete the planning scheme amendment process. 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The proposal provides for certainty and transparency of development outcomes which will also improve

certainty for investment in addition to seeking to avoid potential adverse and financial implications for Council and the community.

3.8 Environmental Implications The proposal will result in improved environmental outcomes in relation to certain waterways and

increased resilience of environmental corridors. 3.9 Social Implications The proposal seeks to avoid significant negative social impacts. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with

human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that Council’s decision in this circumstance may potentially affect a person’s property rights in some instances whilst the TLPI is in effect (for example, by impacting on existing development entitlements). However, officers consider that any impact on property rights as a result of this decision is considered sound and reasonable, in the interest of the long-term land use and infrastructure planning for the Moreton Bay Region.

3.11 Consultation / Communication The TLPI is an urgent and interim policy response and does not involve formal statutory consultation.

With adoption of the TLPI, Council officers will provide further information to landowners, residents and the general community about the TLPI, including mail-outs and information on Council’s website. In addition, direct contact and engagement with landowners affected by the proposed district sports park identified in the interim land use plan will occur. Detailed consultation and engagement will also occur as part of the follow-on planning scheme amendment process - to finalise the land use plan and include it in the MBRC Planning Scheme 2016.


PAGE 119

Agenda


PAGE 119 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63233704 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 3.3 RESHAPING OUR REGION’S PLANNING - PROPOSED ADOPTION OF THE MORAYFIELD SOUTH TEMPORARY LOCAL PLANNING INSTRUMENT #1 Letter from Minister re Morayfield South TLPI #2 Confidential Morayfield South TLPI


PAGE 120

Agenda


PAGE 120 Agenda


WELL-PLANNED REGION (TRANSPORT) SESSION (Cr A Hain) No items for consideration.


PAGE 121

Agenda


PAGE 121 Agenda


HEALTHY ENVIRONMENTS SESSION (Cr C Tonks) ITEM 5.1 TENDER - CASHMERE - WINN/SAMSONVALE ROADS - FAUNA CROSSING INFRASTRUCTURE INSTALLATIONS Meeting / Session: 5 HEALTHY ENVIRONMENTS Reference: 63125444 : 27 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

62898821 Responsible Officer: BA, Project Engineer (PAS Project Management) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Cashmere - Winn/Samsonvale Roads - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installations (MBRC-RFT111)’ project. Tenders closed on 14 October 2021 with a total of two tender submissions received, both of which were conforming. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘Cashmere - Winn/Samsonvale Roads - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installations (MBRC-RFT111)’ project be awarded to GNB Energy Pty Ltd, for the sum of $764,369.60 (excluding GST) as this tender was evaluated as representing the best overall value to Council. This project has received $200,000 in funding from the Federal Government's LRCIP2 (COVID-19) program. The cost of this project requires an amendment to the budget allocation and is therefore reported to Council for consideration. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Healthy Environments portfolio, by providing advanced koala LED signage, road markings and fauna crossing to minimise the risk of wildlife entering the road corridor, reduce driver distraction and reduce wildlife-vehicle collisions. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘Cashmere - Winn/Samsonvale Roads - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure

Installations (MBRC-RFT111)’ project be awarded to GNB Energy Pty Ltd, for the sum of $764,369.60 (excluding GST).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with GNB Energy Pty Ltd, as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with GNB Energy Pty Ltd for the ‘Cashmere - Winn/Samsonvale Roads - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installations (MBRC-RFT111)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.



$451,000 in funding for the project at the 2021-22 FY quarter two financial review process.


PAGE 122

Agenda


PAGE 122 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 5.1 TENDER - CASHMERE - WINN/SAMSONVALE ROADS - FAUNA CROSSING INFRASTRUCTURE INSTALLATIONS - 63125444 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The project consists of eight sites at Winn, Samsonvale and Forgan Roads, Cashmere. The project scope is to install wildlife signage and crossings, which includes: • Construction of rope bridge fauna crossings; • Installation of LED koala warning signs; • Installation of fauna crossing signs; and • Application of wildlife road stencils. The objective of the project is to minimise the risk of wildlife entering the road corridor and reduce driver distraction and wildlife-vehicle collisions. A summary of works at each site: • Winn Road Site 1: 1x fauna crossing, 2x pavement stencils, 1x led sign, 2x fauna crossing signs; • Winn Road Site 2: 1x fauna crossing, 2x pavement stencils, 1x led sign, 1x fauna crossing sign; • Winn Road Site 3: 1x fauna crossing, 2x pavement stencils, 1x led sign, 1x fauna crossing sign; • Winn Road Site 4: 1x fauna crossing (3 poles), 3x pavement stencils, 1x led sign, 2x fauna crossing

signs; • Winn Road Site 5: 1x fauna crossing stencil, 3x pavement stencils, 1x led sign, 2x fauna crossing

signs; • Forgan Road Site 1: 1x fauna crossing, 1x pavement stencil, 1x led sign, 1x fauna crossing sign; • Forgan Road Site 2: 1x pavement stencil, 1x led sign; and • Forgan Road Site 3: 1x led sign. Construction will commence in December 2021, following a three-week lead time for fauna crossing poles, and is estimated to take 14 weeks to complete, which includes an allowance for wet weather (20 days).

Figure 1: Site Areas - Locality Plan


PAGE 123

Agenda


PAGE 123 Agenda


Figure 2: Winn Road Site 2-5 - Locality Plan

Figure 3: Winn Road Site 1 & Forgan Road Site 1-3 - Locality Plan


PAGE 124

Agenda


PAGE 124 Agenda


2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Cashmere - Winn/Samsonvale Roads - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installations (MBRC-RFT111)’ project, which closed on 14 October 2021, with a total of two tenders received, both of which were conforming. The tenders were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Purchasing Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documents. All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):


(Pre-Local Preference)


1 GNB Energy Pty Ltd 100.00 115.00

2 Auzcon IP Pty Ltd 90.69 90.69 GNB Energy Pty Ltd (‘GNB’) - submitted a comprehensive tender that demonstrated their relevant experience. A tender clarification meeting was held on 21 October 2021, at which GNB demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project. GNB provided examples of relevant project experience in their tender submission, including Jinker Track Fauna Crossings (valued at $270k) and Pumicestone Fauna Crossing (valued at $88k) both for Moreton Bay Regional Council; and Green Camp Road, Wakerley Fauna Crossings (valued at $175k) for Brisbane City Council. GNB provided the most efficient program for the proposed works and the lowest priced tender. The evaluation panel recommends that the offer from GNB represents the best overall value for Council. Auzcon IP Pty Ltd (‘AU’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. In addition to the busy state of the market and increased pricing (past 6-12 months noticeably) and material / supply chain lead times; green infrastructure projects are also affected by the market’s apparent lack of interest and contractor expertise. This is borne out by only receiving two tenders for this project. The projects total cost is almost twice that of the budget allocation and this will need to be considered with the development of the 2022-23FY Capital Projects budget going forward. The cost fo Council is somewhat offset by the Federal Government’s LRCIP2 (COVID-19) funding. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the value of work expecting to be greater than $200,000, Council called a public tender for the

work through MBRC’s e-Tendering Portal, in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Valuing Lifestyle: Healthy natural

environment - a clean and healthy environment. 3.3 Policy Implications This project/contract/initiative has been procured/sourced in accordance with the provisions of the

following documents: • Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6. Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative


PAGE 125

Agenda


PAGE 125 Agenda



following issues identified, including the manner in which the possible impact of these risks are minimised is detailed below. Financial Risk: A third-party financial assessment has been carried out and the recommended tenderer was rated as ‘strong’. Construction Risks: a. The recommended tenderer will provide a program of works, staging plans, traffic management




d. To avoid delays onsite, works will not commence until the required fauna crossing poles have been received. The current lead time for fauna crossing poles is three weeks, which has been allowed for in the works commencement date detailed.

e. The project is not impacted or affected by any external Development Approvals. f. Dilapidation inspections will be conducted prior to works commencing for site and surrounding areas

to record the existing condition of assets and again after construction to record any change.



3.6 Financial Implications Council has allocated a total of $460,000 in the Capital Projects Program towards this project, with

$460,000 in the 2021-22 FY for design and construction. All financial information below is excluding GST.

Design (2021-22) $ 60,237.00 Tender Price (Construction) $ 764,369.60 Contingency (10%) $ 76,436.96 Supervision / Administration Costs $ 5,000.00 QLeave (0.575%) $ 4,395.13 Total Project Cost $ 910,438.69 Federal Government LRCIP2 COVID-19 funding $ 200,000.00 Net cost to Council $ 710,438.69

Estimated ongoing operational/maintenance costs $4,600.00 per F/Y.


PAGE 126

Agenda


PAGE 126 Agenda


The budget amount for this project is insufficient. To allow this project to proceed and for Council to enter into the arrangement, Council commits to the provision of an additional $451,000 in the 2021-22 FY quarter two financial review process.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications An Environmental Management Plan will be provided to Council by the recommended tenderer


3.9 Social Implications This project will improve wildlife safety and reduce driver distraction and wildlife-vehicle collision. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with



notices issued four weeks prior to the commencement of works and projects signs displayed on site prior to construction. The stakeholders have been consulted regarding the project. The communication plan will include a Councillor weekly email update and website page with fortnightly updates. The works are located in two Divisions, the Divisional Councillors have been consulted and are supportive of the project.


PAGE 127

Agenda


PAGE 127 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62898821 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 5.1 TENDER - CASHMERE - WINN/SAMSONVALE ROADS - FAUNA CROSSING INFRASTRUCTURE INSTALLATIONS #1 Confidential Tender Assessment


PAGE 128

Agenda


PAGE 128 Agenda


ITEM 5.2 TENDER - BURPENGARY - O'BRIEN ROAD - FAUNA CROSSING INFRASTRUCTURE INSTALLATION Meeting / Session: 5 HEALTHY ENVIRONMENTS Reference: 63022337 : 18 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

62961996 Responsible Officer: ES, Project Engineer (PAS Project Management) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Burpengary - O’Brien Road - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installation (MBRC-RFT55)’ project. Tenders closed on 18 August 2021, with a total of two tender submissions received, both of which were conforming. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘Burpengary - O’Brien Road - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installation (MBRC-RFT55)’ project be awarded to Auzcon Pty Ltd, for the sum of $362,000.00 (excluding GST) as this tender was evaluated as representing the best overall value to Council. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Healthy Environments portfolio, providing wildlife crossings, reducing risk of accidents for both wildlife and vehicle users. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘Burpengary - O’Brien Road - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installation

(MBRC-RFT55)’ project be awarded to Auzcon Pty Ltd, for the sum of $362,000.00 (excluding GST). 2. That the Council enters into an agreement with Auzcon Pty Ltd, as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Auzcon Pty Ltd for the ‘Burpengary - O’Brien Road - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installation (MBRC-RFT55)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.



$170,000 in funding for the project at the 2021-22 FY quarter two review process.


PAGE 129

Agenda


PAGE 129 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 5.2 TENDER - BURPENGARY - O'BRIEN ROAD - FAUNA CROSSING INFRASTRUCTURE INSTALLATION - 63022337 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The project is located at O’Brien Road, Burpengary. The project broad scope includes installation of a fauna crossing. The work includes: • Installation of pedestrian and vehicle gates; • Removal of existing fencing and bollards; • Installation of exclusion fencing and chain-wire fencing; • Installation of fauna rope bridge crossing and support posts; and • Pavement stencils. The objective of the project is to exclude wildlife from entering the road corridor and reduce driver distraction and wildlife-vehicle collision. Works will commence in November 2021 and will take ten weeks to complete, which includes an allowance for wet weather (5 days).

Figure 1: Burpengary - O’Brien Road - Site Area - Locality Plan


PAGE 130

Agenda


PAGE 130 Agenda


2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Burpengary - O’Brien Road - Fauna Crossing Infrastructure Installation (MBRC-RFT55)’, which closed on 18 August 2021 with a total of two tender submissions received, both of which were conforming. The tenders were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Purchasing Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documents. All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):




1 Auzcon Pty Ltd 100 115

2 GNB Energy Pty Ltd 91.82 106.82 Auzcon Pty Ltd (‘AU’) - submitted a comprehensive tender that demonstrated their relevant experience. A tender clarification meeting was held on 3 September 2021, at which AU demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project. AU have previously completed a number of projects for Council and their nominated sub-contractor has relevant fauna project experience. The evaluation panel recommends the offer from AU represents the best overall value for Council. GNB Energy Pty Ltd (‘GNB’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. In addition to the busy state of the market and increased pricing (past 6-12 months noticeably); green infrastructure projects are also affected by the market’s lack of interest and contractor expertise in these projects. This is borne out by the two green infrastructure tenders as part of the 10 November 2021 Council General Meeting business paper. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications

Due to the value of work expecting to be greater than $200,000, Council called a public tender for the work through MBRC’s e-Tendering Portal, in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Valuing Lifestyle: Healthy natural

environment - a clean and healthy environment.


following documents:

• Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6.

Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.


PAGE 131

Agenda


PAGE 131 Agenda



following issues identified, including the manner in which the possible impact of these risks are minimised is detailed below. Financial Risk: A third-party financial assessment has been carried out and the recommended tenderer was rated as ‘marginal’. As recommended by the third-party review, to mitigate any risk to Council, the contractor has agreed that additional retention will be held to a total value of 10% to practical completion. Construction Risks: a. The recommended tenderer will provide a program of works, staging plans, traffic management




d. The project is not impacted or affected by any external Development Approvals. e. Dilapidation inspections will be conducted prior to works commencing for site and surrounding areas

to record the existing condition of assets and again after construction to record any change.




$15,400 in the 2019-20 FY for design and $290,000 in the 2021-22 FY for construction. All financial information below is excluding GST. Design (2020-21) $ 15,400.00 Tender Price (Construction) $ 362,000.00 Contingency (10%) $ 36,200.00 Supervision / Administration Costs $ 5,000.00 Energex Relocation Works $ 50,000.00 QLeave (0.575%) $ 2,081.50 Total Project Cost $ 470,681.50

Estimated ongoing operational/maintenance costs $ 700.00 per F/Y.


PAGE 132

Agenda


PAGE 132 Agenda


The budget amount for this project is insufficient. To allow this project to proceed and for Council to enter into the arrangement, Council commits to the provision of an additional $170,000 in the 2021-22 FY quarter two financial review process.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications An Environmental Management Plan will be provided to Council by the recommended tenderer


3.9 Social Implications This project will improve wildlife safety and reduce driver distraction and wildlife-vehicle collision 3.10 Human Rights Implications ☒ Nil identified Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with



notices issued four weeks prior to the commencement of works and projects signs displayed on site prior to construction. The stakeholders have been consulted regarding the project. The communications plan will include a Councillor weekly email update and website page with fortnightly updates. The project is located across two divisions and the Divisional Councillors have been consulted and are supportive of the project.


PAGE 133

Agenda


PAGE 133 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62961996 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 5.2 TENDER - BURPENGARY - O'BRIEN ROAD - FAUNA CROSSING INFRASTRUCTURE INSTALLATION #1 Confidential Tender Assessment


PAGE 134

Agenda


PAGE 134 Agenda


AN ENGAGED COUNCIL SESSION (Cr M Constance) ITEM 6.1 ADOPTION OF MEETING SCHEDULE FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY TO DECEMBER 2022 Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63114554 : 19 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63190850 Responsible Officer: KC, Team Leader Executive Support (FCS Governance & Executive Services) Executive Summary Pursuant to s254B of the Local Government Regulation 2012, Council must, at least once in each year, adopt and publish a notice of the days and times when its General (ordinary) meetings, and ordinary Standing Committee meetings, will be held. A proposed Meeting Schedule for the period January to December 2022 is provided for consideration and adoption. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An engaged council portfolio and ensures Council fulfils its legislative obligations regarding the conduct of regular Council meetings, is in line with Council’s Decision Making Framework and provides opportunity for Council to engage with respective communities within the region via the conduct of regular Community Meetings. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the Meeting Schedule for the period January to December 2022, be adopted, as outlined in

supporting information #1. 2. That the Meeting Schedule for the period January to December 2022 be published on Council’s

website and be displayed in a conspicuous place in each of Council’s administration buildings in accordance with ss 254B(2) and (3) respectively of the Local Government Regulation 2012.

3. That the locations of Community Council Meetings (including the General Meeting) in conjunction

with a community engagement and “meet the councillors” event be considered separately, excluding the February 2022 meeting which has been identified in the schedule referenced in Recommendation 1.


PAGE 135

Agenda


PAGE 135 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.1 ADOPTION OF MEETING SCHEDULE FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY TO DECEMBER 2022 - 63114554 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background To satisfy the legislative requirement to adopt and publish a list of Council’s General (ordinary) meetings, and ordinary meetings of its standing committee meetings each year, a proposed Meeting Schedule for the period January to December 2022 has been prepared for consideration. A Council briefing was conducted on 13 October 2021 for the purpose of sharing information and providing advice/views to Council on the matter. In line with Council’s decision-making framework, an extract from the minutes of the briefing, is provided below:

A report be submitted to a future General Meeting for Council’s consideration of the proposed Meeting Schedule. The location of only the first Community Council Meeting be published to allow for emergent local matters to be considered in the context of future meetings.

2. Explanation of Item At its Post-election meeting held 29 April 2020, Council resolved that its General Meetings be conducted fortnightly on a Wednesday (excepting scheduled breaks) commencing at 9.30am, with such meetings being held on a rotational basis, generally at Council’s administration offices located at Strathpine and Caboolture. Further, that at least once every four months, a General Meeting of Council be held at another location within the Moreton Bay Region in conjunction with a community engagement and a “meet the councillors” event. Due to COVID-19, the conduct of community meetings was delayed, with the first community meeting being held at Samford Community Centre on 15 September 2021. It is recommended that Community meetings be scheduled periodically throughout 2022 with the first of these meetings being conducted at Woodford Community Hall on 16 February 2022. It is further recommended that the location of the remainder of these meetings be considered separately to allow for emergent local matters to be considered in the context of future meetings. The Meeting Schedule for the period January to December 2022 has been prepared on this basis and is provided in supporting information #1 for consideration. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Council meetings are conducted in accordance with the Local Government Regulation 2012. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance.

Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - a council connected with its community. 3.3 Policy Implications Council meetings are scheduled in accordance with Council’s Decision Making Framework. 3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified


PAGE 136

Agenda


PAGE 136 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.1 ADOPTION OF MEETING SCHEDULE FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY TO DECEMBER 2022 - 63114554 (Cont.)

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with

human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that Council’s decision in this matter would be compatible with (and does not limit) a persons’ human rights.

3.11 Consultation / Communication The proposed Meeting Schedule has been drafted in consultation with the Mayor, Councillors and

Chief Executive Officer.


PAGE 137

Agenda


PAGE 137 Agenda




ITEM 6.1 ADOPTION OF MEETING SCHEDULE FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY TO DECEMBER 2022

#1 Draft Meeting Schedule - January to December 2022


PAGE 138 Agenda


PAGE 138 Agenda


ITEM 6.2 OPERATIONAL PLAN PERFORMANCE REPORT - QUARTER 1 2021-2022 Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63134010: 21 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63134016 Responsible Officer: MP, Governance Manager (FCS Governance & Executive Services) Executive Summary The purpose of this report is to present an update on the progress of the Operational Plan 2021-2022 for Quarterly 1 of the financial year being the period from 1 July to 30 September 2021. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An Engaged Council portfolio as performance reporting is important in understanding how Council is progressing towards achieving specific goals. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION That Council notes the Operational Plan 2021-2022 Quarterly Performance Report for Quarter 1.


PAGE 139

Agenda


PAGE 139 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.2 OPERATIONAL PLAN PERFORMANCE REPORT - QUARTER 1 2021-2022 - 63134010 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The Local Government Act 2009 (the Act) requires Council to adopt an Operational Plan each year. The Operational Plan 2021-2022 forms an important part of Council’s corporate planning framework and sets out the work Council plans to deliver towards the achievement of the Corporate Plan 2017-2022. The Act also requires the Chief Executive Officer to present a written assessment of Council’s progress towards implementing the Operational Plan at a Council meeting, at least quarterly. The Operational Plan provides non-financial information on Council’s operational performance. 2. Explanation of Item The Operational Plan 2021-2022 defines 128 key performance indicators and targets that represent the work Council plans to undertake during the financial year. The attached Operational Plan 2021-2022 Quarterly Performance Report for Q1 (July to September) provides an assessment of Council’s progress towards the achievements of the key performance indicators and targets for the first quarter of the financial year, along with commentary for each Council Department. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Council’s Operational Plan 2021-2022 is an important statutory document which sets out the work that

Council plans to deliver for the financial year. In accordance with the Local Government Regulation 2012 section 174, the Chief Executive Officer is required to present a written assessment of Council’s progress towards implementing the annual operational plan at meetings of Council held at regular intervals not more than 3 months. Under the same section of the Regulation, Council is allowed to amend the plan at any time before the end of the financial year.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Tracking progress against the Operational Plan provides a useful assessment of Council’s

performance in delivering the Corporate Plan 2017-2022. The key performance indicators are aligned and contribute to the outcomes specified in the Corporate Plan. The preparation of the Operational Plan quarterly performance reports is aligned to the Corporate Plan outcomes relating to Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance.

3.3 Policy Implications The Operational Plan 2021-2022 outlines planned activities and key performance indicators aligned to

the key outcomes in the Corporate Plan 2017-2022. As such, it is a key planning document and consistent with both the Corporate Plan 2017-2022 and the Community Plan 2011-2021.

3.4 Risk Management Implications The risk of not delivering against Council’s Operational Plan is that Council does not achieve the

commitments set out in the longer-term Corporate Plan 2017-2022. Operationally there are risks that may impact on the delivery of the Operational Plan. These risks are recorded in the Council’s Enterprise Risk Management Register and managed accordingly by each department.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified


PAGE 140

Agenda


PAGE 140 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.2 OPERATIONAL PLAN PERFORMANCE REPORT - QUARTER 1 2021-2022 - 63134010 (Cont.)



3.11 Consultation / Communication The key performance indicators and targets listed in the Operational Plan 2021-2022 are managed by

the responsible Council department. The status and comments for each key performance indicators in the attached report are provided by the relevant department. The quarterly report is compiled by the Governance Branch. The Executive Leadership Team, Managers and other key Council Officers were involved in preparing the first quarter report.


PAGE 141

Agenda


PAGE 141 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63134016 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 6.2 OPERATIONAL PLAN PERFORMANCE REPORT - QUARTER 1 2021-2022 #1 Operational Plan 2021-22 Q1 (July to September)


PAGE 142

Agenda


PAGE 142 Agenda


ITEM 6.3 AUDITOR-GENERAL OBSERVATION REPORT 2020/21 Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63102859: 15 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63100960 Responsible Officer: DC, Manager Accounting Services (FCS Accounting Services) Executive Summary The purpose of this report is to present the Auditor-General’s observation report relating to the audit of Council’s Financial Statements for 2020/21. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An Engaged Council portfolio as in accordance with section 54 of the Auditor-General Act 2009 the Auditor-General must prepare an observation report of a local government’s financial statements. Furthermore, in accordance with section 213(3) of the Local Government Regulation 2012, the Mayor must present the Auditor-General’s observation report at the next ordinary meeting of the local government. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION That the Auditor-General’s observation report relating to the audit of Council’s 2020/21 Financial Statements be received.


PAGE 143

Agenda


PAGE 143 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.3 AUDITOR-GENERAL OBSERVATION REPORT 2020/21 - 63102859 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The Auditor-General must prepare an observation report about the audit of a local government’s financial statements in accordance with section 54 of the Auditor-General Act 2009. In accordance with the Local Government Regulation 2012, the Mayor must present the Auditor-General’s observation report about the audit of the Council. 2. Explanation of Item The Council’s 2020/21 Financial Statements were signed by Council on 11 October 2021 and subsequently certified by QAO on 14 October 2021 with an unmodified audit opinion. Section 213(2) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 states: An Auditor-General’s observation report, about an audit of a local government’s financial statements, is a report about the audit prepared under section 54 of the Auditor-General Act 2009 that includes observations and suggestions made by the Auditor-General about anything arising out of the audit. In accordance with section 213(3) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 the Mayor must present the Auditor-General’s observation report at the next ordinary meeting of the local government. The supporting information report (page 3) highlights the following observations for the 2020/21 Audit:

• 1 Significant Deficiency outstanding – 20CR-1 (Delays in recording contributed assets • 2 Deficiencies Resolved 21CR-1 Employees placed on incorrect pay schedule under EBA4 and

20CR-4 Various non-compliance with Local Government Regulation 2012 The significant deficiency identified for contributed asset recognition was initially raised in the Auditor General’s report in 2018/19. It should be noted that this is an issue that is not unique to MBRC. It is an issue that is common to many local governments. It is particularly challenging for MBRC given the quantum and pace of development that is occurring within the region. Since 2018/19 Management has worked to improve the timely recognition of assets received from developers and. expect that the matter will be substantially addressed by July 2022. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The observation report is a report prepared by the Auditor-General in accordance with section 54 of

the Auditor-General Act 2009. In accordance with section 213(3) of the Local Government Regulation 2012, the Mayor must present the Auditor-General’s observation report at the next ordinary meeting of the local government.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance. 3.3 Policy Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.4 Risk Management Implications The Auditor-General’s Observation Report assesses the risks and possible implications associated

with deficiencies and matters observed during the audit of the financial statements. Observations identified can be significant deficiencies, deficiencies or other matters. Management provides status updates to the observations identified in the report with a due date for completion with a view to reducing or eliminating the risk associated with the observations raised.


PAGE 144

Agenda


PAGE 144 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.3 AUDITOR-GENERAL OBSERVATION REPORT 2020/21 - 63102859 (Cont.)

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications The QAO Audit Fee was initially estimated to be in the amount of $240,000 (exclusive of GST) at the

time the External Audit Plan was agreed to with Council in February 2020. QAO have confirmed that the final Fee will remain at $240,000. This amount was provided for in Council’s 2020/21 Budget.



3.11 Consultation / Communication Director Finance and Corporate Services


PAGE 145

Agenda


PAGE 145 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63100960 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 6.3 AUDITOR-GENERAL OBSERVATION REPORT 2020/21 #1 Auditor-General Observation Report 2020/21


PAGE 146

Agenda


PAGE 146 Agenda


ITEM 6.4 MONTHLY REPORTING PACKAGE - 30 SEPTEMBER 2021 Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63126852 : 20 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63126853 Responsible Officer: JG, Coordinator Corporate Accounting (FCS Accounting Services) Executive Summary The purpose of this report is to present the Financial Reporting Package for the year to date period being 30 September 2021. In accordance with Part 9, section 204 of the Local Government Regulation 2012, a financial report is required to be presented to Council on a monthly basis. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An Engaged Council portfolio as prudent fiscal management is important to ensure the financial sustainability of Council. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION That the Financial Reporting Package for the year to date period ending 30 September 2021 be received.


PAGE 147

Agenda


PAGE 147 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.4 MONTHLY REPORTING PACKAGE - 30 SEPTEMBER 2021 - 63126852 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The Financial Reporting Package for the month ending 30 September 2021 is contained within the supporting information to this report. This package contains a number of financial documents to provide a breakdown of key financial data and includes: o Statement of Revenues and Expenses o Capital Expenditure by Portfolio Program o Balance Sheet and Cash Flows o Treasury Report 2. Explanation of Item The third month of the 2021/22 financial year is complete and the performance and position of Council is outlined below in the context of the attached report (supporting information #1). Operating Result (page 1) As at 30 September 2021 operating revenue was $133.7 million compared to operating expenses of $123.3 million thus representing an operating surplus of $10.4 million. Operating Revenues (page 1) The first quarter rates and utility charges were levied in July and represent the bulk of the revenue recognised being $85.6 million. This equates to approximately 25% of the budgeted rate and utility charge revenue for the year. Fees and charges revenue is exceeding budget expectations with Development Services fees driving the majority of this variance. Operational grants and subsides are tracking below budget due to a timing difference. Consistent with previous years the financial assistance grant represents 75% of all the operational grants Council receives and it is paid quarterly. Half of the 21/22 grant was paid at the end of 2020/21. It is expected that half of the 22/23 grant will be paid at the end of 21/22 which is when the bulk of this revenue item will be recognised. The Unitywater participation revenue is a conservative estimate and is a non-cash revenue stream. Operational Expenses (page 1) Employee benefits are tracking slightly above budget. Material and Services, while trending below budget, are tracking as expected for this stage of the year. Depreciation expenses and finance costs are tracking to budget. Depreciation processing recommenced in September. Capital Revenue (page 1) Infrastructure cash contributions from developers is tracking well above budget for the month, reflecting the continuing the growth experienced in 2020/21. Infrastructure asset contributions and the subsequent asset register recognition has resumed in September. Capital grants and subsidies are below budget for September due to timing differences. Until such time as projects reach their milestones revenue cannot be recognised. As capital projects complete toward the second half of 2021/22 most of the revenue will be recognised at that time.


PAGE 148

Agenda


PAGE 148 Agenda


Operating Revenue and Operating Expenditure Graphs (page 2) The purpose of these graphs is to track actual revenue and actual expenses to a linear monthly budget. Given the majority of Council’s operating revenue cycle is rate related (quarterly in advance), revenue will track above the budgeted revenue line and slowly edge closer to the line as the quarters draw to a close. Conversely, operating expenses will generally track below the budget line and trend that way, gradually drawing closer to the line as the end of the financial year approaches. Capital Expenditure (page 3, 4 and 5) The total capital expenditure progress line graph summarises the percentage of all capital expenditure completed to date compared to a linear budget spend. Capital expenditure for the first three months amounted to $32.1 million or 13.1% of the total program. The capital expenditure by portfolio program table breaks down the capital spend into program categories. The table indicates that aside from spending $32.1 million thus far, there is an additional $164.1 million in purchase orders which in total equates to $196.2 million in committed capital works. The capital expenditure progress % to date by portfolio program graph tracks the percentage spend by portfolio program compared to the budget to date. The orange line represents the year to date budget at 25.00% highlighting the linear budget spend to September 2021. Variations across the programs are normal as capital project delivery is not linear in nature so timing differences are expected. Balance Sheet and Cash Flow (page 6) The Balance sheets list Council assets and liabilities and net community equity. The Cash flow statement indicates a closing cash balance in the amount of $359.7 million for September. It should be noted that the forecast for the end of June 2022 will see this decrease to $223.5 million. Treasury Report (page 7 and 8) The Treasury Report outlines Council performance with respect to cash investments and borrowings. Interest earned on investments was approximately $362k for the month and achieved 7.03% of the annual budget ($5.2m). The low returns are reflective of the market. The weighted average return on all investments for Council is now sitting at 0.43%. The Investment graphs give an indication of the percentage of investments held with each financial institution and the maturity profile of Council’s investments. Council currently has $360 million of cash at call with the remaining $10 million maturing over next 3 to 6 months. The QIC Growth Fund is currently valued at $122 million as at the end of June. Council originally invested $100 million in this fund in June 2018. Council has repaid debt of $10 million this year. Council is expected to repay debt in the amount of $42 million for the year and budgeted to borrow $50 million to fund capital works. Borrowings (if required) would be drawn down in May/June 2022.


PAGE 149

Agenda


PAGE 149 Agenda


3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Part 9, section 204 of the Local Government Regulation 2012, (regulation) states the following:

(1) The local government must prepare a financial report. (2) The chief executive officer must present the financial report—

(a) if the local government meets less frequently than monthly—at each meeting of the local government; or

(b) otherwise—at a meeting of the local government once a month. (3) The financial report must state the progress that has been made in relation to the local government’s budget for the period of the financial year up to a day as near as practicable to the end of the month before the meeting is held.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance. 3.3 Policy Implications Compliance to Council’s Investment Policy is confirmed 3.4 Risk Management Implications Council is subject to numerous risks associated with revenue and expenses that can impact upon

Council’s financial performance and position. Through the quarterly budget review process as matters arise they can be addressed and priorities changed accordingly.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications As at the end of September 2021, Council’s operating surplus was $10.4 million while capital

expenditure amounted to $32.1 million 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication Director Finance and Corporate Services


PAGE 150

Agenda


PAGE 150 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63126853 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 6.4 MONTHLY REPORTING PACKAGE - 30 SEPTEMBER 2021 #1 Monthly Financial Reporting Package - 30 September 2021


PAGE 151

Agenda


PAGE 151 Agenda


ITEM 6.5 TENDER - FIRE EVACUATION PLAN, DIAGRAMS AND ONLINE SITE INDUCTION PROGRAM Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63126790 : 25 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

63126739 Responsible Officer: CB, Team Leader - Contracts and Compliance (PAS Asset Maintenance) Executive Summary Maintenance of Council’s Interactive Package for Emergency Response and Induction (‘Plansafe’) is undertaken through a maintenance agreement with Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) which expired 30 June 2021. Locatrix was called to respond to ‘Fire Evacuation Plan, Diagrams and Online Site Induction Program (MBRC-RFT11)’ through a closed tender using e-Procure. ‘Plansafe’ is an online system which was customised specifically for Council; the system encompasses fire evacuation plans, diagrams and an online site induction program. On the 23rd June 2021 Council endorsed Locatrix as a sole supplier to provide this maintenance service (General Meeting 23 June 2021, Minute Page 21/891) It is recommended that the tender for ‘Fire Evacuation Plan, Diagrams and Online Site Induction Program (MBRC-RFT11)’ be awarded to Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) for an estimated total sum of $145,639.75 (excluding GST) for the initial period of one year seven months (1 December 2021 to 30 June 2023), or $91,983.00 per annum, with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance. This tender has been awarded in accordance with section 235(a) of the Local Government Regulation 2012, and Council is satisfied that Locatrix is the sole supplier that is reasonably available to undertake the ongoing maintenance of the ‘Plansafe’ interactive package for emergency response and induction system at Council buildings and facilities. This project is reported to Council as it has expenditure over multiple years and requires consideration as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An Engaged Council portfolio as the ‘Fire Evacuation Plan, Diagrams and Online Site Induction Program’ will ensure compliance with all relevant standards and regulations relating to this matter. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for ‘Fire Evacuation Plan, Diagrams and Online Site Induction Program (MBRC-

RFT11)’ be awarded to Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) for an estimated total sum of $145,639.75 (excluding GST) for the initial period of one year seven months (1 December 2021 to 30 June 2023), or $91,983.00 per annum, with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance.

2. That Council acknowledges that the agreement will require $91,983.00 (excluding GST) during the

2022-23 financial year and Council is requested to account for this future expenditure as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget for the 2022-23 financial year.

3. That the Council enters into an agreement with Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) as


to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) for ‘Fire Evacuation Plan, Diagrams and Online Site Induction Program (MBRC-RFT11)’ and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.


PAGE 152

Agenda


PAGE 152 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.5 TENDER - FIRE EVACUATION PLAN, DIAGRAMS AND ONLINE SITE INDUCTION PROGRAM - 63126790 (Cont.)

5. That the tender has been awarded in accordance with section 235(a) of the Local Government

Regulation 2012, and Council is satisfied that Locatrix is the sole supplier that is reasonably available to undertake the ongoing maintenance of the ‘Plansafe’ interactive package for emergency response and induction system at Council buildings and facilities.


PAGE 153

Agenda


PAGE 153 Agenda


REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Council currently undertakes maintenance of Council’s Interactive Package for Emergency Response and Induction (‘Plansafe’) through a sole supplier contract with Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix). The contract for these services expired on 30 June 2021. The ongoing maintenance of this system will ensure Council meets the Fire Management legislative requirements of all Council owned buildings promoting a safe work environment for staff, contractors, volunteers, hirers and members of the public. At Council’s General Meeting 23 June 2021, Council endorsed for the purpose of maintaining the sole supplier contract under section 235(a) of the Local Government Regulation 2012. 2. Explanation of Item Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) was called to respond to ‘Fire Evacuation Plan, Diagrams and Online Site Induction Program (MBRC-RFT11)’ through a closed tender using eProcure. Tender closed on 8 July 2021. The submission from Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) was assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documentation, their final weighting scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest with Post-LP Evaluation Score):

Rank Tenderer Evaluation Score Pre-LP

Evaluation Score Post-LP

1 Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) 100 103.75 Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) - submitted a comprehensive tender submission which demonstrated the level of skill, knowledge, experience and their capacity to undertake the maintenance of the systems required. Locatrix’s employees are experienced in the designated technology ‘Plansafe’ and the conception of Fire Evacuation Plans and Diagrams. Locatrix has been satisfactorily maintaining “Plansafe” for the last seven years and the submitted cost of this tender are in line with previous costs paid for this service from this provider. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications

A Council briefing was conducted on 23 June 2021 for the purpose of maintaining the sole supplier contract under section 235(a) of the Local Government Regulation 2012.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Strengthening Communities: Safe

neighbourhoods - a safe and resilient community. 3.3 Policy Implications

This contract has been procured in accordance with the provisions of the following documents: • Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Section 235(a) of the Local Government Regulation 2012

This new contract will mainain Council’s Interactive Package for Emergency Response and Induction (‘Plansafe’) in accordance with the required legislation and the following standards in relation to preventative and reactive services: • Building Fire Safety Regulation 2008 • Australian Standard 3745-2010 • Work Health & Safety Act 2011


PAGE 154

Agenda


PAGE 154 Agenda


The tender submission was considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.

3.4 Risk Management Implications There is a significant risk of monetary fines and actions against Council for failing to maintain

compliance with elements of the legislation as highlighted in this report. If an emergency occurs and causes injury or worse to any occupier of Council’s buildings and Council has not been maintaining obligations under the legislation, the consequences will be significant. Continued maintenance will ensure Council meets the legislative requirements promoting a safe work environment for staff, contractors, volunteers, hirers and members of the public. A third-party financial status review of Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) was undertaken with a financial status rating of ‘satisfactory’ confirming their financial capacity to deliver the contracted works. Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) have advised that there are no foreseen circumstances which would prevent the delivery of this contract, including COVID-19.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications Under delegation Council-163, the CEO has the power to enter into contracts up to and including the amount of one percent (1%) of Council’s net rate and utility charges as stated in Council’s audited financial statements included in Council’s most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.2M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council’s annual budget. This project is funded over multiple years and requires consideration as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget and is therefore reported to Council for consideration.

3.6 Financial Implications The tendered amount from Concept Safety Systems (trading as Locatrix) for the ‘Fire Evacuation Plan,

Diagrams and Online Site Induction Program (MBRC-RFT11)’ is within the annual budget allocation of $96,121. This project will be debited to project numbers 20692, 20693 and 20735. All financials shown below are excluding GST Tender Price - Year 1 (December 2021 - June 2022) $ 53,656.75 Tender Price - Year 2 (July 2022 - June 2023) $ 91,983.00 Total Contract - One year seven months term (Dec-2021 to Jun 2023) $ 145,639.75 The budget amount for this project is sufficient.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications Continued maintenance of ‘Plansafe’ significantly mitigates the risk of monetary fines and or actions

ensuring that Council’s meets its legislative obligations. 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications Maintenance of ‘Plansafe’ ensures that legislative requirements and industry best practice are met and

continues to demonstrate Council’s commitment to its obligation as an actively responsible member of the local community.


PAGE 155

Agenda


PAGE 155 Agenda


3.10 Human Rights Implications


3.11 Consultation / Communication Consultation for the delivery of this program has been undertaken with relevant officers, stakeholders,

department managers and the procurement section of Council.


PAGE 156

Agenda


PAGE 156 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63126739 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 6.5 TENDER - FIRE EVACUATION PLAN, DIAGRAMS AND ONLINE SITE INDUCTION PROGRAM #1 Confidential Tender Assessment


PAGE 157

Agenda


PAGE 157 Agenda


ITEM 6.6 TENDER - SERVICING OF WASTEWATER SEPARATION SYSTEMS Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63126042 : 21 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

63126001 Responsible Officer: CB, Senior Technical Officer (PAS Asset Maintenance) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Servicing of Wastewater Separation Systems (MBRC-RFT19)’ contract through open tender using e-Procure. Tenders closed on 13 July 2021, with three conforming submissions received. It is recommended that the contract for the ‘Servicing of Wastewater Separation Systems (MBRC-RFT19)’ be awarded to Electrical Workshop Australia Pty Ltd, trading as TEW for an estimated annual sum of $167,015.00 (excl GST), totalling $299,150.00 for the initial period of one year seven months (1 December 2021 to 30 June 2023), with an option to extend by a further three x one-year extension periods, subject to satisfactory performance. This project has been considered in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An Engaged Council portfolio as the ‘Servicing of Wastewater Separation Systems’ contract will ensure compliance with all relevant standards and regulations relating to this matter. The term of this contract covers multiple years and requires future expenditure as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget and is therefore reported to Council for consideration. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for ‘Servicing of Wastewater Separation Systems (MBRC-RFT19)’ be awarded to

Electrical Workshop Australia Pty Ltd, trading as TEW for an estimated annual sum of $167,015.00 (excl GST), totalling $299,150 for the initial period of one year seven months (1 December 2021 to 30 June 2023), with an option to extend by a further three x one-year extension periods, subject to satisfactory performance.

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with Electrical Workshop Australia Pty Ltd, trading as TEW

as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Electrical Workshop Australia Pty Ltd, trading as TEW for ‘Servicing of Wastewater Separation Systems (MBRC-RFT19)’ and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.


under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. 5. That Council acknowledges that the agreement will require $167,015 (excluding GST) during the

2022-23 financial year and Council is requested to account for this future expenditure as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget for the 2022-23 financial year.


PAGE 158

Agenda


PAGE 158 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.6 TENDER - SERVICING OF WASTEWATER SEPARATION SYSTEMS - 63126042 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The maintenance of Council’s wastewater separation systems is undertaken through a contract arrangement, this contract covers the maintenance of 36 wastewater separation systems across seven sites throughout the region. The previous contract expired on 30 June 2021 and will be replaced by this contract. The scope of the contract allows for maintenance of 36 wastewater separation systems, including oil separators, flush systems, gross pollutant traps, spill control systems and diversion units. The maintenance frequency varies between one, two and four maintenance visits per annum depending on the type of systems on site, with the first maintenance cycle commencing in December 2021. The contract requires that the services are completed by qualified technicians with both electrical and plumbing works required to be completed. The contract also includes condition and compliance assessments of the equipment to assess the functionality, also providing recommendations as to upgrades and renewals to maximise the life of the assets and ensuring compliance with applicable Acts, Regulations and Australian Standards. 2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Servicing of Wastewater Separation Systems (MBRC-RFT19)’ contract through open tender using e-Procure. Tenders closed on 13 July 2021, with three conforming submissions received. Tenders were assessed by a selection panel in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy and the mandatory selection criteria set out in the tender documentation. All tenderers and their final weighting scores are table below (ranked from highest to lowest).



1 Electrical Workshop Australia Pty Ltd, trading as TEW 98.68 102.43

2 Everything Water Australia Pty Ltd 88.77 88.77

3 Stornoway Maintenance Pty Ltd 84.38 84.38 Electrical Workshop Australia Pty Ltd (‘TEW’) - submitted a comprehensive tender submission which demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge, experience and capacity to undertake the works required. TEW’s technicians are experienced in maintenance, servicing and installation of wastewater systems. TEW have a number of technicians on hand throughout the Moreton Bay region. The submission from TEW was the lowest priced submission and received the highest evaluation score. The offer from TEW is considered by the panel to represent the best value offer for Council and is the recommendation of this report. Everything Water Australia Pty Ltd (‘EWA’) - submitted a comprehensive tender submission which demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge, experience and capacity to undertake the works required. EWA are the incumbent contractor for these works and have performed satisfactorily. The submission from EWA was the second lowest priced offer and received the second highest evaluation score, however, there was no demonstratable benefit to Council for this higher priced offer and this submission was not considered to provide the best value. Stornoway Maintenance Pty Ltd (‘SM’) - submitted a comprehensive tender submission which demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge, experience and capacity to undertake the works required. The submission from SM was the third lowest priced offer and received the third highest evaluation score, however, there was no demonstratable benefit to Council for this higher priced offer and this submission was not considered best value.


PAGE 159

Agenda


PAGE 159 Agenda


3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the value of the service being greater than $200,000, Council called a public tender for the

services through e-Procure in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This contract is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Strengthening Communities: Healthy

and supportive communities - a healthy and inclusive community.

3.3 Policy Implications This contract has been procured in accordance with the provisions of the following documents:

• Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Council’s Local Preference Corporate Directive - 2180-054 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6. Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.

3.4 Risk Management Implications The contract risk has been assessed and the following issues identified. The manner in which the possible impact of these risks is minimised is detailed below.

Risk Mitigation

No Council attendance during servicing/maintenance to validate completion.

TEW confirmed they will submit regular photographic service reports as evidence once works are completed.

Efficient and effective response time in attending emergencies.

TEW confirmed that they will arrive onsite and commence work within the required tendered timeframe.

There are many systems which are spread over the region. These systems have specific service time requirements

TEW confirmed they can service all the systems to the required standard and have enough technicians and plant resources to fulfil the requirements of the tender.

A third-party review of financial status (Veda report) has been carried out and the successful tenderer was rated ‘sound’ which has confirmed that they have the financial capacity to carry out the required works. The recommended tenderers have advised that there are no foreseen circumstances which would prevent the delivery of this contract, including COVID-19.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications

Under delegation Council-163, the CEO has the power to enter into contracts up to and including the amount of one percent (1%) of Council’s net rate and utility charges as stated in Council’s audited financial statements included in Council’s most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.2M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council’s annual budget. The term of this contract covers multiple years and requires future expenditure as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget and is therefore reported to Council for consideration.


PAGE 160

Agenda


PAGE 160 Agenda


3.6 Financial Implications The recommended tendered amount for the ‘Servicing of Wastewater Separation Systems (MBRC-

RFT19)’ program is within the annual budget allocation of $283,780. This project will be debited to project numbers 20692, 20693 and 20735. All financials shown below are excluding GST Tender Price - Year 1 (December 2021 - June 2022) $ 132,135.00 Tender Price - Year 2 (July 2022 - June 2023) $ 167,015.00 Total Contract - One year seven months term (Dec21 to June 23) $ 299,150.00 The option to extend this contract by a further three x one-year periods post June 2023, will incur an estimated annual cost of $167,015 (excluding GST) plus CPI adjustments. The budget amount for this project is sufficient.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications Effective maintenance of Wastewater Separation Systems will ensure reliable equipment operation

and extend overall lifecycle, thus saving Council from costly early replacement. 3.8 Environmental Implications Performing regular maintenance on Wastewater Separation Systems will ensure that these facilities

operate efficiently, eliminating potential environmental impacts and meeting Council’s environmental obligations.

3.9 Social Implications Performing maintenance on Wastewater separation systems continues to demonstrate Council’s

commitment to its obligation as an actively responsible member of the local community. 3.10 Human Rights Implications


3.11 Consultation / Communication Consultation for the delivery of this contract has been undertaken with relevant key stakeholders and

officers of the procurement section of Council.


PAGE 161

Agenda


PAGE 161 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63126001 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 6.6 TENDER - SERVICING OF WASTEWATER SEPARATION SYSTEMS #1 Confidential Tender Assessment


PAGE 162

Agenda


PAGE 162 Agenda


ITEM 6.7 2020-21 ANNUAL REPORT Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63202540 : 26 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63222585 Responsible Officer: KG, Communication Specialist (CEO Strategy & Advocacy) Executive Summary This report seeks Council’s consideration of the Moreton Bay Regional Council 2020-21 Annual Report. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An Engaged Council portfolio as part of its corporate and financial reporting obligations and requirement to measure its performance against its Operational Plan and the objectives of its Corporate Plan. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION That the Moreton Bay Regional Council 2020-21 Annual Report be adopted as tabled.


PAGE 163

Agenda


PAGE 163 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.7 2020-21 ANNUAL REPORT - 63202540 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The Moreton Bay Regional Council 2020-21 Annual Report (refer Supporting Information) has been prepared in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009 and Local Government Regulation 2012. This legislation stipulates how a council is required to measure its performance in its annual report against its Operational Plan and the objectives of its Corporate Plan. In accordance with section 182 of the Local Government Regulation 2012, a local government must adopt its annual report within one month after the day the auditor-general gives the auditor-general’s audit report about the local government’s financial statements for the financial year to the local government. 2. Explanation of Item The 2020-21 Annual Report outlines Council’s operations, activities and financial performance for the reporting period for residents, ratepayers, customers and other interested parties. The 2020-21 report highlights Council’s investment in initiatives, projects and partnerships which support the region’s thriving regional economy. During the reporting period this included the transformation of The Mill site at Petrie into a vibrant educational, recreational, economic and employment precinct for the region, including appointment of a beneficial enterprise and Board of Directors to realise and deliver this catalyst project. The report provides an overview of Council’s response to COVID-19. This included over 20 actions as part of its Economic Recovery Action Plan to support the Moreton Bay business community and funding for community clubs and organisations as part of its Community Hardship and Assistance Grants as well as rates relief for those experiencing financial distress. It also outlines Council’s new approach to engaging with its communities as part of its Moreton Says program to ensure alignment of its work to community values and is the largest community engagement exercise ever undertaken by Council. In addition, Council also set a new direction for future growth through its Regional Economic Development Strategy that focuses on value, exports, innovations and technology to grow the region’s economy. These actions will underpin the strategy behind Council’s Advocacy Plan which will be a blueprint for government collaboration in 2021-24. The 2020-21 Annual Report is guided by the Council’s Corporate Plan 2017-22 and contains financial highlights, operational achievements, corporate governance requirements, the Community Financial Report and audited financial statements for the reporting period. Once adopted, the 2020-21 Annual Report will be made available for download from Council’s website and available for viewing at Council’s customer service centres. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The preparation and adoption of an annual report is a requirement of the Local Government Regulation

2012. The annual report must contain specific detail as required by the Local Government Act 2009. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance. 3.3 Policy Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified


PAGE 164

Agenda


PAGE 164 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.7 2020-21 ANNUAL REPORT - 63202540 (Cont.)

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.10 Human Rights Implications ☒ Nil identified

Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that there are no human right implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter.

3.11 Consultation / Communication Councillors, the Chief Executive Officer, Directors and other relevant Council Officers have been

consulted in the development of this report.


PAGE 165

Agenda


PAGE 165 Agenda


SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 63222585 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 6.7 2020-21 ANNUAL REPORT #1 2020-21 Annual Report


PAGE 166

Agenda


PAGE 166 Agenda


ITEM 6.8 INFRINGEMENT NOTICE COURT ELECTION - PARKING Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63046134 : 22 October 2021 Responsible Officer: GL, Brief Management and Prosecutions Coordinator (CES Customer

Response) Executive Summary Council’s approval is sought for the commencement of a prosecution in the Magistrates Court for an alleged offence under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management - Road Rules) Regulation 2009. The State Penalties Enforcement Act 1999 allows for a person who has been issued with a penalty infringement notice to elect to have the matter heard through the Magistrates Court instead of paying the infringement. Council has received an election request from a member of the community who has received a penalty infringement notice. This matter has been assessed and is considered appropriate to proceed as requested to the Magistrates Court. In order to progress the matter a resolution of Council is sought authorising officers to commence court proceedings. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under An Engaged Council portfolio as the enforcement of local laws, including the commencement of prosecutions, is a function required to support community safety and amenity. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That Council authorise the Chief Executive Officer to commence a prosecution in the Magistrates

Court for the matter described in this report, for what Council officers allege to be an offence under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management - Road Rules) Regulation 2009.

2. That the prosecution described be commenced in the name of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant

to section 237(2) of the Local Government Act 2009.


PAGE 167

Agenda


PAGE 167 Agenda

Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 6.8 INFRINGEMENT NOTICE COURT ELECTION - PARKING - 63046134 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The Transport Operations (Road Use Management - Road Rules) Regulation 2009 provide a legal and procedural framework with the objective to provide road rules in Queensland that are substantially uniform with road rules elsewhere in Australia and provides for their administration, implementation and enforcement. Council officers are authorised by the Chief Executive Officer, in accordance with their delegations, to issue Penalty Infringement Notices for offences that relate to Council’s Local Laws and State legislation. When a Penalty Infringement Notice is issued to a person for an offence, the State Penalties Enforcement Act 1999 states that the alleged offender must, within 28 days after the date of the infringement notice, elect one of the following options: a) pay the fine in full or b) pay the fine in instalments (penalty amounts over $200) or c) make an election to the administering authority to have the matter of the offence decided in a

Magistrates Court. In addition to the abovementioned options, Council provides the alleged offender with the opportunity to request a review of the issuing of the penalty infringement notice. Whilst there is no legislative requirement for this review, Council will undertake a review of the facts and circumstances relating to the issue of the penalty infringement notice and consider any reasonable or compassionate grounds offered by the alleged offender. A review decision is provided to the requestor in writing. If an alleged offender elects to have the matter heard and determined by a Magistrates Court, officers undertake the same review process to ensure that the infringement notice has been correctly and lawfully issued before progressing the matter. 2. Explanation of Item Council has received a request from a community member who was issued with a penalty infringement notice, and who has elected for the matter to be heard by the Magistrates Court instead of paying the infringement. The penalty infringement notice was issued to the requestor for what Council officers allege to be an offence under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management - Road Rules) Regulation 2009. The Transport Operations (Road Use Management - Road Rules) Regulation 2009 provides amongst other things, offences in relation to regulated parking including section 203 which establishes an offence for parking contrary to people with disabilities signage. Council is the responsible agency for enforcement and regulation of part 12 of the Transport Operations (Road Use Management - Road Rules) Regulation 2009. The matter has been reviewed to ensure the penalty infringement notice has been correctly and lawfully issued in preparation for progressing to court. Officers propose to proceed as requested by the alleged offender with a prosecution via the Magistrates Court. Table 1 below outlines the offence for which the alleged offender has elected to proceed to court.


PAGE 168

Agenda


PAGE 168 Agenda


Table 1 - Court elect infringements Summary of charges  Infringement

amount Prosecution

reference number Matter 1  19/05/2021 A driver must not stop in a parking area for

people with disabilities unless - the driver displays a current parking permit and complies with the conditions of use of the permit

$522 LS/2021/0533

3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Prosecutions would be commenced in the Magistrates Court against the individual who was, at the

material time, the responsible person for the offence under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management - Road Rules) Regulation 2009. Section 237(2) of the Local Government Act 2009 provides that ‘a local government may start proceeding under the Justices Act 1886 in the name of a local government employee who is a public officer within the meaning of that Act’. The Chief Executive Officer falls within that definition and there are a number of advantages in commencing a prosecution in the name of the employee as opposed to the Council itself, in particular some degree of protection in relation to costs and the ability to deal with the matter should the defendant fail to appear.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance. 3.3 Policy Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.4 Risk Management Implications The statutory schemes established by the Transport Operations (Road Use Management - Road

Rules) Regulation 2009 rely on for Council to investigate, monitor and enforce the offences against those laws. The matters have been reviewed in preparation for court.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications Legal and court costs associated with the commencement of legal proceedings, including court filing

fees will be met through existing budget allocations. The matters will be handled by Council’s Brief Management and Prosecutions Coordinator through to the Magistrates Court therefore no external fees will be applicable.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications Court proceedings can establish broader understanding of statutory and local laws regulation and build

community confidence in Council's ability to effectively address offending.


PAGE 169

Agenda


PAGE 169 Agenda



a person’s human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Council officers consider that Council’s decision in this circumstance is compatible with a person’s human rights because any person against whom prosecution proceedings are commenced will have the right to a fair hearing.

3.11 Consultation / Communication Director Community and Environmental Services


PAGE 170

Agenda


PAGE 170 Agenda


12. NOTIFIED GENERAL BUSINESS ITEMS OR RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS TAKEN ON

NOTICE Consideration of notified general business items (including reports on significant regional achievements) or responses to questions taken on notice. 13. CLOSED SESSION

(s254J of the Local Government Regulation 2012) Consideration of confidential officers’ reports as referred by the Chief Executive Officer and confidential general business matters as raised at the meeting. RESOLUTION to move into closed session to discuss confidential matters.

Motions, other than procedural motions, cannot be moved in closed session. RESOLUTION to reconvene in open session to decide those matters discussed whilst in closed session. 14. CONFIDENTIAL OFFICERS’ REPORTS TO COUNCIL No items for consideration. 15. CONFIDENTIAL GENERAL BUSINESS No items for consideration.


PAGE 171

Agenda


PAGE 171 Agenda

540

MINUTES

GENERAL MEETING

Wednesday 20 October 2021 commencing at 9.35am

Caboolture Chambers 2 Hasking Street, Caboolture

Membership = 13 Quorum = 7 Mayor and all Councillors

UN

CO

NFIR

MED

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE a 20 October 2021 Minutes

GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE a 20 October 2021 Minutes

LIST OF ITEMS

STATEMENT - ATTENDEES AND LIVESTREAMING

1. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COUNTRY 1518

2. OPENING PRAYER / REFLECTION 1518

3. ATTENDANCE & APOLOGIES 1518

4. MEMORIALS OR CONDOLENCES 1519

5. CONFIRMATION OF MINUTES FROM PREVIOUS GENERAL MEETING 1519

General Meeting - 6 October 2021 (Pages 21/1444 - 21/1512) 1519 RESOLUTION

6. ADOPTION OF AUDIT COMMITTEE MEETING REPORT & RECOMMENDATIONS 1519

Audit Committee Meeting - 7 October 2021 (Pages 21/1513 - 21/1517) 1519 RESOLUTION

7. PRESENTATION OF PETITIONS 1519 (Addressed to the Council and tabled by Councillors)

8. CORRESPONDENCE 1519

8.1. Cr Denise Sims resignation 20 October 2021 (63134104)

9. COMMUNITY COMMENT 1520

10. NOTICES OF MOTION (Repeal or amendment of resolutions) 1520 (s262 of the Local Government Regulation 2012)

11. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST NOTIFIED TO THE CEO 1520

12. OFFICERS’ REPORTS TO COUNCIL (conducted in Sessions) 1520 (as referred by the Chief Executive Officer)

ITEM 1.1 - DECLARATION OF INTEREST 1521

Declarable Conflict of Interest - Cr Darren Grimwade 1521 Previously declared Declarable Conflict of Interest - Cr Matt Constance 1521

PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY SESSION (Cr K Winchester) 1521

ITEM 1.1 1521 TENDER - KNOWLEDGE, INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP SERVICES (MBRC101903) RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE b 20 October 2021 Minutes

GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE b 20 October 2021 Minutes

THRIVING COMMUNITIES SESSION (Cr M Gillam) 1529

ITEM 2.1 1529 OUTCOME OF COMMUNITY LEASING EXPRESSION OF INTEREST - JOSEPH CRESCENT RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 2.2 1533 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - CLONTARF BRANCH RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 2.3 1536 MORETON BAY LOCAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT GROUP MEMBERSHIP RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 2.4 1542 SANDSTONE POINT COMMUNITY AND SPORTS COMPLEX MASTER PLAN - ADOPTION RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 2.5 1547 ESTABLISHMENT OF MAYOR'S OLYMPIC AND PARALYMPIC LEGACY WORKING GROUP RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) SESSION (Cr J Shipway) 1551

ITEM 3.1 1551 MBRC PLANNING SCHEME - PROPOSED CABOOLTURE WEST NEIGHBOURHOOD DEVELOPMENT PLAN (AREA) NO.1 S18 TAILORED AMENDMENT - MINISTER’S APPROVAL TO ADOPT AND SETTING OF COMMENCEMENT DATE RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 3.2 1557 MBRC PLANNING SCHEME - PROPOSED CABOOLTURE WEST NEIGHBOURHOOD DEVELOPMENT PLAN (AREA) NO.1 (NEW) PLANNING SCHEME POLICY - ADOPTION AND SETTING OF COMMENCEMENT DATE RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 3.3 1562 DOG OFF LEASH AREA PLANNING AND DESIGN GUIDELINES RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE c 20 October 2021 Minutes

GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE c 20 October 2021 Minutes

WELL-PLANNED REGION (TRANSPORT) SESSION (Cr A Hain) 1565

ITEM 4.1 1565 TENDER - D'AGUILAR - D'AGUILAR HIGHWAY (MT MEE ROAD TO SCOTTS LANE) - PATHWAY CONSTRUCTION RESOLUTION

ITEM 4.2 1571 KORMAN ROAD, GRIFFIN - ROAD RENAMING PROPOSAL RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL


AN ENGAGED COUNCIL SESSION (Cr M Constance) 1576

ITEM 6.1 1576 ENTERPRISE GIS SOFTWARE RENEWAL RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 6.2 1580 MORETON BAY RAIL RESIDENTIAL PARKING PERMIT SYSTEM (TRIAL) POLICY RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 6.3 1583 TENDER - MBRC – BUILDINGS - SERVICING OF FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL

ITEM 6.4 1588 TENDER - 21/22 REGIONAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL NETWORK MAINTENANCE PROGRAM RESOLUTION

REPORT DETAIL



ITEM C.1 – CONFIDENTIAL 1593 NEW INVESTMENT FOR MORETON BAY REGION RESOLUTION

15. ELECTION OF DEPUTY MAYOR 1594

Statement from Cr Peter Flannery (Mayor) 1594

Election of the Deputy Mayor process 1594

MAYOR TO CALL FOR NOMINATIONS FOR THE POSITION OF DEPUTY MAYOR 1595

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE d 20 October 2021 Minutes

GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE d 20 October 2021 Minutes

COUNCIL TO RESOLVE SELECTION PROCESS AND VOTING OPTION 1595 RESOLUTION

VOTING CONDUCTED BY ORDINARY (SECRET BALLOT) 1595 RESOLUTION

125th ANNUAL LOCAL GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION OF QUEENSLAND (LGAQ) CONFERENCE - UPDATE TO VOTING DELEGATES 1596 RESOLUTION

16. NOTIFIED GENERAL BUSINESS ITEMS OR RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS TAKEN ON NOTICE 1597

ITEM 16.1 1597 INSTITUTE OF PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING AUSTRALASIA, QUEENSLAND (IPWEAQ) EXCELLENCE AWARD

ITEM 16.2 1597 REGIONAL EVENTS

17. CONFIDENTIAL GENERAL BUSINESS 1597

18. CLOSURE 1597

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1518 20 October 2021 Minutes

GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1518 20 October 2021 Minutes

STATEMENT - ATTENDEES AND LIVESTREAMING The Mayor to advise that the meeting will be live streamed and the video recording of the meeting will be available on the council’s website. Attendees must be aware that incidental capture of an image or sound of persons in the public gallery, may occur. By remaining at the meeting attendees consent to being filmed and the possible use of their image and sound being published in the live streaming and recorded video of this meeting. 1. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COUNTRY Cr Brooke Savige provided the Acknowledgement of Country. 2. OPENING PRAYER / REFLECTION Cr Brooke Savige provided the opening prayer / reflection for the meeting. 3. ATTENDANCE & APOLOGIES Attendance: Cr Peter Flannery (Mayor) (Chairperson) Cr Brooke Savige Cr Mark Booth Cr Adam Hain Cr Jodie Shipway Cr Sandra Ruck Cr Karl Winchester Cr Mick Gillam Cr Cath Tonks Cr Matt Constance Cr Darren Grimwade Cr Tony Latter Officers: Chief Executive Officer (Mr Greg Chemello) Deputy CEO/Director Projects & Asset Services (Mr Tony Martini) Director Community & Environmental Services (Mr Bill Halpin) Director Finance & Corporate Services (Ms Donna Gregory) Interim Director Infrastructure Planning (Ms Jackie Frost) Director Planning (Mr David Corkill) Chief Economic Development Officer (Mr Paul Martins) Manager Strategy & Advocacy (Mr Joshua O’Keefe) Meeting Support (Larissa Kerrisk) Apologies: Cr Denise Sims

UNCONFIRMED



4. MEMORIALS OR CONDOLENCES Council observed a moment’s silence for residents who have passed away. 5. CONFIRMATION OF MINUTES FROM PREVIOUS GENERAL MEETING General Meeting - 6 October 2021 (Pages 21/1444 - 21/1512) RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Jodie Shipway Seconded by Cr Adam Hain CARRIED 12/0

That the minutes of the General Meeting held 6 October 2021, be confirmed. 6. ADOPTION OF AUDIT COMMITTEE MEETING REPORT & RECOMMENDATIONS Audit Committee Meeting - 7 October 2021 (Pages 21/1513 - 21/1517) RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Matt Constance Seconded by Cr Cath Tonks CARRIED 12/0

That the report and recommendations of the Audit Committee Meeting held 7 October 2021, be adopted. 7. PRESENTATION OF PETITIONS

(Addressed to the Council and tabled by Councillors) There were no petitions tabled. 8. CORRESPONDENCE 8.1. Cr Denise Sims resignation 20 October 2021 (63134104) The Chief Executive Officer tabled correspondence dated 19 October 2021 received from Cr Denise Sims, advising of her resignation from both roles as Councillor of Moreton Bay Regional Council and Deputy Mayor effective from 20 October 2021. The Chief Executive Officer advised Council of the process and action required subsequent to Cr Sims’ resignation, being that:

- under section 162(1)(f) of the Local Government Act 2009, the Councillor’s office now becomes vacant, and

- pursuant to section 175(2)(b) of the Local Government Act 2009 Moreton Bay Regional Council must, by resolution, appoint a Deputy Mayor at its first meeting after the office of the Councillor who is the Deputy Mayor becomes vacant. Noting that given the Chief Executive Officer received the resignation prior to today’s General Meeting, it is at this meeting that the appointment must occur.

UNCONFIRMED



9. COMMUNITY COMMENT There were no participants in the Community Comment session for this meeting. 10. NOTICES OF MOTION (Repeal or amendment of resolutions)

(s262 of the Local Government Regulation 2012) There were no notices of motion. 11. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST NOTIFIED TO THE CEO

Conflicts of interest notified to the CEO where not specifically related to an item on this agenda There are no notified conflicts of interest. 12. OFFICERS’ REPORTS TO COUNCIL (conducted in Sessions)

(as referred by the Chief Executive Officer) Consideration of officers’ reports as referred by the Chief Executive Officer, to be conducted in Sessions. The appointed Portfolio Councillor will facilitate the conduct of the respective session under the control of the Mayor as the Presiding Officer. Session Portfolio Councillor Deputy Portfolio Councillor

1 Progressive economy Vacant Cr K Winchester 2 Thriving communities Cr M Gillam Cr S Ruck 3 Well-planned region (planning) Cr J Shipway Cr M Booth 4 Well-planned region (transport) Cr A Hain C T Latter 5 Healthy environments Cr C Tonks Cr B Savige 6 An engaged council Cr M Constance Cr D Grimwade

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 1.1 - DECLARATION OF INTEREST Declarable Conflict of Interest - Cr Darren Grimwade Pursuant to s150EQ of the Local Government Act 2009, Cr Darren Grimwade informed the meeting of a declarable conflict of interest in Item 1.1 as Mr Shane Newcombe, CEO & Chairman of Moreton Bay Region Industry & Tourism (MBRIT), the recommended tenderer, is a friend of Cr Grimwade. Cr Darren Grimwade elected not to participate in the decision and retired from the meeting at 9.42am Previously declared Declarable Conflict of Interest - Cr Matt Constance Cr Matt Constance referred to a previously declared conflict of interest (General Meeting 28 October 2020 Page 20/1814) relating to Shane Newcombe, the Chairman and CEO of Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism Limited (MBRIT), the recommended tenderer for Item 1.1. As previously decided by Council, Cr Constance is permitted to participate in any decisions relating to MBRIT including discussion, debate and voting on matters in the public interest. Cr Constance remained in the meeting.

PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY SESSION (Cr K Winchester) ITEM 1.1 TENDER - KNOWLEDGE, INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP SERVICES (MBRC101903) Meeting / Session: 1 PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY Reference: 63036175 : 7 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63087403 &

Confidential Supporting Information 63036174, 63036173 Responsible Officer: MS, Project Officer (CEO Economic Development) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services (MBRC101903)’ project. Tenders closed on 20 May 2021 with a total of one tender submission received, and it was a conforming tender submission. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services (MBRC101903)’ project be awarded to Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT), for the sum of $332,412.50 (excluding GST, per annum) for the initial period of two (2) years, with the option to extend this contract for an additional one year (subject to satisfactory performance, and determined 90 days prior to the end of the contract term), as this tender was evaluated as representing the best overall value to Council. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Progressive Economy portfolio as the awarding of this contract will create opportunities for local community members and businesses to leverage Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship services, allowing for the development of the region’s innovation capacity and capability and furthering the region’s attainment of an innovative reputation and becoming a Top 10 Regional Innovation Hub a ‘Brighter’ goal of the Regional Economic Development Strategy (REDS).

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1522 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 1.1 TENDER - KNOWLEDGE, INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP SERVICES (MBRC101903) - 63036175 (Cont.)


RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Mick Gillam Seconded by Cr Tony Latter CARRIED 11/0 Cr Darren Grimwade had declared a conflict of interest and had retired from the meeting

1. That the tender for the ‘Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services (MBRC101903)’

project be awarded to Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT), for the sum of $332,412.50 (excluding GST, per annum) for the initial period of two years, with the option to extend this contract for an additional one year (subject to satisfactory performance, and determined 90 days prior to the end of the contract term).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism

(MBRIT), as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT) for the ‘Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services (MBRC101903)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

4. That it be noted this project has been awarded in accordance with Council’s Procurement

Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. 5. That it be noted that this project has been awarded under the existing budget allocation for

Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship services, within the Industry Advancement branch’s budget allocation.

6. That Council acknowledges:

a) the agreement will require the continuation of this operational funding for the 2022-23 financial year and additional year(s), subject to the satisfactory performance in the initial year and subject to the contract extension granted; and

b) the intention to account for this future expenditure as part of Council’s budget for the

2022-23, financial year and additional year(s) subject to the satisfactory performance in the initial year and subject to the contract extension granted.

UNCONFIRMED



OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services (MBRC101903)’

project be awarded to Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT), for the sum of $332,412.50 (excluding GST, per annum) for the initial period of two years, with the option to extend this contract for an additional one year (subject to satisfactory performance, and determined 90 days prior to the end of the contract term).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT),

as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT) for the ‘Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services (MBRC101903)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

4. That it be noted this project has been awarded in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy

under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. 5. That it be noted that this project has been awarded under the existing budget allocation for

Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship services, within the Industry Advancement branch’s budget allocation.


a) the agreement will require the continuation of this operational funding for the 2022-23 financial year and additional year(s), subject to the satisfactory performance in the initial year and subject to the contract extension granted; and

b) the intention to account for this future expenditure as part of Council’s budget for the 2022-23, financial year and additional year(s) subject to the satisfactory performance in the initial year and subject to the contract extension granted.

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Knowledge, innovation, entrepreneurship and business start-ups are important features in any modern economy. New business start-ups provide jobs and can expand exponentially. Encouraging innovation and entrepreneurship, particularly in young people will contribute effectively to building a more dynamic and brighter economy across the Moreton Bay Region. The strength of Moreton Bay’s innovation and entrepreneurship ecosystem resides in the development of programs to support the REDS objective of becoming a top 10 regional knowledge and innovation hub. At the 28 October 2020 Council Meeting, Council resolved (GM-518, A20698203) to invite Expressions of Interest (EOI) for regionally benefitting services broadly relating to Destination Management, Economic Development and Events that would support the implementation of the Council’s REDS. On 7 November 2020, Council invited expressions of interest from proponents with the capability to deliver one or more of the following services as listed below:

• Destination Management and Tourism and/or • Business development and support and/or • Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, and/or

UNCONFIRMED



• Regional Awareness, Pride and Attractive Lifestyle. The EOI process closed on 2pm, 9 December 2020. A total of two proposals were received from two respondents for Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services. At the 17 March 2021 Council Meeting, Council considered the outcomes of the EOI process and resolved (GM-526, 61713034) to approve a closed request for tender be extended to two suppliers for Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services. A standalone process and assessment panel was formed for the Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services Request for Tender (RFT), under the guidance and observation of an independent probity advisor and independent technical advisor from Department Tourism, Innovation and Sport (DTIS) to provide subject matter expertise. In response to the Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services RFT, which closed on 20 May 2021, Council received one (1) complying submission. The evaluation panel met on 25 May 2021, to consider the proposal received. Following this evaluation panel meeting, additional information was sought from and provided by MBRIT in June 2021. Following the receipt of this additional information, the evaluation panel unanimously determined that the proposal for Separable Portions 1, 3 and 4 met the requirements of the RFT, while Portion 2 was to be withdrawn from the marketplace as it did not meet the budget and scope of the RFT. Council also sought a third-party comprehensive Credit Rating Report by Equifax for the respondent (see Confidential Supporting Information #2). The results for the recommended tenderer’s financial status is outlined in section 3.4 of this document. A Council briefing was conducted on 22 September 2021, for the purpose of sharing information. In line with Council’s decision-making framework, an extract from the minutes of the briefing, is provided below:

The outcome of RFT2 shall be presented to a General Meeting for consideration. The objective of the Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services project is to underpin the delivery and achievement of the following key Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship initiatives outlined in Regional Economic Development Strategy (REDS): • Develop Moreton Bay’s reputation as a desirable region to establish a high-growth knowledge-based

business • Stimulate local private business leaders to participate and develop initiatives and promote an

entrepreneurial agenda within the region • Establish an entrepreneurial hub targeted at businesses with high growth ambitions, cultivate and

attract relevant industry talent, preferably in the knowledge-based industries • Develop a targeted program aimed at 18-30-year-old founders to develop and support their

entrepreneurial capabilities as they have the potential to start early and develop multiple ventures over their lifetime

• Promote business excellence through a highly competitive awards and recognition program for innovation and create pathways into national and international award categories, and

• Enhance a regional education and training offering that aligns to the demands of a changing economy, technology and innovation.

Specifically, the Request for Tender included four separable portions, being:

1. The Provision of a Regional Innovation Co-Ordinator (RIC). 2. The Provision of Specialist Mentoring and Advice Services to local businesses and entrepreneurs.

UNCONFIRMED



3. Youth Capability Building through the coordination and Delivery of two workshop events. (i) A start-up weekend for youth based on the Techstars methodology and (ii) A coding/robotics workshop for teachers in the region

4. Capability Building through coordination and Delivery of two showcase event days (i) Creative Industries Demo Day, and (ii) an Innovations Day.

2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship Services (MBRC101903)’ project. Tenders closed on 20 May 2021 with a total of one (1) tender submission received, which was a conforming tender. The tenderer’s proposal for each of the separable portions were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Purchasing Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documents. For clarity, Separable Portion 2 has been withdrawn from the marketplace, primarily due to the quality and proposed price of those services. Separable Portion 1: The Provision of a Regional Innovation Co-Ordinator (RIC). All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):




1 Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT) 71.33 81.33

Separable Portion 3: Youth Capability Building through the coordination and Delivery of two workshop events

(i) A start-up weekend for youth based on the Techstars methodology and (ii) A coding/robotics workshop for teachers in the region

All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):





Separable Portion 4: Capability Building through coordination and Delivery of two showcase event days

(i) Creative Industries Demo Day, and (ii) an Innovations Day

All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):





UNCONFIRMED



Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT) - submitted a comprehensive tender that demonstrated their relevant experience. Clarification of the tender response was requested via email and was provided on 2 June 2021 and 10 June 2021, in which MBRIT provided additional detail to clarify quote details, methodology and governance, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project. MBRIT provided a very comprehensive response to the tender that detailed the programs that will support Moreton Bay regional start-ups, scale-ups and foster the region’s entrepreneurial spirit by providing access to the resources that will enable Moreton Bay locals, including our local youth in particular, to prosper and to build the capability to compete successfully in global markets. The evaluation panel considers the tender from MBRIT to represent the best overall value for Council. It is recommended that Moreton Bay Region Industry and Tourism (MBRIT) be awarded the contract for the separable portions 1, 3 and 4, noting separable portion 2 has been removed from the marketplace as an RFT and Officers will use Council’s Request for Quote (RFQ) process to obtain relevant quotes/services for future project/services delivery. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the value of work expecting to be greater than $200,000, Council called for tenders for the

work through MBRC’s eTendering Portal, in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009. At a Council meeting dated 17 March 2021, it was endorsed by Council that, following an Expressions of Interest (EOI) process, the Request for Tender (RFT) would be a closed tender, which would only invite the two vendors who had submitted an EOI to submit a response.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Creating Opportunities: Local jobs for

residents - an innovative and thriving economy.



• Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6. • Regional Economic Development Strategy 2020-2041 (3 February 2021)

Tenders were tested against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.

3.4 Risk Management Implications Risk Management Implications have been considered and will be managed throughout the course of

the services being provided. Financial Risk: A third-party financial assessment has been carried out by Equifax Australasia Credit Ratings Pty Ltd (‘Equifax’) and the recommended tenderer was rated satisfactory for the purposes of providing the services detailed in the tender. The third-party assessor’s key recommendation was the following extensions of the contract: • An unconditional payable-on-demand performance bond or bank guarantee be obtained from

an APRA regulated entity to cover any re-tendering costs and payments made in advance (if any).

UNCONFIRMED



The recommended mitigation is able to be implemented by Council.


amount of one percent (1%) of Council’s net rate and utility charges as stated in Council’s audited financial statements included in Council’s most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.2M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council’s annual budget. As this report is a multi-year contract with the possibility of extension it is being brought before Council.

3.6 Financial Implications Council has allocated $500,000 in the 21-22 operational services Industry Advancement budget for the

Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship purposes. The estimated cost as tendered by MBRIT is within budget allocation. All financial information below is excluding GST. Tender Price - Year 1 $ 332,412.50 Tender Price - Year 2 $ 332,412.50 Tender Price - Year 3 (optional) $ 332,412.50 Total Project Cost $ 997.237.50

Year 3 is a possible extension. The budget amount for this project is sufficient. 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The ‘Brighter’ goal of the Regional Economic Development Strategy is for the region to become a Top

10 Regional Innovation Hub. By hitting the goals of the REDS by 2041, our Gross Regional Product and job creation will be 19% higher than what’s currently projected. Key to achieving the goals of the REDS is to embrace innovation across all industries to diversify the region’s innovative capacity and capability and reduce the reliance on population-driven industries. The success of the Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship services in the region will drive the economic development of the region for generations to come.

3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications The awarding of this contract will create opportunities for local community members and businesses

to leverage the Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship services, further allowing for the development of the region’s innovation capacity and capability and furthering the region’s attainment of an innovative reputation and becoming a Top 10 Regional Innovation Hub. (‘Brighter’ goal of the Regional Economic Development Strategy it will also provide programs for a range of young people and create/support education, training and employment pathways.



3.11 Consultation / Communication Mayor, Councillors and the Executive Leadership Team have been consulted.

The following departmental stakeholders have been consulted in regard to this RFT for the provision of Knowledge, Innovation and Entrepreneurship services:

UNCONFIRMED



• Strategy & Advocacy • Legal Services • Procurement Services • Queensland Department of Tourism, Innovation and Sport (DTIS) (External) • Local Buy (External)

ATTENDANCE Cr Darren Grimwade returned to the meeting at 9.47am following discussion on Item 1.1.

UNCONFIRMED



THRIVING COMMUNITIES SESSION (Cr M Gillam) ITEM 2.1 OUTCOME OF COMMUNITY LEASING EXPRESSION OF INTEREST - JOSEPH CRESCENT Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 62447908 : 6 July 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 62447906 Responsible Officer: CM, Supervisor Community Leasing (CES Community Services, Sport &

Recreation) Executive Summary Council called for expressions of interest (EOI) from not-for-profit community organisations to lease the soon-to-be-constructed community building located at 7 Joseph Crescent, Deception Bay - Division 5 (refer Supporting Information #1) under the provision of Council’s Community Leasing Policy (No. 2150-079). Two applications were received and assessed through this process. This report seeks Council’s approval to grant a lease to the recommended applicant, Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc. The proposed lease would take effect following the completion of the Joseph Crescent facility. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio as it relates to the provision of a lease to a community organisation which will support the delivery of services to community through the Redcliffe Environmental Forum’s 300+ members who provide a range of environmental rehabilitation, education and facilitation projects. Further, this matter is reported to Council as section 236(2) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 requires Council resolution to apply the exception under section 236(1)(b)(ii) to dispose of land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Sandra Ruck Seconded by Cr Mark Booth CARRIED 12/0

1. That the exception contained in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 applies to the Council regarding the disposal of the land referred to in this report.

2. That subject to recommendation 3, the Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc. be granted a lease

over an area at 7 Joseph Crescent, Deception Bay (refer Supporting Information #1) for a period of five years, following construction of the community building.

3. That the terms and conditions of this lease be in accordance with Council’s Community

Leasing Policy, with annual rental commencing at $1.00 per annum. 4. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary including, but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the lease and any required variations of the lease on the Council’s behalf, as described in this report.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1530 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 2.1 OUTCOME OF COMMUNITY LEASING EXPRESSION OF INTEREST - JOSEPH CRESCENT - 62447908 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the exception contained in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 applies

to the Council regarding the disposal of the land referred to in this report. 2. That subject to recommendation 3, the Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc. be granted a lease over

an area at 7 Joseph Crescent, Deception Bay (refer Supporting Information #1) for a period of five years, following construction of the community building.




REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Construction has commenced on a new community building located at 7 Joseph Crescent, Deception Bay. Once complete (early 2022), the facility will provide two connecting meetings spaces, a kitchenette, public amenities and an open terrace/veranda space. Following an initial investigation by Council officers, it was determined that the preferred management model for the facility was to provide a lease to a community organisation for management and activation of the meeting spaces, kitchenette and open terrace / veranda space. The public amenities were determined to be most appropriately managed by Council given their intended role in servicing other open space areas within the Joseph Crescent precinct. In accordance with Council’s Community Leasing Policy, Council may undertake an Expression of Interest (EOI) process to select the most appropriate community organisation to receive tenure over a Council-controlled facility. Accordingly, on 23 April 2021, Council called for EOIs from not-for-profit community organisations to lease the Joseph Crescent community building following completion of construction works. 2. Explanation of Item Applications under the EOI process were received from the following community organisations: • Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc.; and • Mindle Bygul Aboriginal Corporation. Both applications were reviewed against the following criteria by a panel consisting of senior Council officers: • Activation and utilisation of the facility in the best interests of the community and Council; • Activation of the facility with consideration to the environmental significance of the site; • Maintenance capacity; • Financial capacity; and • Ability to meet the obligations of a lessee under Council’s Community Leasing Policy. As an outcome of this assessment process, it is recommended that a lease be offered to the Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc. over the area identified in Supporting Information #1, under the provisions of Council’s Community Leasing Policy. Further, it is proposed that this lease be for a period of five (5) years, commencing after the completion of facility construction works.

UNCONFIRMED



Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc. Established in 2006, the Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc. (REF) is a local, volunteer run community organisation servicing the Moreton Bay region. The objects of the organisation are to promote environmental awareness in the community through a focus on environmental rehabilitation, education and facilitation. The organisation currently has over 300 members and has successfully delivered several environmentally focused projects and events throughout the region. Should REF be successful in its application, the organisation proposes to activate the Joseph Crescent community building through the expansion of its environmental programs and services, and by making the facility available for use by other like-minded community organisations. When assessing REF’s application, Council officers considered REF to be the most suitable organisation to hold tenure over the Joseph Crescent community building due to: • its ongoing involvement in the Moreton Bay community; • its proposed activities aligning with the design, size and intended use of the facility; and • the organisation’s demonstrated capacity to expand its services. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The Council must comply with the Local Government Act 2009 and the Local Government Regulation

2012 when it disposes of valuable non-current assets. In accordance with section 224(6) of the Regulation, the disposal of a valuable non-current asset includes the disposal of all or any part of an interest in the asset (for example the grant of a lease over land or a building). Section 236(2) of the Regulation provides that the exception in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Regulation applies only if the Council has decided by resolution that it may apply. By resolving that the exception applies, Council can dispose of the land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. The organisation identified in this report is a community organisation for the purposes of the Regulation.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Valuing Lifestyle: Healthy natural environment - a clean and healthy environment. 3.3 Policy Implications The terms and conditions of the proposed lease agreement will be in accordance with Council’s

Community Leasing Policy (2150-079).

3.4 Risk Management Implications It is recognised that permitting community organisations to occupy and manage Council-owned or

controlled land and assets presents an associated level of risk. As a core function of Council is the provision of community facilities, this risk level is considered acceptable. However, to mitigate the risk, the lease document clearly outlines the responsibilities and obligations of the parties and includes a requirement for the community organisation(s) to hold appropriate levels public liability insurance.


authorised to take all action necessary to execute the new lease. 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified

UNCONFIRMED



3.8 Environmental Implications The provision of a community lease to Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc. will provide increased

opportunities for the group to deliver community programs focused on environmental awareness and education, and contribute towards the region’s ecological sustainability.

3.9 Social Implications The issuing of a lease to Redcliffe Environmental Forum Inc. will provide the group with facilities to

support their own operations, as well those of other community organisations (via hire arrangements). 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication Councillor Division 5

Relevant Council Departments

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 2.2 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - CLONTARF BRANCH Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 62748856 : 7 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 62748859 Responsible Officer: CM, Supervisor Community Leasing (CES Community Services, Sport &

Recreation) Executive Summary This report seeks Council’s approval for the provision of a lease to The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc. (Scout Association) at Yourell Park, 75 Maine Road, Clontarf (refer Supporting Information #1). The proposed lease would take effect once the construction of a new Scout Den is completed at the site. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio as it relates to the provision of a lease to a community organisation which will support the delivery of services to community through the Scout Association’s range of programs. Further, this matter is reported to Council as section 236(2) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 requires Council resolution to apply the exception under section 236(1)(b)(ii) to dispose of land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Karl Winchester Seconded by Cr Tony Latter CARRIED 12/0

1. That the exception contained in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 applies to the Council regarding the disposal of the land referred to in this report.

2. That, subject to recommendation 3 and 4, The Scout Association of Australia Queensland

Branch Inc be granted a lease over an area at 75 Maine Road, Clontarf (refer Supporting Information #1) for a period aligning with their existing lease at the location, 3 September 2024.

3. That the terms and conditions of this lease be in accordance with Council’s Community

Leasing Policy, with annual rental commencing at $1.00 per annum. 4. That the grant of this lease is subject to The Scout Association of Australian Queensland

Branch Inc. surrendering its existing lease at this location. 5. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary including, but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the lease and any required variations of the lease on the Council’s behalf, as described in this report.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1534 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 2.2 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - CLONTARF BRANCH - 62748856 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the exception contained in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 applies

to the Council regarding the disposal of the land referred to in this report. 2. That, subject to recommendation 3 and 4, The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc

be granted a lease over an area at 75 Maine Road, Clontarf (refer Supporting Information #1) for a period aligning with their existing lease at the location, 3 September 2024.


Policy, with annual rental commencing at $1.00 per annum. 4. That the grant of this lease is subject to The Scout Association of Australian Queensland Branch Inc.

surrendering its existing lease at this location. 5. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary including, but not limited


REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Since June 2003, The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc (Scout Association) has held a lease with Council over a building and storage shed at Yourell Park, 75 Maine Road, Clontarf (refer Supporting Information #1) for the purpose of operating a scout den. The current lease is due to expire on 3 September 2024. Following a recent facility assessment, various accessibility and ‘levels of service’ deficiencies were identified. Accordingly, Council determined that the building would be demolished and replaced with a new fit-for-purpose scout den. Demolition of the original scout den has now been completed, and construction works have commenced for the new facility (estimated completion in November 2021). 2. Explanation of Item To enable the Scout Association to recommence operations from the site following completion of construction works, Council will be required to enter into a new lease with the organisation over a revised area consisting of a new scout den and fenced area at Yourell Park, 75 Maine Road, Clontarf (refer Supporting Information #1). The construction of the new scout den and fenced area will see the organisation’s lease area increased by approximately 165m2, representing an increase of approximately 29% in comparison to its existing lease. In accordance with Council’s Community Leasing - Improvement Works and Area Amendment Policy Directive (2160-026), due to the size of the lease area increase being greater than 20% of the organisation’s original lease area, Council must consider the new lease at a General Meeting. Accordingly, subject to the organisation surrendering its existing lease at this location, this report recommends that Council approves the granting of a new lease to the Scout Association under the terms and conditions of Council’s Community Leasing Policy (2150-079) over the area identified in Supporting Information #1. Further, it is recommended that the provision of this lease be for a period aligning with the expiry of the organisation’s existing lease at this location, being 3 September 2024.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1535 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 2.2 NEW LEASE - THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND BRANCH INC - CLONTARF BRANCH - 62748856 (Cont.)


3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The Council must comply with the Local Government Act 2009 and the Local Government Regulation

2012 when it disposes of valuable non-current assets. In accordance with section 224(6) of the Regulation, the disposal of a valuable non-current asset includes the disposal of all or any part of an interest in the asset (for example the grant of a lease over land or a building). Section 236(2) of the Regulation provides that the exception in section 236(1)(b)(ii) of the Regulation applies only if the Council has decided by resolution that it may apply. By resolving that the exception applies, Council can dispose of the land and buildings (via a lease to a community organisation) other than by tender or auction. The organisation identified in this report is a community organisation for the purposes of the Regulation.





authorised to take all action necessary including, but not limited to negotiating, making, amending and signing to execute the new lease.

3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications The issuing of a lease to The Scout Association of Australia Queensland Branch Inc will provide the

organisation with facilities to support its operations. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication Cr Karl Winchester (Division 6)


UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 2.3 MORETON BAY LOCAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT GROUP MEMBERSHIP Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 62958456 : 21 September 2021 Responsible Officer: CP, Emergency Management and Public Safety Manager (PAS Emergency

Management and Public Safety)

Executive Summary A recent review has been undertaken into the structure and membership of the MBRC Local Disaster Management Group (LDMG) and its sub-groups, taking into account lessons learned from recent disaster exercises, machinery of government changes within the Queensland Government and organisational changes within Council. This report is to reaffirm some existing appointments and approve a number of new appointments. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio due to its importance in contributing to a safer and more resilient community through the provision of effective disaster management. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Brooke Savige Seconded by Cr Tony Latter CARRIED 12/0

1. That Cr Peter Flannery, Mayor Council be appointed Chairperson and Cr Matt Constance Deputy Chairperson of the Moreton Bay Local Disaster Management Group.

2. That Cr Tony Latter and Cr Mark Booth be appointed as observers. 3. That the membership of the Moreton Bay Local Disaster Management Group be approved, as

follows:

a) The Chairperson b) The Deputy Chairperson c) The Local Disaster Coordinator d) The Moreton Recovery Coordinator e) The Moreton Bay LDMG Secretariat f) Australian Red Cross (Queensland) g) Department of Education h) Energex i) Queensland Ambulance Service j) Queensland Fire and Emergency Services k) Queensland Health l) Queensland Police Service m) State Emergency Service n) Unitywater

4. That the appointment of positions to undertake roles within the Local Disaster Management

Group and/or Moreton Recovery Group be approved, as follows:

a) Chairperson Moreton Recovery Group - Chairperson of the LDMG b) Deputy Chairperson Moreton Recovery Group - Deputy Chairperson of the LDMG c) Local Disaster Coordinator - Deputy CEO / Director Projects and Asset Services d) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Director Infrastructure Planning e) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Manager Asset Maintenance

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1537 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 2.3 MORETON BAY LOCAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT GROUP MEMBERSHIP - 62958456 (Cont.)


f) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Drainage, Waterways and Coastal Planning Manager

g) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Emergency Management and Public Safety Manager

h) Moreton Bay LDMG Secretariat - Disaster Management Coordinator i) Deputy Moreton Bay LDMG Secretariat - Disaster Resilience and Recovery Coordinator j) Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Director Community and Environmental Services k) Deputy Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Manager Community Services, Sport and

Recreation l) Deputy Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Manager Cultural Services

UNCONFIRMED



OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That Cr Peter Flannery, Mayor Council be appointed Chairperson and Cr Matt Constance Deputy

Chairperson of the Moreton Bay Local Disaster Management Group. 2. That Cr Tony Latter and Cr Mark Booth be appointed as observers. 3. That the membership of the Moreton Bay Local Disaster Management Group be approved, as follows:


4. That the appointment of positions to undertake roles within the Local Disaster Management Group

and/or Moreton Recovery Group be approved, as follows: a) Chairperson Moreton Recovery Group - Chairperson of the LDMG b) Deputy Chairperson Moreton Recovery Group - Deputy Chairperson of the LDMG c) Local Disaster Coordinator - Deputy CEO / Director Projects and Asset Services d) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Director Infrastructure Planning e) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Manager Asset Maintenance f) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Drainage, Waterways and Coastal Planning Manager g) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Emergency Management and Public Safety Manager h) Moreton Bay LDMG Secretariat - Disaster Management Coordinator i) Deputy Moreton Bay LDMG Secretariat - Disaster Resilience and Recovery Coordinator j) Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Director Community and Environmental Services k) Deputy Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Manager Community Services, Sport and Recreation l) Deputy Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Manager Cultural Services

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background A recent review into the structure and membership of the Moreton Bay Local Disaster Management Group (LDMG) and its sub-groups has occurred, taking into account lessons learned from recent disaster exercises, machinery of government changes within the Queensland Government and organisational changes within Council. This report is to reaffirm existing appointments and approve new appointments. 2. Explanation of Item Local Disaster Management Group Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson Section 29 of the Disaster Management Act 2003 (Qld) (the Act) requires Council to have an LDMG (a local group) for the local government area. Section 34 of the Act requires this group to have a Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson and these persons are prescribed by regulation.

UNCONFIRMED



Section 10 of the Disaster Management Regulation 2014 (Qld) (the Regulation) states the Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson of a local group are the persons appointed by the relevant local government for the local group to be the Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson. It also states the Chairperson must be a Councillor of a local government. Section 9 of the Regulation states that the local government may appoint a person as a member only if satisfied the person has the necessary expertise or experience to be a member. Accordingly, Mayor Peter Flannery, has been nominated to fulfil the role of Chairperson and Cr Matt Constance has been nominated to fulfil the role of Deputy Chairperson of the Moreton Bay LDMG. Both of these elected officials have the necessary expertise and experience to undertake these roles including having completed the training obligations as defined in the Queensland Disaster Management Training Framework. Local Disaster Management Group Membership The LDMG membership has been reviewed periodically, including in 2011, 2016, 2017, 2019 and 2020. To address recent organisational changes and learnings from disaster exercises, the following membership changes are proposed:


Section 13 of the Regulation states that ‘a quorum for a meeting of a disaster management group is the number equal to one half of its members for the time being holding office plus one; or if one-half of its members for the time being holding office is not a whole number, the next highest whole number’. Accordingly, the quorum for the LDMG will remain at eight (8) members. It should also be acknowledged that a number of organisations will continue to serve the LDMG in an advisory capacity or through support through the Moreton District Disaster Management Group as required. These organisations are detailed as follows:

a) APA Group b) Australian Defence Force c) Bureau of Meteorology d) Department of Agriculture and Fisheries e) Department of Children, Youth Justice and Multicultural Affairs f) Department of Communities, Housing and Digital Economy g) Department of Employment, Small Business and Training h) Department of Energy and Public Works i) Department of Environment and Science j) Department of Regional Development, Manufacturing and Water k) Department of Resources l) Department of Seniors, Disability Services and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

Partnerships m) Department of State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning n) Department of Tourism, Innovation and Sport

UNCONFIRMED



o) Department of Transport and Main Roads p) Local Government Association of Queensland q) Maritime Safety Queensland r) National Broadband Network s) Queensland Corrective Services t) Queensland Rail u) Queensland Reconstruction Authority v) Redcliffe Coast Guard w) Seqwater x) Surf Life Saving Queensland y) Telstra z) Volunteer Marine Rescue

Council appointments to LDMG and Moreton Recovery Group Given recent changes in organisational structure, it is important to reiterate those Council positions that have been appointed roles to support Council’s disaster management arrangements. The position of Local Disaster Coordinator is mandated within the Disaster Management Act 2003 (Qld). Given the importance of this role, it is recommended that a number of additional positions within Council are trained to support and back up this legislated position. The other positions are defined within Council’s Local Disaster Management Plan or Disaster Management Recovery Plan. These positions/roles are detailed below:

a) Chairperson Moreton Recovery Group - Chairperson of the LDMG b) Deputy Chairperson Moreton Recovery Group - Deputy Chairperson of the LDMG c) Local Disaster Coordinator - Deputy CEO / Director Projects and Asset Services d) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Director Infrastructure Planning e) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Manager Asset Maintenance f) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Drainage, Waterways and Coastal Planning Manager g) Deputy Local Disaster Coordinator - Emergency Management and Public Safety Manager h) Moreton Bay LDMG Secretariat - Disaster Management Coordinator i) Deputy Moreton Bay LDMG Secretariat - Disaster Resilience and Recovery Coordinator j) Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Director Community and Environmental Services k) Deputy Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Manager Community Services, Sport and Recreation l) Deputy Moreton Recovery Coordinator - Manager Cultural Services

3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Section 29 of the Disaster Management Act 2003 (Qld) requires Council to have an LDMG (a local

group) for the local government area. Section 34 of the Act requires this group to have a Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson and these persons are prescribed by regulation. Section 10 of the Disaster Management Regulation 2014 (Qld) states the Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson of a local group are the persons appointed by the relevant local government for the local group to be the Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson. It also states the Chairperson must be a Councillor of a local government. Section 9 of the Regulation states that the local government may appoint a person as a member only if satisfied the person has the necessary expertise or experience to be a member.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Safe neighbourhoods - a safe and resilient community. 3.3 Policy Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified

UNCONFIRMED




human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that there are no human right implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter

3.11 Consultation / Communication Regarding the proposed LDMG membership changes, consultation has occurred with the Deputy CEO

/ Director Projects and Asset Services, Director Community and Environmental Services and assorted council officers. Initial consultation has also occurred with the Queensland Police Service and Queensland Fire and Emergency Services. Queensland Fire and Emergency Services (QFES) will be notified of the recommended appointments as required under the Disaster Management Act 2003.

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 2.4 SANDSTONE POINT COMMUNITY AND SPORTS COMPLEX MASTER PLAN - ADOPTION Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 63028276 : 1 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 62355754;

62355758 and Confidential Supporting Information 62355798; 63028523 Responsible Officer: JC, Team Leader Sports and Recreation Planning (IP Parks & Recreation

Planning) Executive Summary In the 2018/19 Financial Year, Council allocated funds to commence the development of a master plan for the Sandstone Point Community and Sports Complex. The draft Sandstone Point Community and Sports Complex Master Plan (draft plan) has now been completed which provides a framework for the delivery of infrastructure to support facility improvements over the next 10-15 years. The draft master plan has been developed generally in accordance with Policy No 2150-088 (Preparation of Master Plans for Council-Controlled or Owned Sites) and Policy No 38-2150-010 (Community Engagement Policy). Community feedback was invited between 14 March and 30 March 2019 in a manner consistent with Policy No: 38-2150-010 - Community Engagement. The final draft of the master plan (ref: June 2021 Rev F) is now ready for Council to consider for endorsement with (refer supporting information #1). A master plan report has been prepared which outlines the master planning process and includes relevant vision and objectives, technical reports etc. (refer confidential supporting information #3 and #4). This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio as the long term master planning and progressive development of community and sports complexes is an essential role of Council to enable its community organisations and residents to participate in a range of cultural, sporting and recreation pursuits. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Brooke Savige Seconded by Cr Jodie Shipway CARRIED 12/0

1. That having regard to the information provided within this report, Council endorses the Sandstone Point Community and Sports Complex Master Plan (June 2021 Rev F) in accordance with Policy No 2150-088 (Preparation of Master Plans for Council-Controlled or Owned Sites).

2. That the embellishments identified in the master plan (estimated in the order of $4.5M) be

updated in Council’s forward Capital Works Program and be funded subject to broader infrastructure prioritisation and budget availability.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1543 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 2.4 SANDSTONE POINT COMMUNITY AND SPORTS COMPLEX MASTER PLAN - ADOPTION - 63028276 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That having regard to the information provided within this report, Council endorses the Sandstone

Point Community and Sports Complex Master Plan (June 2021 Rev F) in accordance with Policy No 2150-088 (Preparation of Master Plans for Council-Controlled or Owned Sites).

2. That the embellishments identified in the master plan (estimated in the order of $4.5M) be updated in

Council’s forward Capital Works Program and be funded subject to broader infrastructure prioritisation and budget availability.

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The Sandstone Point Community and Sports Complex (the site) is located at Bestmann Road East, Sandstone Point (refer Figure 1). The facility is currently used by several sporting and community organisations and acts as the central core for the social and physical activity needs of the Sandstone Point community.

Figure 1: Site Context Figure 2: Local Context Council’s Interim Sports Facility Plan acknowledges that the current facility, although of a local scale, provides a district function for sporting and recreation needs in its catchment. In recent years, new sporting and community organisations have emerged and are now operating from the site, extending its use beyond that originally envisaged for the facility. The lack of field lighting, for example, means the facility cannot be utilised for training, competition activities and community events in the evening, resulting in underutilisation of the site. The draft master plan has been developed generally in accordance with Policy No 2150-088 (Preparation of Master Plans for Council-Controlled or Owned Sites) and Policy No 38-2150-010 (Community Engagement Policy). Community feedback was invited between 14 March and 30 March 2019 and was undertaken in accordance with Policy No: 38-2150-010 Community Engagement. Three phases of community consultation were undertaken to inform the development of the master plan including: • Phase 1: Site-user-group workshops; • Phase 2: Community engagement; and • Phase 3: Feedback on the draft plan.

UNCONFIRMED



During the community consultation period, 35 people provided survey responses (refer supporting information #2). While general support was received for the draft master plan, the community identified a number of issues which officers felt needed resolution: 1. Access from the local shops to the community hall via a direct pathway; 2. Vehicle access to the community hall and nearby storage shed; 3. New pathway access to the community hall from carpark; 4. Closer car parking to the community hall for elderly and persons and those with a disability; 5. Resolution of drainage issues leading to regular site inundation and; 6. Management of mosquito breeding in poorly drained areas. The identified issues and constraints were investigated and dealt with as best as practically possible. Significant site constraints such as semi-regular flood inundation and planning scheme overlays have prohibited significant changes to the site which might have otherwise resolved some identified issues. The final draft of the master plan (June 2021 Rev F) is now ready for Council to consider for endorsement. (refer supporting information #1). A master plan report has been prepared which outlines the master planning process and includes the vision and objectives, relevant technical reports etc. (refer confidential supporting information #3 and #4). The master plan will:

• help Council and site users plan for and fund required infrastructure upgrades to meet the district level catchment standard;

• assist in the orderly delivery of infrastructure; and • support applications by Council or site users for external funding.

The draft plan has been informed by comprehensive stakeholder engagement. Minor changes have been implemented following the three phases of community engagement and internal stakeholder review and the completion of a preliminary engineering design phase. Three phases of community consultation have been undertaken to inform the development of the draft plan:

• Phase 1: Site-user-group workshops; • Phase 2: Community engagement; and • Phase 3: Feedback on the draft plan.

Three Council briefings were conducted on 26 February 2019, 3 December 2019 and via Council Portal on 18 August 2021 respectively, for the purpose of sharing information and providing technical advice to Council on the matter. In line with Council’s decision-making framework, an extract from the relevant minutes of the briefings, is provided in Table 1. On 26 February 2019 the draft master plan was presented at a Council briefing with the intention to seek Council’s support to undertake the third phase of consultation - public feedback. Council was generally supportive of the draft master plan and approved the commencement of phase 3 community consultation. On 3 December 2019 the draft master plan was presented to Council following the completion of phase 3 consultation and commencement of technical studies and preliminary engineering design. Council supported the plan with the intention that a report be submitted to a future General Meeting for consideration of endorsement. Following completion of technical studies and preliminary engineering design, the draft master plan was again provide to Council on 18 August 2021 without objection.

UNCONFIRMED



2. Explanation of Item The draft plan has been prepared in accordance with relevant Council policies and has been informed by comprehensive internal and external stakeholder engagement. Technical studies and preliminary engineering design have now been completed and the draft plan duly updated, which provides cost estimates to inform Council’s forward 10-year Capital Works Program. Council officers recommend that the draft Sandstone Point Community and Sports Complex Master Plan be endorsed by Council in accordance with Policy No 2150-088 (Preparation of Master Plans for Council-Controlled or Owned Sites). 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The following commonwealth, state government and local government legislation and/or instruments

are relevant to the development of the Sandstone Point Community and Sports Complex site: • Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003 • Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 • Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme 2016 • Nature Conservation Act 1992 • Planning Act 2016 • Planning Regulation 2017 • Vegetation Management Act 1999

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Valuing Lifestyle: Quality recreation and cultural opportunities - active recreation opportunities. 3.3 Policy Implications The following policies have guided the development of the draft master plan and have bearing on the

matter: • Policy No 2150-088 (Preparation of Master Plans for Council-Controlled or Owned Sites); and • Policy No: 38-2150-010 Community Engagement.

3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications Embellishments identified in the draft plan have been estimated in the order of $4.5M. Projects have

been loaded into Council’s forward 10-year Capital Works Program to this effect and will be funded subject to broader infrastructure prioritisation and budget availabiltiy.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The Value of Community Sport Infrastructure report commissioned by the Australian Sports

Commission states that the cost of physical inactivity equates to an average loss of 1.8 working days per year, at an average cost of $458 per worker per year. The draft plan supports and encourages opportunities for increased physical activity within the Sandstone Point community and surrounds (KPMG, 2018).

3.8 Environmental Implications The draft plan has been designed to minimise impacts on environmental values. Any clearing will be

undertaken in accordance with relevant approvals and offset planting will be undertaken where required.

UNCONFIRMED



3.9 Social Implications The Value of Community Sport Infrastructure report commissioned by the Australian Sports

Commission states that investment in community sport infrastructure amplifies positive social and health outcomes which occur through participation in recreation-based activities (KPMG, 2018).


a person’s human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Whilst extensive community consultation was undertaken as part of the development of the draft plan, adjoining residents may perceive that the erection of new sports field lighting may impact on their human rights. The sports field lighting has been designed to comply with all relevant Australian Standards. The draft plan identifies the need for screen planting to occur along the shared boundary with adjoining residents to mitigate any additional perceived impacts. Officers consider that Council’s decision in this circumstance (if it reflects the officer’s recommendation) is compatible with (and does not limit) a person’s Human Rights.

3.11 Consultation / Communication As detailed within this report, extensive internal and external engagement has occurred as part of the

draft master plan development. Officers consider that community engagement has been carried out in accordance with Policy No: 38-2150-010 Community Engagement.

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 2.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF MAYOR'S OLYMPIC AND PARALYMPIC LEGACY WORKING GROUP Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 63078018 : 12 October 2021 Responsible Officer: Sean Jacobs, Principal Advocacy and Major Projects Advisor (CEO Strategy &

Advocacy) Executive Summary The purpose of this report is to recommend the establishment of a Mayor’s Olympic and Paralympic Legacy Working Group. The Group is to be advisory in nature only. Its primary aim is to assist in identifying regional economic, infrastructure, sustainability, social and health-related legacy opportunities through the various stages of preparation for the 2032 Olympic and Paralympic Games. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio as it relates to identifying Olympic and Paralympic legacy opportunities, which will help support regional wellbeing and other services. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Mark Booth Seconded by Cr Matt Constance CARRIED 12/0

1. That Council agrees to the formation of a Mayor’s Olympic and Paralympic Legacy Working Group.

2. That Council notes that the Mayor's Olympic and Paralympic Legacy Working Group is a non-

legislated group and is formed with the objectives, membership and terms outlined in this report.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1548 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 2.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF MAYOR'S OLYMPIC AND PARALYMPIC LEGACY WORKING GROUP - 63078018 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That Council agrees to the formation of a Mayor’s Olympic and Paralympic Legacy Working Group. 2. That Council notes that the Mayor's Olympic and Paralympic Legacy Working Group is a non-

legislated group and is formed with the objectives, membership and terms outlined in this report. REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The International Olympic Committee recognises ‘legacy’ as a key part of the 2032 Olympic and Paralympic Games, noting a specific objective of the Games is to deliver lasting benefits for people, and the considerable opportunity for the Games to change a community, a city, its image and its infrastructure. It is proposed a Mayor’s Olympic and Paralympic Legacy Working Group be established to support this function and to ensure there is widespread local support at each stage of Games preparation, and that the views, expectations and concerns of local sectors are understood and considered as early as possible. The Mayor, as a representative on the Council of Mayors (SEQ) board, with the Mayors of each of the SEQ councils, will utilise the Committee’s views to articulate regional legacy and other opportunities as part of the Council of Mayors (SEQ) forum. The Working Group is not an Advisory Committee, which has distinct implications under the Local Government Act. 2. Explanation of Item Terms The Mayor, as a representative on the Council of Mayors (SEQ) board, with the Mayors of each of the SEQ councils, will utilise the Committee’s views to articulate regional legacy and other opportunities as part of the Council of Mayors (SEQ) forum. Purpose To help identify, advise and guide regional and local legacy1 outcomes for the Moreton Bay Region as part of the 2032 Olympic and Paralympic Games, on behalf of Moreton Bay Regional Council. The objectives of the Legacy Working Group will be to: • Advise on pragmatic Olympic legacy opportunities within the Moreton Bay Region. • Provide advice to/advocate to government for certain projects and internal approvals of programs and

initiatives as required. • Help catalyse and provide support for Olympic-related opportunities as they apply to the region and

activities already underway. • Enable a powerful advocacy voice on Olympic legacy issues and other related regional opportunities. Authority The Legacy Working Group is consultative and advisory in nature. It does not have authority to make decisions but will make recommendations to Council. The structure of the group will retain the necessary flexibility to ensure it continues to achieve Council objectives through all stages of the Olympic Games development. For this reason the group will not take the form of an organised advisory committee pursuant to the Local Government Act 2009 (Qld).

1 Within the Olympic and Paralympic context, legacy relates to the lasting outcomes and benefits of the project.

UNCONFIRMED



Membership and terms of appointment Legacy Working Group Members will have a local connection to the Moreton Bay Region and be drawn from various sectors. Composition will include appointed representatives of: • 1x Local Tourism Organisation; • 1x Economic Development (from REDS Taskforce); • 1x Queensland Government; • 1x Olympian; • 1x Paralympian; and • 1x Regional Development Australia Moreton Bay. Composition will include expressions of interest from the following sectors: • Education – 2x school-aged representatives, 2x university students and 2x trade

students/apprentices; • Social and community– 2x representatives (from health, homelessness or other social sector); • Person with a disability/accessibility - 1x representative; • First Nation - 1x representative; and • Culturally and linguistically diverse - 1x representative. No less than ten Legacy Working Group Members shall be appointed by the Mayor for a term of two years. Staggered appointments will take place to ensure continuity of membership. Membership is honorary, unremunerated and non-pensionable. The Mayor may appoint other Members over time if it is considered this representation will best further the Legacy Working Group’s purpose. Note all Councillors can attend as observers noting their decision making role at a General Meeting. In recognition of Council’s sister city relationship with Winton, the Mayor of Winton (or Councillor alternate) will be invited to attend with observer status. Frequency and process Meetings shall be called by the Chair and / or held bi-annually. Meetings will be Chaired by the Mayor. The current governance structure of Council’s general meeting will be used. A designated delegate will Chair in the Mayor’s absence. Appropriate support will be provided by a related Moreton Bay Regional Council (MBRC) internal working group, comprised of MBRC Officers. Secretariat Secretariat support will be provided by MBRC. Quorum Consists of half the total number of appointed members. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications The Mayor's Olympic and Paralympic Legacy Working Group is a non-legislated group. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance. 3.3 Policy Implications Policy recommendations proposed or agreed by the Working Group are not binding on Council or

MBRC Officers. Any adjustments to MBRC policy will be made using appropriate procedures.

UNCONFIRMED



3.4 Risk Management Implications As the Working Group is a new body, with no legally valid or binding authority, Councillors on the

Working Group may debate and make decisions in this forum that are not legally valid/binding. 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications The Working Group is consultative and advisory in nature. It does not have authority to make decisions

but will make recommendations to Council. 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications Working Group members from this sector will have a connection to the Moreton Bay Region and bring

particular expertise in the area of economic growth and development. 3.8 Environmental Implications Working Group members from this sector will have a connection to the Moreton Bay Region and bring

particular expertise in the areas of sustainability and other environmental legacy opportunities. 3.9 Social Implications Working Group members from this sector will have a connection to the Moreton Bay Region and bring

particular expertise in the areas of health, homelessness and other social sector related legacy opportunities.

3.10 Human Rights Implications The International Olympic Committee recognises ‘legacy’ as a key part of the 2032 Olympic and

Paralympic Games, noting a specific objective of the Games is to deliver lasting benefits for people, and the considerable opportunity for the Games to change a community, a city, its image and its infrastructure.

3.11 Consultation / Communication The Mayor, Chief Executive Officer and Legal Services were consulted in the preparation of this report.

UNCONFIRMED



WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) SESSION (Cr J Shipway) ITEM 3.1 MBRC PLANNING SCHEME - PROPOSED CABOOLTURE WEST NEIGHBOURHOOD DEVELOPMENT PLAN (AREA) NO.1 S18 TAILORED AMENDMENT - MINISTER’S APPROVAL TO ADOPT AND SETTING OF COMMENCEMENT DATE Meeting / Session: 3 WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) Reference: 62949031 : 5 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63016798 Responsible Officer: AJ, Coordinator Planning Scheme (PL Strategic Planning & Place Making) Executive Summary On 9 December 2020, Council resolved to make an amendment to the MBRC Planning Scheme under Section 18 of the Planning Act 2016 for ‘Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1) of the Caboolture West Local Plan’ (the Proposed Amendment). The Proposed Amendment will guide the orderly, balanced and sequenced planning and development of the NDP1 area, and establishes a statutory framework to support development, to deliver critical infrastructure (including social/ community infrastructure) in a coordinated way, and assist the assessment of development applications in accordance with its provisions. On 31 March 2021, Council resolved to commence a concurrent formal State interest review and public consultation process for the Proposed Amendment, along with the making of a new Planning Scheme Policy - Planning Scheme Policy - Caboolture West Local Plan - Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1) (the Proposed PSP), and its associated public consultation process. The State interest review and public consultation process for the Proposed Amendment is complete and at the General Meeting of 18 August 2021, Council resolved to: a. respond to submitters in line with the Consultation Report prepared in accordance with Council’s

Statutory obligations; b. make the associated changes to the Proposed Amendment; and c. request the Minister for the Department of State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and

Planning (the Planning Minister) advise Council it may adopt the Proposed Amendment in accordance with the requirements of that advice.

Furthermore, Council resolved that on the basis that the Planning Minister gives Council a notice stating that Council may adopt the Proposed Amendment document, the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to do all things reasonable and necessary in order to adopt the Proposed Amendment document. On 26 September 2021, the Planning Minister provided notice to Council that it may proceed to adopt the Proposed Amendment, without any associated conditions or changes. In reaching this significant milestone in the statutory amendment process, subsequent steps and internal processes are required to be undertaken for the amendment to take effect (commencement date). On 28 September 2021, the Planning Minister also enacted the Caboolture West Emerging Community Area Temporary Local Planning Instrument No. 1 of 2021 to support a future planning framework over part of the Caboolture West area and protect State interests, until such time as detailed land use and infrastructure planning has been undertaken and approved. Importantly, this does not impact the adoption and commencement of the proposed NDP1 amendment or the Proposed PSP. The purpose of this report is to seek Council’s approval of the commencement date for the Proposed Amendment (which is also proposed to coincide with the Proposed PSP) as well as finalise necessary publishing processes, including correcting any drafting errors and making associated administrative changes of an editorial nature.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1552 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 3.1 MBRC PLANNING SCHEME - PROPOSED CABOOLTURE WEST NEIGHBOURHOOD DEVELOPMENT PLAN (AREA) NO.1 S18 TAILORED AMENDMENT - MINISTER’S APPROVAL TO ADOPT AND SETTING OF COMMENCEMENT DATE - 62949031 (Cont.)


This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Well Planned Region (Planning) portfolio as the orderly development of Caboolture West NDP1 has a direct nexus t- Council’s aspirations and actions for a well-planned region. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Tony Latter Seconded by Cr Mark Booth CARRIED 12/0

1. That Council notes the notice from the Minister for the Department of State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning that Council may adopt the Proposed Amendment - Caboolture West Local Plan Neighbourhood Development Plan Area No.1 without any associated conditions or changes.

2. That the date the Proposed Amendment - Caboolture West Local Plan Neighbourhood

Development Plan Area No.1 takes effect (commencement date) be 26 October 2021. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to correct drafting errors and make

administrative changes of an editorial nature prior to the commencement date as part of publishing the Proposed Amendment - Caboolture West Local Plan Neighbourhood Development Plan Area No.1, including incorporating adoption and commencement dates, and an updated Planning Scheme version number, and otherwise comply with the requirements of the Notice provided under s18(3) of the Planning Act 2016 (titled Chief Executive Notice - Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1) of the Caboolture West Local Plan - Proposed amendment to the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme - Moreton Bay Regional Council).

UNCONFIRMED



OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That Council notes the notice from the Minister for the Department of State Development,

Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning that Council may adopt the Proposed Amendment - Caboolture West Local Plan Neighbourhood Development Plan Area No.1 without any associated conditions or changes.

2. That the date the Proposed Amendment - Caboolture West Local Plan Neighbourhood Development

Plan Area No.1 takes effect (commencement date) be 26 October 2021. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to correct drafting errors and make administrative

changes of an editorial nature prior to the commencement date as part of publishing the Proposed Amendment - Caboolture West Local Plan Neighbourhood Development Plan Area No.1, including incorporating adoption and commencement dates, and an updated Planning Scheme version number, and otherwise comply with the requirements of the Notice provided under s18(3) of the Planning Act 2016 (titled Chief Executive Notice - Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1) of the Caboolture West Local Plan - Proposed amendment to the Moreton Bay Regional Council Planning Scheme - Moreton Bay Regional Council).

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Caboolture West is the region’s largest emerging / new neighbourhood growth area projected to accommodate a population of approximately 68,000 residents and 27,000 dwellings over the next 40 years. The MBRC Planning Scheme identifies NDP1 as the first neighbourhood development plan area for Caboolture West. At its General Meeting on 9 December 2020, Council resolved to make an amendment to the MBRC Planning Scheme under Section 18 of the Planning Act 2016 (the Act) for NDP1 of the Caboolture West Local Plan. The Proposed Amendment will guide the orderly, balanced and sequenced planning and development of the NDP1 area, and establishes a statutory framework to support development, to deliver critical infrastructure (including social/ community infrastructure) in a coordinated way, and assist the assessment of development applications in accordance with its provisions. To achieve this, the Proposed Amendment includes a plan for NDP1, supporting local plan code provisions and the supplementary Proposed PSP (the subject of a separate report seeking approval to adopt and commence). This provides planning provisions to support a range of housing outcomes, a local centre, a State school, a district sports park and local park network and green network precinct, primarily along the Caboolture River corridor. On 25 February 2021, the Chief Executive Officer wrote to the Chief Executive of the Department of State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning (DSDILGP) advising of Council’s intent to make a tailored amendment to the MBRC Planning Scheme under s18(2) of the Act. On 11 March 2021, the Chief Executive of DSDILGP provided ‘the Notice’ under s18(3) of the Act with the process for making a s18 planning scheme amendment, and the proposed communications strategy. Council decided to progress the amendment at its General Meeting on 31 March 2021. Consultation on the Proposed Amendment was undertaken from 27 April 2021 to 25 May 2021 and 49 submissions were received. On 28 May 2021, Council also received the State Interest review response, including actions to be addressed and advice matters for consideration, prior to providing the Proposed Amendment to the Minister for consideration and requesting adoption of the Proposed Amendment. On 18 August 2021, Council resolved to respond to submitters in line with the Consultation Report prepared, make the associated changes to the Proposed Amendment and to write to the Planning Minister requesting approval for Council to adopt the Proposed Amendment in accordance with the Notice.

UNCONFIRMED



On 26 September 2021, the Planning Minister provided advice that Council may procced to adopt the Proposed Amendment, without any associated conditions or changes. On 28 September 2021, the Planning Minister also enacted the Caboolture West Emerging Community Area Temporary Local Planning Instrument No. 1 of 2021 to support a future planning framework over part of the Caboolture West area and protect State interests, until such time as detailed land use and infrastructure planning has been undertaken and approved. Importantly, this does not impact the adoption and commencement of the Proposed Amendment or the Proposed PSP. 2. Explanation of Item The Notice outlines the process for making the Proposed Amendment. Steps 1-17 have now been completed and relevant next steps 18 and 20 are summarised in the table below:

Step Summary of Action Task owner

Step 6 Local government considers Chief Executive response (i.e. the state interest review response)

MBRC

Step 7 Local government considers all properly made submissions MBRC

Step 8 Local government notifies submitters about submissions and consideration process MBRC

Step 9 Local government prepares written consultation report MBRC

Step 10 Local government changes the proposed planning scheme amendment MBRC

Step 11 Local government ensures changes made still meet relevant State interest MBRC

Step 12 Local government repeats consultation due to scheme changes (only applicable if changes are considered ‘significantly different’ having regard to Schedule 2 of the Ministers Guidelines and Rules)

MBRC - not applicable

Step 13 Local government limits public consultation to only those aspects changed (only applicable if Step 12 applies)


Step 14 Local government requests Minister’s approval to allow Council to adopt the proposed planning scheme amendment

MBRC

Step 15 Minister provides a notice to allow Council to adopt the proposed planning scheme amendment and any conditions that apply

Minister

Step 16 Any Minister conditions stated on the notice must be complied with before the local government can adopt the proposed planning scheme amendment

Minister - not applicable

Step 17 The local government must decide to adopt or not proceed with the proposed planning scheme amendment

MBRC

Step 18 The local government must publish a public notice if it decides to adopt the proposed planning scheme amendment

MBRC

Step 19 If local government decides not to proceed with the proposed planning scheme amendment, the local government must publish a public notice of the decision not to adopt


Step 20 The local government must give the Chief Executive a copy of the public notice; and if adopted, a copy of the planning scheme amendment and shapefiles of any mapping.

MBRC

Following Council giving notice to the Minister requesting approval to adopt (Step 14 of the Notice), the Minister has considered whether Council may adopt the Proposed Amendment and now provided Council with a notice advising Council the Proposed Amendment may be adopted (Step 15 of the Notice). This advice did not include any conditions to be complied with before adopting the Proposed Amendment. As such, following Council’s resolution at the General Meeting of 18 August 2021 to adopt the Proposed

UNCONFIRMED



Amendment, the next steps in the statutory process are steps 18 and 20 as outlined above (noting that step 19 is not applicable). The proposed commencement date for the Proposed Amendment is 26 October 2021. The necessary internal publishing processes, including those associated with Council’s planning scheme publishing software platform (Keystone), are also now required to be undertaken for the amendment to take effect (commencement date). This involves translating the Proposed Amendment into the software platform and undertaking a detailed checking process to identify and resolve any administrative changes of an editorial nature that may be required to address matters such as spelling, grammar, formatting or presentation, numbering and cross-references. In addition, the amended planning scheme must then be made available on Council’s website (eScheme and PDF documents) and public facing interactive mapping is required to be updated accordingly. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Progression of the Proposed Amendment to the Planning Scheme has been undertaken in accordance

with the Act and the process prescribed in the Notice. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Creating Opportunities: Well-planned growth - a sustainable and well-planned community.

3.3 Policy Implications The Proposed Amendment to the Planning Scheme establishes a statutory framework to support

coordinated development, deliver critical infrastructure in a coordinated manner and assist the assessment of development applications in NDP1 of the Caboolture West local plan area.

3.4 Risk Management Implications Keeping the Planning Scheme contemporary reduces the risk of inappropriate development occurring

within the Region. The Proposed Amendment and the Proposed PSP provide a framework for the provision of necessary trunk infrastructure before development is able to proceed to avoid adverse impacts on Council’s future infrastructure planning via its LGIP.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications Keeping the Planning Scheme contemporary assists in attracting appropriate development into the

Region. 3.8 Environmental Implications Keeping the Planning Scheme contemporary assists in maintaining the appropriate balance between

protecting the environment and accommodating growth within the Region. 3.9 Social Implications Keeping the Planning Scheme contemporary assists in facilitating optimum social outcomes. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


UNCONFIRMED



3.11 Consultation / Communication The Proposed Amendment has been discussed internally within Council and with relevant State

agencies. The Proposed Amendment has undergone public consultation between 27 April 2021 to 25 May 2021. A total of 49 submissions were received. Feedback has been provided by way of a publicly available Consultation Report, and letter responding to each submitter.

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 3.2 MBRC PLANNING SCHEME - PROPOSED CABOOLTURE WEST NEIGHBOURHOOD DEVELOPMENT PLAN (AREA) NO.1 (NEW) PLANNING SCHEME POLICY - ADOPTION AND SETTING OF COMMENCEMENT DATE Meeting / Session: 3 WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) Reference: 62842971 : 5 October 2021 Refer Supporting Information 62866726 Responsible Officer: AJ, Coordinator Planning Scheme (PL Strategic Planning & Place Making) Executive Summary On 9 December 2020, Council resolved to make an amendment to the MBRC Planning Scheme under Section 18 of the Planning Act 2016 (the Act) for ‘Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1) of the Caboolture West Local Plan’ (the proposed NDP1 amendment). The proposed NDP1 amendment establishes a statutory framework to support development, deliver critical infrastructure (including social/ community infrastructure) and assist the coordinated assessment of development applications in NDP1. On 31 March 2021, Council resolved to make an associated new Planning Scheme Policy (PSP) (the proposed PSP) and commence the public consultation process in accordance with Section 22 of the Act and the Minister’s Guidelines and Rules (the MGR). The proposed PSP supports the proposed NDP1 amendment by providing an overview of the land use and infrastructure planning rationale in preparing the proposed NDP1. No submissions were received on the proposed PSP during its public consultation process. Consequently, the only changes made to the proposed PSP following public consultation are administrative changes of an editorial nature. On 18 August 2021, Council resolved to authorise the Chief Executive Officer to adopt the proposed NDP1 amendment on the basis that the Minister for the Department of State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning gives Council a notice stating that the Council may adopt the proposed NDP1 amendment. In the same General Meeting, Council also noted that the proposed PSP would be the subject of a separate and future report. On 28 September 2021, the Planning Minister also enacted the Caboolture West Emerging Community Area Temporary Local Planning Instrument No. 1 of 2021 to support a future planning framework over part of the Caboolture West area and protect State interests, until such time as detailed land use and infrastructure planning has been undertaken and approved. Importantly, this does not impact the adoption and commencement of the proposed NDP1 amendment or the proposed PSP. The purpose of this report is to seek Council’s approval to adopt and commence the proposed PSP to coincide with the proposed NDP1 amendment. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Well Planned Region (Planning) portfolio as the orderly development of Caboolture West NDP1 has a direct nexus to Council’s aspirations and actions for a well-planned region.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1558 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 3.2 MBRC PLANNING SCHEME - PROPOSED CABOOLTURE WEST NEIGHBOURHOOD DEVELOPMENT PLAN (AREA) NO.1 (NEW) PLANNING SCHEME POLICY - ADOPTION AND SETTING OF COMMENCEMENT DATE - 62842971 (Cont.)


RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Tony Latter Seconded by Cr Mark Booth CARRIED 12/0

1. That Council adopt the proposed Planning Scheme Policy - Planning Scheme Policy - Caboolture West Local Plan - Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1) as contained in Supporting Information #1.

2. That the date the proposed Planning Scheme Policy takes effect (commencement date) be 26

October 2021. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to do all things reasonable and necessary in

order to follow the process to adopt the proposed Planning Scheme Policy in accordance with Section 22 of the Planning Act 2016 and Chapter 3, Part 1 of the Minister’s Guidelines and Rules for the adoption of the proposed Planning Scheme Policy - Planning Scheme Policy - Caboolture West Local Plan - Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1).

4. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to make administrative changes of an editorial

nature to the adopted Planning Scheme Policy document prior to the commencement date as part of publishing the document, including incorporating adoption and commencement dates.

UNCONFIRMED



OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That Council adopt the proposed Planning Scheme Policy - Planning Scheme Policy - Caboolture

West Local Plan - Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1) as contained in Supporting Information #1.

2. That the date the proposed Planning Scheme Policy takes effect (commencement date) be 26

October 2021. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to do all things reasonable and necessary in order to

follow the process to adopt the proposed Planning Scheme Policy in accordance with Section 22 of the Planning Act 2016 and Chapter 3, Part 1 of the Minister’s Guidelines and Rules for the adoption of the proposed Planning Scheme Policy - Planning Scheme Policy - Caboolture West Local Plan - Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1).

4. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to make administrative changes of an editorial nature

to the adopted Planning Scheme Policy document prior to the commencement date as part of publishing the document, including incorporating adoption and commencement dates.

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Caboolture West is the region’s largest emerging/ new neighbourhood growth area projected to accommodate a population of approximately 68,000 residents and 27,000 dwellings over the next 40 years. The MBRC Planning Scheme identifies NDP1 as the first neighbourhood development plan area for Caboolture West. On 9 December 2020, Council resolved to make an amendment to the MBRC Planning Scheme under Section 18 of the Act for ‘Neighbourhood Development Plan No.1 (NDP1) of the Caboolture West Local Plan’ (the proposed NDP1 amendment). The proposed NDP1 amendment establishes a statutory framework to support development, deliver critical infrastructure (including social/ community infrastructure) and assist the coordinated assessment of development applications in NDP1. On 31 March 2021, Council resolved to make a new PSP and commence its public consultation process in accordance with Section 22 of the Act and the MGR. The proposed PSP supports the proposed NDP1 amendment by providing an overview of the land use and infrastructure planning rationale in preparing the proposed NDP1. Consultation on the proposed PSP was undertaken from 27 April 2021 to 25 May 2021 and occurred concurrently with the proposed NDP1 amendment. No submissions were received on the proposed PSP during its public consultation process. Consequently, the only changes made to the PSP following public consultation are minor editorial changes to ensure alignment of terminology with the proposed NDP1 amendment and correct references to maps outside of the PSP. On 18 August 2021, Council resolved to authorise the Chief Executive Officer to adopt the proposed NDP1 amendment on the basis that the Minister for the Department of State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and Planning gives Council a notice stating that the Council may adopt the proposed NDP1 amendment. In the same General Meeting, Council also noted that the proposed PSP would be the subject of a separate and future report. On 28 September 2021, the Planning Minister also enacted the Caboolture West Emerging Community Area Temporary Local Planning Instrument No. 1 of 2021 to support a future planning framework over part of the Caboolture West area and protect State interests, until such time as detailed land use and

UNCONFIRMED



infrastructure planning has been undertaken and approved. Importantly, this does not impact the adoption and commencement of the proposed NDP1 amendment or the proposed PSP. 2. Explanation of Item Having now finalised the consultation process in accordance with the Act and the MGR, Council must now decide to adopt the proposed PSP. The process to adopt the proposed PSP is outlined in the MGR, Chapter 3, Part 1, Section 5. In accordance with MGR the relevant steps are as follows:

5.1 After completing the relevant actions under this part, the local government must decide to adopt or not to proceed with the proposed PSP or PSP amendment.

5.2 Public notice about the decision must be given in accordance with the requirements in the Act and as prescribed in Schedule 5.

5.3 The local government must, within 10 days of giving public notice under this section, give the chief executive—

a) a copy of the public notice; and

b) if adopted, a certified copy of the PSP as adopted or amended, including—

(i) an electronic copy of the amendment or instrument; and

(ii) a copy of all electronic planning scheme spatial data files (mapping), relevant to the PSP.

It is recommended that Council adopt the proposed PSP. The specific actions under Section 5.2 requires that after Council has decided to adopt the proposed PSP it must publish a public notice in accordance with the requirements of the MGR (Schedule 5, paragraph (3)), which outlines that the notice must state:

the name of the local government; the title of the adopted PSP or PSP amendment; the commencement date for the PSP or PSP amendment; the purpose and general effect of the PSP or PSP amendment; if the PSP or PSP amendment applies only to part of a local government area - a description about

the location of that area; if the adopted PSP replaces an existing PSP, the title of the existing PSP; and where a copy of the PSP or PSP amendment may be inspected and purchased.

The requirements of a public notice in accordance with the Act (Schedule 2, definition of public notice, paragraph (c)) specify that for a public notice about an amendment of a local planning instrument, the notice is to be published:

In the gazette; and In a newspaper circulating the local government area; and On the local government’s website.

It is recommended that the adoption date be the date of this report, as per the officer’s recommendation. It is also recommended that the proposed PSP’s commencement date coincide with commencement date of the proposed NDP1 amendment, as per the officer’s recommendation. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Progression of the proposed PSP has been undertaken in accordance with the Act.

UNCONFIRMED



3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Creating Opportunities: Well-planned growth - a sustainable and well-planned community.

3.3 Policy Implications The proposed PSP supports the proposed NDP1 amendment that establishes a statutory framework

to support development, deliver critical infrastructure and assist the coordinated assessment of development applications in NDP1 of the Caboolture West local plan area.

3.4 Risk Management Implications Keeping the Planning Scheme contemporary reduces the risk of inappropriate development occurring

within the Region. 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications Keeping the Planning Scheme contemporary assists in attracting appropriate development into the

Region. 3.8 Environmental Implications Keeping the Planning Scheme contemporary assists in maintaining the appropriate balance between

protecting the environment and accommodating growth within the region. 3.9 Social Implications Keeping the Planning Scheme contemporary assists in facilitating optimum social outcomes. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication The proposed PSP has been discussed internally within Council. The proposed PSP has also

undergone a period of public consultation in accordance with the requirements of Section 22 of the Act and the MGR, providing an opportunity for community feedback/ public submissions to be provided. No public submissions were received on the proposed PSP during the public consultation period.

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 3.3 DOG OFF LEASH AREA PLANNING AND DESIGN GUIDELINES Meeting / Session: 3 WELL-PLANNED REGION (PLANNING) Reference: 62188757 : 7 June 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 61738706; 61765834 Responsible Officer: BS, Senior Business Systems Officer (IP Directorate) Executive Summary This report seeks Council endorsement for the draft Dog Off Leash Area (DOLA) Planning and Design Guidelines and associated Dog Agility Guidelines (the Guidelines). Council officers have sought and received feedback from various stakeholders including RSPCA and Dogs Queensland. This item is presented under the Well-Planned Region Portfolio as the Guidelines will assist Council officers regarding future installations or upgrades to DOLAs across the Moreton Bay Region (the Region). The Guidelines will also be made available to developers where they are providing DOLAs within their overall development area. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Cath Tonks Seconded by Cr Sandra Ruck CARRIED 12/0

That the Dog Off Leash Area Planning and Design Guidelines and Dog Agility Guidelines be endorsed to enable a consistent approach to be applied to the location and standard of future facilities provided throughout the Region.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1563 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 3.3 DOG OFF LEASH AREA PLANNING AND DESIGN GUIDELINES - 62188757 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION That the Dog Off Leash Area Planning and Design Guidelines and Dog Agility Guidelines be endorsed to enable a consistent approach to be applied to the location and standard of future facilities provided throughout the Region. REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Sustained regional population growth, high dog ownership rates and a societal preference towards informal unstructured outdoor recreation has put increasing pressure on the public open space network to cater for dog related infrastructure and activities. Dog exercise and recreation is an increasingly popular reason why people visit parks within the Region. It is therefore evident that recreational opportunities for dogs and owners need to be appropriately provided – however this must be balanced with the community’s broader demands for other activities and established uses within public open space. A dog off leash area is defined as a recreational space on public lands designated by a resolution of Council, whereby dogs are not required to be on a lead. The Guidelines have been produced for the purpose of establishing a strategic framework to determine the feasibility and assessment of future dog off leash areas within the Region. The process undertaken to assess a DOLA request is outlined in the Guidelines in order to determine the appropriateness and practicality of the proposal. An assessment of the site is required to ensure integration with surrounding land uses is achieved without compromising any existing recreational, environmental or other established interests. 2. Explanation of Item The Guidelines are intended to assist officers in the assessment of proposals for design and construction of DOLAs within the Region to ensure the facilities are fit for purpose and consistent with contemporary community expectations. They may also be a useful resource for developers, individuals and community groups when proposing or requesting dog off leash areas. The Guidelines were presented to the RSPCA and to Dogs Queensland for feedback and both parties provided responses. The RSPCA were supportive of Council’s initiative to establish a guideline for DOLAs and only noted the importance of providing appropriate shade and drinking water within each new facility. No changes were required to be made to the Guidelines to satisfy the RSPCA regarding their need for water or shade at each new facility as these were already well catered for in the Guidelines. Dogs Queensland requested some minor changes to the layout and heights of the equipment specified within Council’s Dog Agility Guidelines. Council officers considered the request reasonable and the suggested changes have since been updated. It is important to note that the Guidelines represent a contemporary approach to planning for such facilities however, from time to time, variations may be required to achieve appropriate community outcomes due to site specific issues such as access, geography, environmental constraints, proximity to businesses and residents. Where this occurs, the issues will be reported to Council when seeking endorsement for the proposed dog off leash area. It is also acknowledged that in some instances, historic facilities may not be in keeping with the intent of the Guidelines however, they will not be retrospectively applied to existing facilities. Furthermore, the Guidelines should not be applied to beach areas as these areas are subject to compliance with State Government Guidelines. When established facilities are scheduled for renewal, they will be assessed for ongoing suitability.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1564 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 3.3 DOG OFF LEASH AREA PLANNING AND DESIGN GUIDELINES - 62188757 (Cont.)


3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Valuing Lifestyle: Quality recreation and cultural opportunities - active recreation opportunities. 3.3 Policy Implications Nil Policy Implications.

The Dog Off Leash Area Planning and Design Guidelines will be applied where applicable until the next planning scheme amendment is adopted.

3.4 Risk Management Implications These Guidelines will reduce the risk to Council of negative feedback from poorly located DOLAs. 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications Note that any minor updates to the DOLA Guidelines and Dog Agility Guidelines can be undertaken

under CEO delegation. 3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications The Guidelines assist in selecting locations for DOLAs in a manner which does not negatively impact

sensitive environmental areas. 3.9 Social Implications A positive impact will be felt by the community. The adoption of the Guidelines will also provide the

community with transparency as to the methodology and references that officers follow to assess the appropriateness of a facility.



3.11 Consultation / Communication RSPCA and Dogs Queensland have been consulted and their feedback is reflected in the Guidelines.

Council officers have been consulted for feedback. A Council briefing was conducted on 24 March 2021 for the purpose of sharing information and providing advice/views to Council on the matter.

UNCONFIRMED



WELL-PLANNED REGION (TRANSPORT) SESSION (Cr A Hain) ITEM 4.1 TENDER - D'AGUILAR - D'AGUILAR HIGHWAY (MT MEE ROAD TO SCOTTS LANE) - PATHWAY CONSTRUCTION Meeting / Session: 4 WELL-PLANNED REGION (TRANSPORT) Reference: 62599230 : 6 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

62918267 Responsible Officer: CR, Coordinator Project Delivery (PAS Project Management) Executive Summary Tenders were called from Council’s Prequalified Civil Construction Panel for the ‘D'Aguilar - D'Aguilar Highway (Mt Mee Road to Scotts Lane) - Pathway Construction (MBRC8453 / VP258661)’ project. Tenders closed on 14 September 2021 with a total of three conforming tender submissions received. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘D'Aguilar - D'Aguilar Highway (Mt Mee Road to Scotts Lane) - Pathway Construction (MBRC8453 / VP258661)’ project be awarded to The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd, for the sum of $1,275,155.35 (excluding GST) as this tender was evaluated as representing the best overall value to Council. This project has received $376,123 in funding from the Federal Government's LRCIP2 (COVID-19) program. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the well-planned region (transport) portfolio, supporting a well-connected region by providing improved pedestrian and cyclist infrastructure. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Tony Latter Seconded by Cr Mick Gillam CARRIED 12/0

1. That the tender for the ‘D'Aguilar - D'Aguilar Highway (Mt Mee Road to Scotts Lane) - Pathway Construction (MBRC008453 / VP258661)’ project be awarded to The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd, for the sum of $1,275,155.35 (excluding GST).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with The Landscape Construction Company Pty

Ltd, as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd for the ‘D'Aguilar - D'Aguilar Highway (Mt Mee Road to Scotts Lane) - Pathway Construction '(MBRC008453 / VP258661)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

4. The Local Preference Policy was not applied as the project was procured via Council's Civil

Construction panel arrangement in line with Council’s Procurement policy. 5. To allow the agreement to be entered into, and for the project to commence, Council commits

to the provision of an additional $555,000 in funding for the project at the 2021-22 FY quarter two review process.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1566 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 4.1 TENDER - D'AGUILAR - D'AGUILAR HIGHWAY (MT MEE ROAD TO SCOTTS LANE) - PATHWAY CONSTRUCTION - 62599230 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘D'Aguilar - D'Aguilar Highway (Mt Mee Road to Scotts Lane) - Pathway

Construction (MBRC008453 / VP258661)’ project be awarded to The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd, for the sum of $1,275,155.35 (excluding GST).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd, as


to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd for the ‘D'Aguilar - D'Aguilar Highway (Mt Mee Road to Scotts Lane) - Pathway Construction '(MBRC008453 / VP258661)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

4. The Local Preference Policy was not applied as the project was procured via Council's Civil

Construction panel arrangement in line with Council’s Procurement policy. 5. To allow the agreement to be entered into, and for the project to commence, Council commits to the

provision of an additional $555,000 in funding for the project at the 2021-22 FY quarter two review process.

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The project is located at D’Aguilar Highway, between Scotts Lane and Mount Mee Road, D’Aguilar. The project scope is for the improvement of pedestrian and cyclist facilities and includes:

• Demolition and earthworks; • Construction of a 1.8-3m wide reinforced concrete footpath; • Electrical and stormwater service relocations; • Construction of retaining walls and fencing; • Installation of signage; • Construction of Boardwalk (composite fibre material - 90m2/30m length); • Construction of stormwater drainage and • Pavement widening The objective of the project is to provide a high-quality walking and cycling environment to encourage an increased number of people to walk and cycle in the area. The boardwalk design will commence in November 2021, with construction commencing in December 2021. Construction is estimated to take 23 weeks to complete, which includes an allowance for wet weather (29 days).

UNCONFIRMED



Figure 1: Site Area (Between Scotts Lane and Mount Mee Road, D’Aguilar) - Location Plan

2. Explanation of Item Tenders were called from Council’s Prequalified Civil Construction Panel for the ‘D'Aguilar - D'Aguilar Highway (Mt Mee Road to Scotts Lane) - Pathway Construction (MBRC8453 / VP258661)’ project, which closed on 14 September 2021, with a total of three tenders received, all of which were conforming. The tenders were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Purchasing Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documents. All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):



1 The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd 100

2 Auzcon Pty Ltd 93.47

3 AllenCon Pty Ltd 86.30

UNCONFIRMED



The Landscape Construction Company Pty Ltd (‘TLCC’) - submitted a comprehensive tender that demonstrated their relevant experience. A tender clarification meeting was held on 21 September 2021, at which TLCC demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project. TLCC provided examples of relevant project experience, including Dohles Rocks Foreshore Transformation (valued at $450k); Caboolture to Wamuran Rail Trail Stage 2 (Design & Construct) (valued at $630k); and Redcliffe, Anzac Avenue - Footpath Upgrade (valued at $380k), all for Moreton Bay Regional Council. The tender from TLCC was the lowest price offered and achieved the highest evaluation score. The evaluation panel considers the tender from TLCC to represent the best overall value for Council. Auzcon Pty Ltd (‘AC’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. AllenCon Pty Ltd (‘AL’)- submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications

Council sought quotations via Council’s Prequalified Civil Construction Panel (MBRC008453) for the work through Vendor Panel, in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Valuing Lifestyle: Diverse transport

options - an integrated regional transport network.



• Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6.

The Local Preference Policy was not applied as the project was procured via Council's Civil Construction panel arrangement in line with Council’s Procurement policy


following issues identified, including the manner in which the possible impact of these risks are minimised is detailed below. Financial Risk: The recommended tenderer is prequalified on Council’s Prequalified Civil Construction Panel (MBRC008453). Construction Risks: a. The recommended tenderer will provide a program of works, staging plans, traffic management


b. The recommended tenderer has indicated their understanding of the project site to ensure the safety and well-being of all during the works and that their program of works takes into consideration the provision of appropriate resources to be able to complete the project works effectively and on time.

UNCONFIRMED




d. Dilapidation inspections will be conducted prior to works commencing for site and surrounding areas to record the existing condition of assets and again after construction to record any change.




$50,000 for design in the 2020-21 FY and $900,000 in the 2021-22 FY for construction. The project has received $376,123 in funding from the Federal Government LCRIP2 program. All financial information below is excluding GST. Design (2020-21) $ 50,885.00 Tender Price (Construction) $ 1,275,155.35 Contingency (10%) $ 127,515.54 Off set tree planting $ 40,000.00 QLeave (0.575%) $ 7,332.14 Total Project Cost $ 1,500,888.03 Federal Government LRCIP2 COVID-19 funding $ 376,123 Net cost to Council $ 1,124,765.03

Estimated ongoing operational/maintenance costs $ 7,605 per F/Y. The budget amount for this project is insufficient. To allow this project to proceed and for Council to enter into the arrangement, Council commits to the provision of an additional $555,000 in the 2021-22 FY quarter two review process.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The project will provide a new pathway to expand the active transport network and provide a link along

D’Aguilar Highway between Scotts Lane and Mt Mee Road, D’Aguilar. 3.8 Environmental Implications An Environmental Management Plan will be provided to Council by the recommended tenderer


3.9 Social Implications The project will benefit the community by providing a high quality and safe pedestrian and cyclist

footpath, to support an active lifestyle.

UNCONFIRMED






project notices issued four weeks prior to the commencement of works and projects signs displayed on site prior to construction. The stakeholders, including residents, have been consulted regarding the project. The detailed communications plan will include a Councillor weekly email update and website page with fortnightly updates. The Divisional Councillor has been consulted and is supportive of the project.

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 4.2 KORMAN ROAD, GRIFFIN - ROAD RENAMING PROPOSAL Meeting / Session: 4 WELL-PLANNED REGION (TRANSPORT) Reference: 62861156 : 5 October 2021 Responsible Officer: HG, Coordinator Transport Network Management (IP Integrated Transport

Planning) Executive Summary Korman Road, Griffin is divided into two sections, a northern and southern section both named Korman Road, that is separated by an extensive park / environmental area. This can cause confusion and misdirection of traffic for the community and as a result, the renaming of both roads was considered. Community consultation was undertaken throughout 2021 in line with Council Policy - Allocation of Road Names and Street Address Numbers - 11-2150-038. After careful consideration of the feedback received from the community, it is recommended that the northern section of Korman Road be renamed Verano Road, and that the southern section of Korman Road remain as Korman Road. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Well-planned (transport) portfolio to remove any potential for confusion and misdirection of traffic that is currently occurring on both sections of Korman Road, Griffin. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Jodie Shipway Seconded by Cr Mick Gillam CARRIED 12/0

1. That the northern section of Korman Road, Griffin be renamed Verona Road and that Council cover reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by residents as a result of renaming the northern section of Korman Road, up to the value of $100 per property (on presentation of receipts).

2. It is recommended that the southern section of Korman Road remain as Korman Road.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1572 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 4.2 KORMAN ROAD, GRIFFIN - ROAD RENAMING PROPOSAL - 62861156 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the northern section of Korman Road, Griffin be renamed Verona Road and that Council cover

reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by residents as a result of renaming the northern section of Korman Road, up to the value of $100 per property (on presentation of receipts).

2. It is recommended that the southern section of Korman Road remain as Korman Road. REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Korman Road, Griffin is divided into two sections, a northern and southern section both named Korman Road, that is separated by an extensive park / environmental area as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 2: Sections of Korman Road, Griffin At a Council briefing session held on 20 January 2021, it was suggested Korman Road could be renamed ‘Korman Road North’ and ‘Korman Road South’ in the respective sections of the road, in line with Council Policy - Allocation of Road Names and Street Address Numbers - 11-2150-038. As required under Council’s Allocation of Road Names and Street Address Numbers policy, when the renaming of existing roads is considered, consultation must be undertaken with councillor/s for the Division/s directly affected by a road renaming proposal, and existing residents and/or owners of properties along the road.

UNCONFIRMED



Community consultation was undertaken between Friday 16 April 2021 and Friday 14 May 2021. The consultation process yielded insights into stakeholder road renaming preferences as well as any ongoing inconvenience associated with the two sections of Korman Road. Of the 20 responses received, 60% supported the proposal to change the road names to ‘Korman Road North’ and ‘Korman Road South’. Residents that did not support renaming both sections to ‘Korman Road North’ and ‘Korman Road South’, recommended that a unique name be considered for the northern and / or southern sections. It is noted that most residents along the northern section supported a unique name change, however, residents along the southern section did not support changing the southern section name. In selecting a new unique road name for the northern section of Korman Road, Council considered a name that reflects several other names in the local area relating to seasons or the sun. Research was undertaken and existing road names checked with Development Services. The proposed new name for the northern section of Korman Road is Verano Road, which is Spanish for summer. A follow up letter was sent to residents on 15 July 2021 to provide feedback on the survey outcomes and Council’s proposal to change the northern section of Korman Road to Verano Road. Only one objection to this proposal was received. Residents of the southern section of Korman Road expressed concerns to Council on several occasions about inconvenience associated with lost vehicles using the southern section of Korman Road to turn around and damage to private driveways. A directional sign (Figure 2) was installed on the north-western corner of Korman Road and Dohles Rock Road intersection in January 2021 to direct lost vehicles/emergency services to turn around at the eastern end of Dohles Rock Road and to avoid using private driveways.

Figure 3: Directional sign at the intersection of Korman Road and Dohles Rock Road Council liaised with Department of Natural Resources and Mines (DNRM) to ensure that street numbers for the northern section of Korman Road were updated on all GPS providers. Council also informed emergency services of appropriate route to access addresses associated with the northern section of Korman Road if called out. 2. Explanation of Item As required under Council’s Allocation of Road Names and Street Address Numbers policy, when the renaming of existing roads is considered, consultation must be undertaken with councillor/s for the Division/s directly affected by a road renaming proposal, and existing residents and/or owners of properties along the road.

UNCONFIRMED



At a Council briefing session held on 20 January 2021, it was suggested Korman Road could be renamed ‘Korman Road North’ and ‘Korman Road South’ in the respective sections of the road however, after community consultation the majority of feedback from the community was received as follows:

- Rename the northern section of Korman Road to Verano Road - Leave the southern section of Korman Road as is

3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Valuing Lifestyle: Diverse transport options - an integrated regional transport network. 3.3 Policy Implications The proposed road name change is to be progressed in accordance with Council Policy 3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.6 Financial Implications The cost associated with Council covering out of pocket expenses to the value of $100 (excluding

GST) per property as a result of the proposed name change. 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications The proposed name change will remove any potential for confusion and misdirection of traffic that is

currently occurring for both sections of Korman Road. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication The divisional councillor was consulted and community consultation was undertaken between Friday

16 April 2021 and Friday 14 May 2021. Subsequent to Council’s consideration communication with the residents will be undertaken as outlined below: • a letter to all residents and/or owners of all properties along Korman Road; • an email to participants who nominated via the survey that they wished to receive project

updates via email; and • a comprehensive ‘change of address checklist’, or similar, provided to all residents and/or

owners of all properties along the northern section Korman Road • notifications / updates to GPS systems and emergency services updates

UNCONFIRMED



HEALTHY ENVIRONMENTS SESSION (Cr C Tonks) No items for consideration.

UNCONFIRMED



AN ENGAGED COUNCIL SESSION (Cr M Constance) ITEM 6.1 ENTERPRISE GIS SOFTWARE RENEWAL Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 62807002 : 27 August 2021 Responsible Officer: SA, ICT Infrastructure and GIS Coordinator (FCS Information & Communication

Technology) Executive Summary Council has a significant investment in software licensing for Geographic Information Systems (GIS). There are emerging opportunities to apply GIS technology to many additional operational and technical areas within Council. For this reason, Council greatly benefits from its Enterprise License Agreement (ELA) with ESRI (Council’s GIS solution provider). An Enterprise Licence Agreement provides Council with numerous benefits including: • a lower cost per unit for licensed software; • complete flexibility to deploy software products when and where needed; • substantially reduced administrative and procurement expenses; and • maintenance and support on all ESRI software deployed under this agreement including:

o unlimited access to technical support for key personnel; o latest releases of software from ESRI for products included in the ELA; o discounted training; and o complimentary registration to the annual ESRI International User Conference.

Due to Council’s continually expanding use of GIS it is considered an appropriate investment in this software. The three-year time frame secures the price, and the Enterprise License Agreement gives Council the flexibility for future deployment options. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An Engaged Council portfolio as the GIS is a key information system that provides numerous online services to the public, and provides Council operational efficiencies in its service delivery. This matter is reported to Council as section 235(a) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 requires Council resolution regarding sole supplier arrangements. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Adam Hain Seconded by Cr Mick Gillam CARRIED 12/0

1. That in accordance with section 235(a) of the Local Government Regulation, Council is satisfied that there is only one supplier (ESRI Australia) that is reasonably available to provide an Enterprise License Agreement for Council’s GIS system.

2. That Council enters into an Enterprise License Agreement for Council’s GIS system with ESRI

Australia, as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the Enterprise License Agreement with ESRI Australia for Council’s GIS system and any required variations of the agreement on the Council’s behalf.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1577 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 6.1 ENTERPRISE GIS SOFTWARE RENEWAL - 62807002 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That in accordance with section 235(a) of the Local Government Regulation, Council is satisfied that

there is only one supplier (ESRI Australia) that is reasonably available to provide an Enterprise License Agreement for Council’s GIS system.


Australia, as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the Enterprise License Agreement with ESRI Australia for Council’s GIS system and any required variations of the agreement on the Council’s behalf.

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background In 2018, Council entered into an Enterprise Licence Arrangement (ELA) with ESRI Australia for its GIS software provision and maintenance. At this time Council resolved that ESRI was the only supplier that could offer this type of arrangement for its GIS system. The following resolution appears on Minute Page 18/2116 of the General Meeting of Council held 16 October 2018:

Ex. Coordination Committee Meeting held 9 October 2018 (MP. 18/2096): COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION 1. That in accordance with section 235(a) of the Local Government Regulation, Council is satisfied

that there is only one supplier (ESRI Australia) that is reasonably available to provide an Enterprise License Agreement for Council’s GIS system.


Australia, as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the Enterprise License Agreement with ESRI Australia for Council’s GIS system and any required variations of the agreement on the Council’s behalf.

The ELA established in 2018 was for a period of three years and is about to expire. It is proposed that Council agrees to a similar arrangement with ESRI Australia for the next three years to maintain and improve its GIS system. 2. Explanation of Item The ESRI Enterprise License Agreement (ELA) is a three-year agreement that will grant Council access to, maintenance of, and vendor support on the nominated ESRI software for the term of the agreement. The ELA will be effective from the date executed and will require a firm, three-year commitment. ESRI Australia is the exclusive distributor for ESRI software within Australia. As such, ESRI Australia is the only company that can offer this type of agreement for the software of Council’s GIS system.

UNCONFIRMED



The ELA includes unlimited access for to the ESRI Enterprise Software listed below.

Enterprise License Software—Unlimited Quantities

• ArcGIS Desktop Advanced • ArcGIS Desktop Extensions

(3D, Spatial, Geostatistical, Network, Schematics, Workflow Manager, Publisher, Data Reviewer) • ArcGIS for Server • ArcGIS for Server Extensions

(3D, Spatial, Geostatistical, Network, Schematics, Workflow Manager) • ArcGIS Image Server • ArcGIS GeoEvent Server

The following software items are included in the ELA as limited quantities.

Enterprise License Software —Limited Quantities

• ArcGIS Online (50) • ArcGIS Hub Premium (100) • CityEngine (1) • ArcGIS Urban (1) • ArcGIS SiteScan (50k) • Insights for ArcGIS Enterprise (6) • Insights for ArcGIS Online (6) • ArcGIS Enterprise Level 2 Users (250) • ArcGIS Monitor (12 Cores)

Payment terms for the ELA are as follows:

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Total ELA Fee ELA Fee Payments ($AUD Ex. GST)

$458,000 $477,000 $496,000 $1,431,000

All current Council departments, employees, and in-house contractors will be eligible to use the software and services listed above. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Pursuant to the Local Government Regulation 2012 (‘Regulation’), Council is obliged to seek tenders

prior to entering into a contract for the supply of goods or services involving a cost of more than $200,000. An exception to this general requirement is contained in s. 235(a) of the Regulation which allows Council to contract directly with a supplier without first inviting tenders if the Council resolves that it is satisfied that there is only one supplier of the product reasonably available to it. As ESRI is the owner and supplier of Council’s GIS systems, Council is only able to license its product with this company. As such, Council will need to resolve that it is satisfied that ESRI is the only supplier of these products and services reasonably available to it in order to avail itself of the exception available at s. 235(a) of the Regulation.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Creating Opportunities: Digital literacy and commerce - a digital region.

UNCONFIRMED



3.3 Policy Implications This contract has been procured in accordance with the provisions of:

• Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006; • Local Government Act 2009; and • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6.

3.4 Risk Management Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications 3.6 Financial Implications The ESRI Enterprise Licence Agreement is over a 3-year term, totalling $1,431,000 (ex GST).

The cost for FY2022 has been budgeted.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified

3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.10 Human Rights Implications

Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that there are no human right implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter.

3.11 Consultation / Communication The Procurement and Legal departments were consulted during this process.

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 6.2 MORETON BAY RAIL RESIDENTIAL PARKING PERMIT SYSTEM (TRIAL) POLICY Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63016528 : 7 October 2021 - Refer Supporting Information 63020991 &

62880250 Responsible Officer: SM, Shane Mansfield, Local Laws Manager (CES Customer Response

Services) Executive Summary The Moreton Bay Rail Residential Parking Permit System (Trial) Policy was adopted by Council on 24 November 2015. This was in response to concerns by residents adjacent to rail stations on the new Moreton Bay Rail Line about significant local parking impacts. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the An Engaged Council portfolio as it relates to the review of a Council policy with consideration of Council’s local laws. Officers have undertaken a review of Council’s Moreton Bay Residential Parking Permit System (Trial) Policy (No. 2150-085) (refer Supporting Information #1) which identified the policy exceeds current regulatory needs. Current permit use across the scheme is minimal, with parking impacts from rail commuters within the on-street parking areas not being realised at the levels anticipated. The purpose of this report is to seek Council’s approval to revoke the policy, on the basis that proposed changes to on-street parking arrangements and Council’s existing local law provisions for permits will adequately address any future impacts within these areas. Current Moreton Bay Rail Residential Parking Permits will expire on 31 October 2021. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Karl Winchester Seconded by Cr Mick Gillam CARRIED 12/0

1. That the Moreton Bay Rail Residential Parking Permit System (Trial) Policy be revoked. 2. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary to:

a) Introduce new parking arrangements to allow general parking for up to five (5) hours ‘P5 - Mon-Fri 6am-6pm’ including the replacement of parking signage within the Moreton Bay Rail on-street parking areas.

b) Advise current permit holders, within the designated areas, of the new parking and

permit arrangements by 31 October 2021.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1581 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 6.2 MORETON BAY RAIL RESIDENTIAL PARKING PERMIT SYSTEM (TRIAL) POLICY - 63016528 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the Moreton Bay Rail Residential Parking Permit System (Trial) Policy be revoked. 2. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary to:

a) Introduce new parking arrangements to allow general parking for up to five (5) hours ‘P5 - Mon-Fri 6am-6pm’ including the replacement of parking signage within the Moreton Bay Rail on-street parking areas.

b) Advise current permit holders, within the designated areas, of the new parking and permit arrangements by 31 October 2021.

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background In response to significant community concern that residential on-street parking in the vicinity of new rail stations would be heavily impacted by commuters, the Moreton Bay Rail Residential Parking Permit System (Trial) Policy (2150-085) was adopted by Council on 24 November 2015. The policy established an administrative framework to address resident’s concerns in areas adjacent to the rail stations along the new Moreton Bay rail line (refer Supporting Information #2 to #6). This included establishing two residential parking permit types, Resident Permits and Visitor permits. A Council briefing was conducted on 6 October 2021 for the purpose of sharing information and providing advice to Council on the matter. In line with Council’s decision-making framework, an extract from the minutes of the briefing, is provided below:

Community feedback in August 2018 resulted in a reduction of the geographical area of the on-street parking management scheme including the removal of the Rothwell area. There are currently 87 Residential parking permits and 607 Visitor parking permits. With the impending expiry of the permits on 31 October 2021 a review of vehicle parking and the use of issued parking permits over a three-month period was undertaken which identified low permit use. This finding is supported by observations of minimal impact on parking generally within the streets surrounding the Moreton Bay rail stations. Additionally, TransLink parking data further supports the assumption that all stations currently provide sufficient on-site car parking. 2. Explanation of Item The Moreton Bay Rail Residential Parking Permit System was introduced as a trial. Since the commencement of the trial, impacts to on street parking surrounding the Moreton Bay Rail stations have been identified as minimal and the utilisation of resident and visitor permits is low. Accordingly, it is recommended that Council revoke the Moreton Bay Rail Residential Parking System (Trial) Policy (No. 2150-085) and instead introduce new parking arrangements, including the replacement of current parking signage with ‘P5 - Mon-Fri 6am-6pm’, in the Moreton Bay rail on-street parking areas to allow general parking for up to five (5) hours.

The CEO noted the way forward: Report to be provided to a General Meeting for consideration of revoking the Moreton Bay Rail Resident Parking Permit System Policy.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1582 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 6.2 MORETON BAY RAIL RESIDENTIAL PARKING PERMIT SYSTEM (TRIAL) POLICY - 63016528 (Cont.)


The proposed changes will allow visitors, businesses and others to park within these streets without the need for a Visitors’ parking permit. Residents will be provided with more flexibility, reducing or negating the need to apply for a Residential parking permit. However importantly, this arrangement will continue to act as a deterrent to rail commuters. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan Strengthening Communities: Strong local governance - strong leadership and governance. 3.3 Policy Implications Council regularly reviews its policies for applicability, effectiveness and consistency with relevant

legislation, Council resolutions and other Council documents. The review identified that the need for a policy is not required to manage impacts to residential parking adjacent to the Moreton Bay rail line. A decision to revoke the policy will align with Council’s local laws.

3.4 Risk Management Implications

Proposed changes to on-street parking arrangements and Council’s existing local law provisions for permits will adequately address any future impacts.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications As per Officers Recommendation 2, that the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to introduce new

parking arrangements to allow general parking for up to five (5) hours take all action necessary to ‘P5 - Mon-Fri 6am-6pm’ including the replacement of parking signage within the Moreton Bay Rail on-street parking areas and advise current permit holders, within the designated areas, of the new parking and permit arrangements by 31 October 2021.

3.6 Financial Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.7 Economic Benefit Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (Qld), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with

a person’s human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Council officers consider that there are no human rights implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter.

3.11 Consultation / Communication Manager Asset Maintenance

Coordinator Transport Network Management Governance and Executive Services Director Community and Environmental Services Councillors

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 6.3 TENDER - MBRC – BUILDINGS - SERVICING OF FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 63042813 : 7 October 2021; Refer Confidential Supporting Information

63042798 Responsible Officer: CB, Team Leader - Contracts and Compliance (PAS Asset Maintenance) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Servicing of Fire Protection Equipment (MBRC-RFT43)’ contract through open tender using e-Procure. Tenders closed on 3 August 2021, with eight conforming submissions received. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘Servicing of Fire Protection Equipment (MBRC-RFT43)’ be awarded to ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd for an estimated total sum of $616,026.20 for the initial contract period of two years eight months (1 November 2021 to 30 June 2024), with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance. This project has been considered in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the ‘An Engaged Council’ portfolio as the ‘Servicing of Fire Protection Equipment’ contract will ensure compliance with all relevant standards and regulations relating to this matter. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Brooke Savige Seconded by Cr Jodie Shipway CARRIED 12/0

1. That the tender for the ‘Servicing of Fire Protection Equipment (MBRC-RFT43)’ be awarded to ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd for an estimated total sum of $616,026.20 for the initial contract period of two years eight months (1 November 2021 to 30 June 2024), with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance.


a) The agreement will require $148,929.00 (excluding GST) in operational funding during the 2021-22 financial year for the servicing of fire protection equipment;

b) The agreement will require $230,095.31 (excluding GST) in operational funding during

the 2022-23 financial year for the servicing of fire protection equipment; and c) The agreement will require $237,001.89 (excluding GST) in operational funding during

the 2023-24 financial year for the servicing of fire protection equipment; 3. That the Council enters into an agreement with ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd as

described in this report. 4. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd for ‘Servicing of Fire Protection Equipment (MBRC-RFT43)’ and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

5. That it be noted this project has been considered in accordance with Council’s Procurement

Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1584 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 6.3 TENDER - MBRC – BUILDINGS - SERVICING OF FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT - 63042813 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘Servicing of Fire Protection Equipment (MBRC-RFT43)’ be awarded to ARA

Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd for an estimated total sum of $616,026.20 for the initial contract period of two years eight months (1 November 2021 to 30 June 2024), with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance.


a) The agreement will require $148,929.00 (excluding GST) in operational funding during the 2021-22 financial year for the servicing of fire protection equipment;

b) The agreement will require $230,095.31 (excluding GST) in operational funding during the

2022-23 financial year for the servicing of fire protection equipment; and

c) The agreement will require $237,001.89 (excluding GST) in operational funding during the 2023-24 financial year for the servicing of fire protection equipment;

3. That the Council enters into an agreement with ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd as described in

this report. 4. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd for ‘Servicing of Fire Protection Equipment (MBRC-RFT43)’ and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.


under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The servicing of fire protection equipment throughout the region is undertaken through a contract arrangement, this contract covers approximately 600 Council buildings, including community leased sites. The previous agreement for these services expired on 30 June 2021, with the previous contractor participating in an interim agreement until 31 October 2021, which will align this the new agreement’s commencement date. The scope of the agreement allows for maintenance of fire protection equipment, including fire blankets, fire extinguishers, batteries, hose reels, emergency lighting and other miscellaneous fire protection equipment. The maintenance frequency varies between monthly, three monthly, six monthly, annually, five yearly and 10 yearly depending on equipment type. The agreement requires that the services are to be undertaken and completed by qualified technicians with QBCC Contractor Licenses. 2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Servicing of Fire Protection Equipment (MBRC-RFT43)’ contract through open tender using e-Procure. Tenders closed on 3 August 2021, with eight conforming submissions received. Tenders were considered by a selection panel in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy and the mandatory selection criteria set out in the tender documentation. All tenderers and their final weighting scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest with Post-LP Evaluation Score).

UNCONFIRMED





1 FVS Fire Pty Ltd 98.15 101.90

2 ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd 95.49 95.49

3 Premier Fire Pty Ltd 90.05 90.05

4 Fire Services Qld Pty Ltd 87.87 87.87

5 Chubb Fire and Security Pty Ltd 87.35 87.35

6 Wormald Australia Pty Ltd 84.38 84.38

7 Airmaster Corporation Pty Ltd (TA Fire2u) 78.91 78.91

8 Endfire Engineering Services Pty Ltd 71.84 71.84 FVS Fire Pty Ltd (‘FVS’) - submitted a comprehensive tender submission which demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge, experience and capacity to undertake the works required. FVS are a Brisbane based company with their head office based in Shailer Park. FVS’s submission demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge and experience held by FVS key staff, and demonstrated their capacity to undertake the works required. The submission from FVS was the second lowest priced offer and received the highest Post-LP evaluation score, however, the panel considered that there was no demonstratable benefit to Council for the higher priced offer and this submission was not considered by the evaluation panel to provide best value to Council. ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd (‘ARA’) - submitted a comprehensive tender submission which demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge, experience and capacity to undertake the works required. ARA are a Sydney based company with their head office based in Camperdown and local operations based out of Loganholme. ARA’s submission demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge and experience held by their key staff, and demonstrated their capacity to undertake the works required. ARA was the lowest priced offer and received the second highest Post-LP evaluation score. At a post tender clarification meeting, ARA provided the evaluation team with confidence in their ability to deliver the service required and is the evaluation panel’s recommendation to award to ARA as this offer represents best value to Council. Premier Fire Pty Ltd (‘PF’) - submitted a comprehensive tender submission which demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge, experience and capacity to undertake the works required. PF are a Townsville based company with their head office based in Garbutt. PF’s submission demonstrated the required level of skill, knowledge and experience held by their key staff, and demonstrated their capacity to undertake the works required. The submission from PF was the third lowest priced offer and received the third highest Post-LP evaluation score, however, there was no demonstratable benefit to Council for the higher priced offer and this submission was not considered by the evaluation panel to provide best value to Council. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the value of the service being greater than $200,000, Council called a public tender for the

services through e-Procure in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Strengthening Communities: Healthy and

supportive communities - a healthy and inclusive community.

UNCONFIRMED



3.3 Policy Implications This contract has been procured in accordance with the provisions of the following documents:

• Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Council’s Local Preference Corporate Directive - 2180-054 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6.

Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative, however, the recommended tenderer of this report is not a local company within the Moreton Bay region.

3.4 Risk Management Implications The contract risk has been assessed and the following issues identified. The manner in which the possible impact of these risks is minimised is detailed below.

Risk

Mitigation

No Council attendance during servicing/maintenance to validate completion.

ARA confirmed they will submit regular service reports as evidence once works are completed. A reference check was undertaken on ARA with organisations where ARA perform similar work. Feedback on their performance was positive.

Efficient and effective response time in attending emergencies.

ARA confirmed that they will arrive onsite and commence work within the required tendered timeframe. A reference check was undertaken on ARA with organisations where ARA perform similar work. Feedback on their performance was positive.

Attend all Council buildings within the periodic servicing timeframes considering the large geographical spread and number of Council buildings

ARA have confirmed that their company can service all sites within the timeframe and have enough technicians and plant resources available to fulfil the requirements of the tender. A reference check was undertaken on ARA with organisations where ARA perform similar work. Feedback on their performance was positive.

A third-party financial status review of the recommended tenderer ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd was undertaken with a financial status rating of ‘satisfactory’ confirming their financial capacity to deliver the required works. The recommended tenderer has advised that there are no foreseen circumstances which would prevent the delivery of this contract, including COVID-19.

3.5 Delegated Authority Implications

Under delegation Council-163, the CEO has the power to enter into contracts up to and including the amount of one percent (1%) of Council’s net rate and utility charges as stated in Council’s audited financial statements included in Council’s most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.2M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council’s annual budget. This report requires approval of a multi-financial year agreement which is unable to be determined at this time by the CEO under delegation Council-163.

UNCONFIRMED



3.6 Financial Implications Council has a combined budget allocation of $238,961 in the 2021-22 Operational Services Budget

under projects 20692, 20693, 20694, 20735 and 20736 for the servicing of fire equipment under this arrangement. The estimated cost as tendered by ARA Fire Protection Services Pty Ltd is within budget allocation and hence additional funds will not be required. All financials below are excluding GST. Tender Price - Year 1 (November 21 - June 22) $183,592.80 Tender Price - Year 2 (July 22 - June 23) $259,894.20 Tender Price - Year 3 (July 23 - June 24) $172,539.20 Total Contract - Initial Term (Nov-21 - Jun-24) $616,026.20

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications Effective maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment will ensure reliable equipment operation and

extend overall lifecycle, thus saving Council from costly early replacement. 3.8 Environmental Implications Performing regular maintenance on Fire Protection Equipment will ensure that these facilities operate

efficiently, eliminating potential environmental impacts and meeting Council’s environmental obligations.

3.9 Social Implications Performing maintenance on Fire Protection Equipment continues to demonstrate Council’s

commitment to its obligation as an actively responsible member of the local community. 3.10 Human Rights Implications

Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with human rights. Council must also give proper consideration to any human rights relevant to its decision. Officers consider that there are no human rights implications relevant to Council’s decision in this matter.

3.11 Consultation / Communication Consultation for the delivery of this contract has been undertaken with relevant key stakeholders and

officers of the procurement section of Council.

UNCONFIRMED



ITEM 6.4 TENDER - 21/22 REGIONAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL NETWORK MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Meeting / Session: 6 AN ENGAGED COUNCIL Reference: 62895638 : 7 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

62895615 Responsible Officer: DS, Senior Technical Officer (PAS Asset Maintenance) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘21/22 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance (MBRC-RFT44)’ program through open tender using e-Procure. Tenders closed on 29 July 2021, with conforming submissions received from five companies. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘21/22 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance (MBRC-RFT44)’ program be awarded to Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd for the estimated total sum of $345,991.13 (excluding GST) for the initial period of one year and eight months (1 November 2021 to 30 June 2023), or $207,594.68 per annum, with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance. This project has been considered in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the ‘An Engaged Council’ portfolio as the ‘21/22 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance’ program will improve the efficiency and effectiveness of Council’s service delivery. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Karl Winchester Seconded by Cr Sandra Ruck CARRIED 12/0

1. That the tender for the ‘21/22 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance (MBRC-RFT44)’ program be awarded to Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd for the estimated total sum of $345,991.13 (excluding GST) for the initial period of one year eight months (1 November 2021 to 30 June 2023), or $207,594.68 per annum, with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance.

2. That Council acknowledges that the agreement will require $207,594.68 (excluding GST) plus

CPI increase during the 2022-23 financial year and Council is requested to account for this future expenditure as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget for the 2022-23 financial year

3. That the Council enters into an agreement with Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd as described in this

report. 4. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not

limited to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd for the ‘21/22 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance (MBRC-RFT44)’ and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

5. That it be noted this project has been awarded in accordance with Council’s Procurement

Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.

UNCONFIRMED

Moreton Bay Regional Council GENERAL MEETING - 540 PAGE 21/1589 20 October 2021 Minutes ITEM 6.4 TENDER - 21/22 REGIONAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL NETWORK MAINTENANCE PROGRAM - 62895638 (Cont.)


OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘21/22 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance (MBRC-RFT44)’ program

be awarded to Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd for the estimated total sum of $345,991.13 (excluding GST) for the initial period of one year eight months (1 November 2021 to 30 June 2023), or $207,594.68 per annum, with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance.

2. That Council acknowledges that the agreement will require $207,594.68 (excluding GST) plus CPI

increase during the 2022-23 financial year and Council is requested to account for this future expenditure as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget for the 2022-23 financial year

3. That the Council enters into an agreement with Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd as described in this report. 4. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd for the ‘21/22 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance (MBRC-RFT44)’ and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.

5. That it be noted this project has been awarded in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy

under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. REPORT DETAIL 1. Background Moreton Bay Regional Council has an extensive and growing network of signalised intersections under Council control, currently there are a total of 132 sets of traffic lights throughout the region. These signalised intersections are subject to regular audits and require ongoing routine maintenance, monitoring and emergency callouts to ensure that the signalised intersections remain in an operational, compliant and safe condition for general users. The maintenance of Council’s traffic signal network is undertaken through a contract arrangement and the current contract is due to expire on 31 October 2021. Signalised intersections require regular auditing (lamp runs) to ensure they are safe and operational. Ongoing 24/7 monitoring is undertaken via a remote auditing software (STREAMS), this software continuously checks all signalised intersections on the network and will send through alerts and fault reports. The successful contractor will be responsible for undertaking the STREAMS monitoring and actioning any alerts and/or faults raised by the system. They will also undertake monthly auditing, reactive maintenance and reporting on all of Council’s signalised intersections. 2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘21/22 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance (MBRC-RFT44)’ program through open tender using e-Procure. Tenders closed on 29 July 2021, with conforming submissions received from five companies. This maintenance contract is for an initial period of one year eight months (1 November 2021 to 30 June 2023), with an option to extend by a further three x one-year periods, subject to satisfactory performance. The tenders were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Procurement Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documentation. All tenderers and the final weighting scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest with Post-LP Evaluation Score):

UNCONFIRMED





1 Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd 98.99 106.49

2 MI Electric Pty Ltd ATF The Morris Family Trust 91.58 91.58

3 Department of Transport and Main Roads 91.38 91.38

4 J & P Richardson Industries Pty Ltd 78.44 78.44

5 GNB Energy Pty Ltd 41.36 41.36 Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd (‘Downer’) - provided a quality submission, have extensive knowledge and experience and met all the criteria outlined in the tender specification. Downer’s submission clearly demonstrated their ability to deliver all aspects of the tender to a high-quality standard. Downer currently maintain all traffic signals for the Gold Coast City Council to a satisfactory standard. The offer submitted from Downer was the lowest priced and received the highest evaluation score and was considered best value for Council and is the recommendation of this report. MI Electric Pty Ltd (‘MI’) - addressed all aspects of the criteria outlined in the tender specification, demonstrated a clear understanding of the scope of works and that they have the resource capacity required to undertake the works. The offer from MI was the second lowest priced and received the second highest evaluation score however there was no benefit to Council for the higher cost and so this offer was not deemed best value to Council. Department of Transport and Main Roads (‘DTMR’) - addressed all aspects of the criteria outlined in the tender specification, demonstrated a clear understanding of the scope of works and that they have the resource capacity required to undertake the works. DTMR are the incumbent contractor for these works. The offer from DTMR was the third lowest priced and received the third highest evaluation score, however there was no benefit to Council for the higher cost and so this offer was not deemed best value for Council. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the contracts combined multi-year value of service being greater than $200,000, Council called

a public tender for the services through e-Procure system in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009.

3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Valuing Lifestyle: Diverse transport

options - an integrated regional transport network.

3.3 Policy Implications This project has been procured in accordance with the provisions of the following documents: • Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6. Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.

3.4 Risk Management Implications

A third-party financial status review of the recommended tenderer was undertaken with a financial status rating of ‘very strong’ confirming their financial capacity to deliver the contracted works.

UNCONFIRMED



The recommended tenderer currently undertakes traffic signal maintenance works across Australia and in particular a large network of signals for the Gold Coast City Council and perform this work to a satisfactory standard. The recommended tenderer has advised that there are no foreseen circumstances which would prevent the delivery of this contract, including COVID-19.


amount of one percent (1%) of Council’s net rate and utility charges as stated in Council’s audited financial statements included in Council’s most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.2M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council’s annual budget. The term of this contract covers multiple years and requires future expenditure as part of Council’s strategic financial plan and budget and is therefore reported to Council for consideration.

3.6 Financial Implications The recommended tendered amount for the ‘2021-2022 Regional Traffic Signal Network Maintenance’

program is within the program and annual budget allocation of $405,000. This project will be debited to project number 20422.106.22004. All financials shown below are excluding GST. Tender Price - Year 1 (November 2021 - June 2022) $ 138,396.45 Tender Price - Year 2 (July 2022 - June 2023) $ 207,594.68 Year 2 - CPI (Estimated at 3%) $ 6,227.84 Total Contract - One year eight months term (Nov-2021 to Jun 2023) $ 352,218.97 The budget amount for this project is sufficient.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The appointment of the recommended tenderer will enable Council to maintain a safe road network in

a timely and cost-effective manner. 3.8 Environmental Implications ☒ Nil identified 3.9 Social Implications This contract will improve safety and trafficability for road users. 3.10 Human Rights Implications Under the Human Rights Act 2019 (QLD), Council must not make a decision which is incompatible with


3.11 Consultation / Communication Consultation for the delivery of this program has been undertaken with relevant officers, section

managers and the procurement section of Council.

UNCONFIRMED



ADJOURNMENT The meeting adjourned for morning tea and closed session at 10.20am. 13. CLOSED SESSION

(s254J of the Local Government Regulation 2012) Consideration of confidential officers’ reports as referred by the Chief Executive Officer and confidential general business matters as raised at the meeting. CLOSED SESSION RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Tony Latter Seconded by Cr Cath Tonks CARRIED 12/0

That Council move into closed session pursuant to the provisions of s275 (1) of the Local Government Regulation 2012 to discuss Item C.1. The closed session commenced at 10.20am (livestreaming paused). OPEN SESSION RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Jodie Shipway Seconded by Cr Tony Latter CARRIED 12/0

That Council resume in open session and that the following motions be considered. The open session resumed at 11.36am (livestreaming resumed).

UNCONFIRMED



14. CONFIDENTIAL OFFICERS’ REPORTS TO COUNCIL ITEM C.1 – CONFIDENTIAL NEW INVESTMENT FOR MORETON BAY REGION Meeting / Session: 1 PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY Reference: 63029454 : 1 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information:

63029450, 63029453, 63029452, 63029449, 63029455, 63029451 Responsible Officer: CH, Principal Investment Lead (CEO Economic Development) Basis of Confidentiality Pursuant to s254J(3) of the Local Government Regulation 2012, clause (g), as the matter involves negotiations relating to a commercial matter involving the local government for which a public discussion would be likely to prejudice the interests of the local government. Executive Summary The Moreton Bay Region has the opportunity to expand its knowledge, innovation and entrepreneurship credentials through new investment attraction opportunities. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Progressive Economy portfolio as the potential investment will create economic benefits for the region, including its 29,000 plus existing businesses, and contribute to a bigger, bolder and brighter region as outlined in the Regional Economic Development Strategy (REDS) and its targets of a $40 billion economy and 100,000 jobs and becoming a Top 10 Regional Knowledge and Innovation Hub. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Mick Gillam Seconded by Cr Cath Tonks CARRIED 12/0

1. That Council notes the content of this confidential report. 2. That Council delegates to the Chief Executive Officer the power to negotiate, finalise and

execute all documentation necessary to engage in the investment opportunity detailed in this confidential report.

UNCONFIRMED



15. ELECTION OF DEPUTY MAYOR Statement from Cr Peter Flannery (Mayor) “It is my duty to advise the Chamber today that our Chief Executive Officer has received a resignation letter from our Deputy Mayor Cr Denise Sims. I want to comment on her remarkable personal and professional journey over the past five years, because I think we can all learn something from the humility she brought to this leadership role. The transparency and accountability reforms we’re enacting were driven by her. The very fact that this meeting is being livestreamed is thanks to her commitment to ensuring the community has greater understanding of our decision making processes. We are all richer for it, especially our community. The fact that trust levels in Moreton Bay Council have never been higher, at a time in political history when levels of trust in Government have been at their lowest… is remarkable. Politics is a tough game and in the end there are only two ways all of us will leave this place. Either at a time of our own choosing, or when the community votes you out. I’m pleased for Cr Sims that she was able to make this decision at a time of her own choosing so that she could be with her family. On behalf of the Council and this region, I thank her for her service.” All Councillors conveyed their best wishes to Denise Sims for her future endeavours acknowledging the hard work she has passionately undertaken on behalf of the region since being elected as a Councillor in 2016, and Deputy Mayor in 2020. The Mayor (Cr Peter Flannery) concurred with the Councillors’ sentiments, saying he would miss Denise as Deputy Mayor and hoped that her health improved with the support of her family. The Chief Executive Officer extended gratitude on behalf of Moreton Bay Regional Council’s management and staff noting that Denise was a great champion for the cultural change of the organisation and for transparency to the community. Election of the Deputy Mayor process In accordance with section 175(2) of the Local Government Act 2009 the Council is required to appoint a Deputy Mayor at this meeting. The Chief Executive Officer outlined the process for the election of the Deputy Mayor as proposed below. 1. Mayor to call for any nominations for the position of Deputy Mayor. 2. Councillors may nominate themselves or another Councillor for the position of Deputy Mayor.

a. Nominations must be moved and seconded to be accepted. b. A Councillor nominated by anyone other than themselves has the right to not accept the

nomination.

3. If only one Councillor is nominated, that Councillor is elected.

UNCONFIRMED



Election of Deputy Mayor (cont’d)

4. If more than one Councillor is nominated, a motion must be moved that Council resolve an ordinary (secret) ballot selection process.

5. Councillors will vote for one person in secret, the votes collected by the scrutineers, and counted by

the Chief Executive Officer.

6. The Chief Executive Officer will announce the Councillor with the least votes (no vote numbers will be cited).

7. Repeat above two steps until two nominees remain, when the Chief Executive Officer will announce the name of the successful nominee.

8. A motion to be moved and seconded to vote by show of hands on the nominated candidate for Deputy

Mayor. MAYOR TO CALL FOR NOMINATIONS FOR THE POSITION OF DEPUTY MAYOR The Mayor called for nominations for the position of Deputy Mayor, noting the following nominees:

1. Cr Tony Latter (seconded by Cr Mick Gillam) 2. Cr Jodie Shipway (seconded by Cr Cath Tonks) 3. Cr Adam Hain (seconded by Cr Brooke Savige) COUNCIL TO RESOLVE SELECTION PROCESS AND VOTING OPTION RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Mick Gillam Seconded by Cr Matt Constance CARRIED 12/0

1. That Council adopts the election process outlined above, including the ordinary (secret) ballot option to select the nominated candidate for appointment as Deputy Mayor.

2. That the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Legal Counsel be appointed as scrutineers for the

counting of ballots. VOTING CONDUCTED BY ORDINARY (SECRET BALLOT) Voting was undertaken in line with the adopted process. At the end of Round 1 - the Chief Executive Officer announced the Councillor with the least votes that would not be considered in the next round. Voting was repeated for Round 2. The Chief Executive Officer announced the name of the successful nominee, Cr Jodie Shipway. RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Tony Latter Seconded by Cr Adam Hain CARRIED 12/0

1. That Cr Jodie Shipway be appointed to the position of Deputy Mayor. 2. That the position of Deputy Mayor be considered in April 2022.

UNCONFIRMED



Election of Deputy Mayor (cont’d) Cr Jodie Shipway (Deputy Mayor) thanked Council for her appointment to Deputy Mayor of Moreton Bay Regional Council. She noted Council’s resilience to deal with the unexpected and paid respect to Denise Sims as outgoing Deputy Mayor. The Chief Executive Officer advised that the Electoral Commission of Queensland (ECQ) will be notified advising the vacancy for Division 7 and a by-election will be held within two months for that division. Additionally, Portfolio Councillor adjustments will be made at the next General Meeting as a result of the vacancy. 125th ANNUAL LOCAL GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION OF QUEENSLAND (LGAQ) CONFERENCE - UPDATE TO VOTING DELEGATES RESOLUTION

Moved by Cr Jodie Shipway Seconded by Cr Mick Gillam CARRIED 12/0

Noting the resignation of Cr Denise Sims (Deputy Mayor) and the resolution of Council dated 26 May 2021 for voting delegates at the 125th Annual Local Government Association of Queensland (LGAQ) Conference, that the two voting delegates for Moreton Bay Regional Council be updated to Cr Peter Flannery (Mayor) and Cr Adam Hain.

UNCONFIRMED



16. NOTIFIED GENERAL BUSINESS ITEMS OR RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS TAKEN ON

NOTICE ITEM 16.1 INSTITUTE OF PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING AUSTRALASIA, QUEENSLAND (IPWEAQ) EXCELLENCE AWARD Cr Mick Gillam made mention that Moreton Bay Regional Council had been declared the winner of the Institute of Public Works Engineering Australasia Qld (IPWEA) 2021 Excellence Award (Projects $5 - $10 million) for The Mill at Moreton Bay Water Park and Play Space. Cr Gillam thanked staff involved in the creation, planning, design and building of this wonderful site. The Mayor concurred with Cr Gillam stating that the Water Park and Play Space is a popular weekend destination. ITEM 16.2 REGIONAL EVENTS Cr Peter Flannery (Mayor) made mention of his attendance together with Cr Brooke Savige to the 2021 Emergency Services Expo at Bribie Island held on Sunday 17 October 2021. The Mayor said it was a great event organised Marine Rescue Bribie Island with the message of preparedness for the summer season. Cr Brooke Savige concurred with the Mayor and added that the message of preparedness was evident and noted that we have a world-class Disaster Management Group and that the Moreton Bay Region is very prepared. Cr Mick Gillam advised that the Teddy Bears’ Picnic at Pine Rivers Park scheduled for tomorrow, 21 October 2021, has been cancelled due to anticipated wet weather. 17. CONFIDENTIAL GENERAL BUSINESS No items for consideration. 18. CLOSURE There being no further business the Chairperson closed the meeting at 12.08pm.

UNCONFIRMED



CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE I certify that minute pages numbered 21/1518 to 21/1598 constitute the minutes of the General Meeting of the Moreton Bay Regional Council held Wednesday 20 October 2021. ________________________ Greg Chemello Chief Executive Officer CONFIRMATION CERTIFICATE The foregoing minutes were confirmed by resolution of Council at its meeting held Wednesday 10 November 2021. _____________________________ ______________________________ Greg Chemello Councillor Peter Flannery Chief Executive Officer Mayor

SUPPLEMENTARY AGENDA

GENERAL MEETING

Wednesday 10 November 2021


LIST OF SUPPLEMENTARY ITEMS


ITEM 5.3 3 TENDER - REDCLIFFE - BELLS CREEK - WATER QUALITY IMPROVEMENT STAGE 2

REPORT DETAIL



ITEM 5.4 9 TENDER - MORAYFIELD - PETERSEN ROAD SPORTSGROUNDS - CLUBHOUSE REDEVELOPMENT

REPORT DETAIL





ITEM C.1 – CONFIDENTIAL 17 PRIVATE SALE OF LAND - PETRIE

REPORT DETAIL


PAGE 2 Supplementary Agenda




HEALTHY ENVIRONMENTS SESSION (Cr C Tonks) ITEM 5.3 TENDER - REDCLIFFE - BELLS CREEK - WATER QUALITY IMPROVEMENT STAGE 2 Meeting / Session: 5 HEALTHY ENVIRONMENTS Reference: 62995491 : 18 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

62978107 Responsible Officer: CB, Project Engineer (PAS Project Management) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Redcliffe - Bells Creek - Water Quality Improvement Stage 2 (MBRC-RFT73)’ project. Tenders closed on 23 September 2021 with a total of seven tender submissions received, six of which were conforming and one which was non-conforming. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘Redcliffe - Bells Creek - Water Quality Improvement Stage 2 (MBRC-RFT73)’ project be awarded to SCL Services Pty Ltd, trading as Disc Landscapes and Construction, for the sum of $221,561.76 (excluding GST) as this tender was evaluated as representing the best overall value to Council. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Healthy Environments portfolio as part of the Regional LGIP trunk infrastructure strategy for stormwater assets and improved water quality in the region for future urban development expected by 2036. The project is being reported to Council as it involves a project which has funding over two financial years. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘Redcliffe - Bells Creek - Water Quality Improvement Stage 2 (MBRC-RFT73)’

project be awarded to SCL Services Pty Ltd, trading as Disc Landscapes and Construction, for the sum of $221,561.76 (excluding GST).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with SCL Services Pty Ltd, trading as Disc Landscapes

and Construction, as described in this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with SCL Services Pty Ltd, trading as Disc Landscapes and Construction for the ‘Redcliffe - Bells Creek - Water Quality Improvement Stage 2 (MBRC-RFT73)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.


under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. 5. That Council acknowledges that the agreement will require an estimated sum of $20,000 during the

2022-23 financial year (FY) for the purpose of establishment and maintenance of the plantings, with funds to be carried over from the 2021-22FY project allocation.

6. That Council further acknowledges that the draft 2022-23FY project allocation of $370,000 will not be

required.


PAGE 3

Supplementary Agenda



Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 5.3 TENDER - REDCLIFFE - BELLS CREEK - WATER QUALITY IMPROVEMENT STAGE 2 - 62995491 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The project is located in the Bells Creek drainage reserve downstream of King Street in K.R. Benson Park, Clontarf. The scope involves constructing a sediment pond (approximately 1580m2 in area and 1290m3 in volume) within the Bells Creek catchment for stormwater quality treatment. The project objective is to improve water quality in Bells Creek at site 5, following the recent completion of the site 1 location (refer to Figure 1). Construction will commence in March 2022 (to align with winter), and is estimated to take 13 weeks complete, which includes an allowance for wet weather (15 days). The landscape will be established and maintained for a period of six months by the recommended tenderer and will then be handed over to Asset Maintenance to continue with the establishment and maintenance for a further six months.

Figure 1: Bells Creek - Site 1 and Site 5 - Locality Plan

Figure 2: Bells Creek - Site 5 - Site Area - Locality Plan






2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Redcliffe - Bells Creek - Water Quality Improvement Stage 2 (MBRC-RFT73)’ project, which closed on 23 September 2021, with a total of seven tenders received, six of which were conforming and one which was non-conforming. The tenders were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Purchasing Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documents. All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):

RANK TENDERER EVALUATION SCORE (Pre

Local Preference)


Local Preference)

1 SCL Services Pty Ltd, trading as Disc Landscapes and Construction 82.42 89.92

2 Bull Pty Ltd 71.50 71.50

3 Auzcon Pty Ltd 66.44 66.44

4 McMahon Services Australia Pty Ltd 63.48 63.48

5 FB Luke Pty Ltd 62.17 62.17


7 Hanson Heidelberg Cement Group Pty Ltd Non-Conforming SCL Services Pty Ltd, trading as Disc Landscapes and Construction (‘DL’) - submitted a comprehensive tender that demonstrated their relevant experience. A tender clarification meeting was held on 6 Oct 2021, at which DL demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project. DL provided examples of relevant project experience, including Redcliffe Bells Creek Water Quality Upgrade (valued at $557k) for Moreton Bay Regional Council; Harmony Northern Drainage Corridor (valued at $464k) for AVID Property Group; and Marina Park (valued at $504k) for Vercorp. The evaluation panel recommend that the offer from DL represents the best overall value for Council. Bull Pty Ltd (‘BU’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. Auzcon Pty Ltd (‘AU’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. Hanson Heidelberg Cement Group Pty Ltd (‘HH’)- Non-conforming - the tenderer did not provide mandatory information required as part of the tender. 3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the value of work expecting to be greater than $200,000, Council called a public tender for the

work through MBRC’s e-Tendering Portal, in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Valuing Lifestyle: Healthy natural

environment - a clean and healthy environment.







following documents: • Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6. Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative.


following issues identified, including the manner in which the possible impact of these risks are minimised is detailed below. Financial Risk: A third-party financial assessment has been carried out and the recommended tenderer was rated as ‘satisfactory’. Construction Risks: a. The recommended tenderer will provide a program of works, staging plans, traffic management




d. The project is not impacted or affected by any external Development Approvals. e. Dilapidation inspections will be conducted prior to works commencing to record the existing

condition of the site and surrounding areas and again after construction to record any change. 3.5 Delegated Authority Implications Under delegation Council-163, the CEO has the power to enter into contracts up to and including the

amount of one percent (1%) of Council’s net rate and utility charges as stated in Council’s audited financial statements included in Council’s most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.2M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council’s annual budget. The project requires funds over multiple financial years and therefore is reported to Council for consideration.







$300,000 in the 2021-22 FY for construction and a further $370,000 in the draft 2022-23 FY for construction and maintenance. Six months of landscape establishment has been included in the construction tender; the final six months shall be undertaken by Asset Maintenance. This project was designed in conjunction with site 1 under a separate project number in the 2018-19 FY. All financial information below is excluding GST. Tender Price (Construction) $ 221,561.76 Contingency (10%) $ 22,156.18 QLeave (0.575%) Landscape Maintenance (Asset Maintenance 6 months - 22-23)

$ $

1,273.98 10,000.00

Total Project Cost $ 254,991.92 Estimated ongoing operational/maintenance costs $ 20,000 per F/Y. The 2021-22FY project allocation is sufficient to undertake the project, including the provision of $20,000 to be carried over from the 21-22FY into the 22-23FY for the purposes of establishing and maintaining the plantings. The draft 2022-23FY project allocation of $370,000 is no longer required.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The project will improve water quality and amenity in the local catchment and Moreton Bay with the

flow on economic benefits seen with increased tourism and visitors to the local area. 3.8 Environmental Implications The project will improve water quality and improve habitat and environmental value in the local area.

The positive environmental outcomes include the provision of outdoor environmental space and connections to the natural environment for flora and fauna interactions.

3.9 Social Implications The project will provide a stormwater treatment asset that will treat stormwater from the local catchment

before entering Bramble Bay and more broadly Moreton Bay in response to growth and changing demand for trunk infrastructure across the region. The positive social outcomes include the provision of outdoor environmental space valued by local residents for amenity and recreational uses and connections to the natural environment for flora and fauna interactions.




notices issued two weeks prior to the commencement of works and projects signs displayed on site prior to construction. The detailed communications plan will include a Councillor fortnightly email update The Divisional Councillor has been consulted and is supportive of the project.






SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62978107 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 5.3 TENDER - REDCLIFFE - BELLS CREEK - WATER QUALITY IMPROVEMENT STAGE 2 #1 Confidential Tender Assessment






ITEM 5.4 TENDER - MORAYFIELD - PETERSEN ROAD SPORTSGROUNDS - CLUBHOUSE REDEVELOPMENT Meeting / Session: 2 THRIVING COMMUNITIES Reference: 61670056 : 26 October 2021 - Refer Confidential Supporting Information

62712937 Responsible Officer: LK, Project Manager (PAS Project Management) Executive Summary Tenders were invited for the ‘Morayfield - Petersen Road Sportsgrounds - Clubhouse Redevelopment (MBRC-RFT24)’ project. Tenders closed on 8 September 2021 with a total of seven tender submissions received, all of which were conforming. It is recommended that the tender for the ‘Morayfield - Petersen Road Sportsgrounds - Clubhouse Redevelopment (MBRC-RFT24)’ project be awarded to Verve Constructions (QLD) Pty Ltd, for the sum of $5,334,121.73 (excluding GST) as this tender was evaluated as representing the best overall value to Council. This project has received funding/funding commitments as per below: • $1,500,000.00 from the Federal Government's LRCIP2 funding program; • $1,000,000.00 from the State funding Activate! program; and • $1,360,00.00 from the Caboolture Sports Club. This matter is brought to the attention of Council under the Thriving Communities portfolio, providing the opportunity for a stronger and healthier community by delivering new sports clubhouse facilities, including amenities, changing facilities, multipurpose room, kitchen and offices. OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION 1. That the tender for the ‘Morayfield - Petersen Road Sportsgrounds - Clubhouse Redevelopment

(MBRC-RFT24)’ project be awarded to Verve Constructions (QLD) Pty Ltd, for the sum of $5,334,121.73 (excluding GST).

2. That the Council enters into an agreement with Verve Constructions (QLD) Pty Ltd, as described in

this report. 3. That the Chief Executive Officer be authorised to take all action necessary, including but not limited

to, negotiating, making, amending, signing and discharging the agreement with Verve Constructions (QLD) Pty Ltd for the ‘Morayfield - Petersen Road Sportsgrounds - Clubhouse Redevelopment (MBRC-RFT24)’ project and any required variations of the agreement on Council's behalf.


under the Competitive Local Business and Industry (local preference) initiative. 5. That Council acknowledges:

a) that the agreement will require an estimated sum of $2,000,000.00 for the project during the 2021-22 financial year, and Council is requested to account for this expenditure as part of the quarter two financial review process;

b) that the agreement will require $4,150,746.10 during the 2022-23 financial year, which includes the additional sum of $470,746.10, being the project shortfall; and Council is requested to account for this future expenditure as part Council’s strategic financial plan and budget for the 2022-23 financial year.


PAGE 9




Moreton Bay Regional Council ITEM 5.4 TENDER - MORAYFIELD - PETERSEN ROAD SPORTSGROUNDS - CLUBHOUSE REDEVELOPMENT - 61670056 (Cont.)

REPORT DETAIL 1. Background The project is located at 187-235 Petersen Road, Morayfield. The project scope is for the demolition of the existing clubhouse (excluding the existing touch rugby storage shed) and construction of a shared clubhouse, the scope of works include: • Demolition the existing clubhouse; • Relocation of the sewerage pump station; • Construction of a new clubhouse, including; • 4 multipurpose change rooms; • Public amenities; • Offices; • Kitchen; and • Multipurpose clubroom with elevated viewing decks and tiered seating. The objective of the project is to provide a new clubhouse that combines both shared use facilities and specific individual club requirements that will meet the current and future needs of the clubs using the facility. Construction will commence in November 2021 and is estimated to take fifty-two weeks to complete, which includes an allowance for wet weather.

Figure 1: Petersen Road Sportsground - Locality Plan


PAGE 10





2. Explanation of Item Tenders were invited for the ‘Morayfield - Petersen Road Sportsgrounds - Clubhouse Redevelopment (MBRC-RFT24)’ project, which closed on 8 September 2021, with a total of seven tenders received, all of which were conforming. The tenders were assessed by the assessment panel in accordance with Council’s Purchasing Policy and the selection criteria as set out in the tender documents. All tenderers and their evaluation scores are tabled below (ranked from highest to lowest):




Local Preference)

1 Verve Constructions (QLD) Pty Ltd 92.20 107.20

2 Murphy Builders QLD Pty Ltd 98.17 105.67

3 James Trowse QLD Pty Ltd 93.64 101.14

4 Peter Fardoulys Pty Ltd, trading as Fardoulys Constructions 90.61 90.61

5 J Mac Constructions Pty Ltd 89.82 89.82

6 Future Fitouts (QLD) Pty Ltd T/A Future Fitouts 89.45 89.45

7 WSP Services Pty Ltd Withdrawn Verve Constructions (QLD) Pty Ltd (‘VC’) - submitted a comprehensive tender that demonstrated their relevant experience. A tender clarification meeting was held on 23 September 2021, at which VC demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project. VC provided examples of relevant project experience, including Uhlmann Road Boat Ramp Amenities Construction (valued at $466k) for Moreton Bay Regional Council; Oak Tree Retirement Village Stage 6 Build and Civils (valued at $3.3M) for Oak Tree Group; and Bribie Island Recreational Hall Accessibility Upgrade (valued at $105k) for Moreton Bay Regional Council. VC provided a competitively priced option. Following application of Council’s Local Preference initiative, the evaluation panel considers the tender from VC to represent the best overall value and lowest risk for Council. Murphy Builders QLD Pty Ltd (‘MB’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience. A tender clarification meeting was held on 20 September 2021, at which MB demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. James Trowse QLD Pty Ltd (‘JT’) - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender, demonstrating their project experience. A tender clarification meeting was held on 27 September 2021, at which JT demonstrated their relevant experience, methodology, company capability, understanding of the project and capability in delivering the project, however, there were no additional benefits identified for the higher price. although they provided the second lowest priced offer, local preference policy was applied, ranking them third. WSP Services Pty Ltd - submitted a comprehensive and well-presented tender however withdrew their tender during clarification.


PAGE 11





3. Strategic Implications 3.1 Legislative / Legal Implications Due to the value of work expecting to be greater than $200,000, Council called a public tender for the

work through MBRC’s e-Tendering Portal, in accordance with the Local Government Act 2009. 3.2 Corporate Plan / Operational Plan This project is consistent with the Corporate Plan outcome - Valuing Lifestyle: Quality recreation and

cultural opportunities - active recreation opportunities.


following documents: • Council’s Procurement Policy 2150-006 • Local Government Act 2009 • Local Government Regulation 2012 Chapter 6. Tenders were considered against Council’s Procurement Policy under the Competitive Local business and Industry (local preference) initiative.


following issues identified, including the manner in which the possible impact of these risks are minimised is detailed below. Financial Risk: A third-party financial assessment has been carried out and the recommended tenderer was rated as ‘marginal’. Council has requested that a cash retention of 7.5% of the contract value be held for the duration of the project, with the release of 5.0% at Practical Completion and the final 2.5% released following the 12-month Defects Liability Period. Construction Risks: a. The recommended tenderer will provide a program of works, staging plans, traffic management



c. The procurement risks relating to this project are considered low as there is reasonable lead time for the recommended tenderer to procure the relevant project construction materials. At the tender clarification meeting, the recommended tenderer did not foresee any COVID-19 related impacts which would affect material supply chains and overall time delivery of the project works.

d. The project requires a Development Approval, Building and Plumbing Approvals which have been received for the works. There are no external approvals which effect or impact this project.

e. Dilapidation inspections will be conducted prior to works commencing for site/the building and surrounding areas to record the existing condition of assets and again after construction to record any change.


PAGE 12






amount of one percent (1%) of Council’s net rate and utility charges as stated in Council’s audited financial statements included in Council’s most recently adopted annual report - estimated $3.2M, providing the expenditure has been provided for in Council’s annual budget. The cost of this project exceeds the delegated limit and requires an amendment to the budget allocation and therefore reported to Council for consideration.

3.6 Financial Implications Council has allocated a combined total of $5,180,000.00 in the Capital Projects Program and

Operational Funding Budgets towards this project. Allocation: $180,000 for design in the 2020-21 FY from the MBRC - Major Projects - Strategic Design and Project Development Fund; $4,000,000.00 in the 2021-22 FY for construction from the Capital Projects Program; and $1,500,000.00 from the MBRC/CSC funding partnership allocation for 2020-21, 2021-2022 and 2022-2023 FYs from the Operational Funding budget. In total an allocation of $5.68M. Revenue/funding sources: The project has received $1,500,000 in funding from the Federal Government’s LRCIP2 (COVID-19) program; $1,000,000 in funding from the State Government’s Activate! program and $1,000,000 from Caboolture Sports Club. In addition, the Caboolture Sports Club have agreed to allocate $360,000 in the 22-23 FY towards the project from the CSC/MBRC Infrastructure Partnership Contribution. In all a revenue/funding total allocation of $3.86M All financial information below is excluding GST. Design (2020-21) $ 132,541.00 Tender Price (Construction) $ 5,334,121.73 Contingency (10%) $ 533,412.17 Temporary Facilities + Amenities Allowance $ 100,000.00 Supervision / Administration Costs $ 20,000.00 QLeave (0.575%) $ 30,671.20 Total Project Cost $ 6,150,746.10 Revenue/funding:

Federal Government LRCIP2 COVID-19 funding $ 1,500,000.00 State Government Activate! program $ 1,000,000.00 Caboolture Sports Club Sub Total MBRC allocation: Design $ 180,000.00 MBRC project allocation $ 4,000.000.00 MBRC/CSC funding partnership $ 1,500,000.00

$ $

1,360,000.00 3,860,000.00

Sub Total $5,680,000.00 Project shortfall/gap

$

470,746.10

Total $ 6,150,746.10 Estimated ongoing operational/maintenance costs $ 108,000.00 per F/Y. The budget amount for this project is insufficient.


PAGE 13





That Council acknowledges:

a) that the agreement will require an estimated sum of $2,000,000.00 for the project during the 2021-22 financial year, and Council is requested to account for this expenditure as part of the quarter two financial review process;

b) that the agreement will require $4,150,746.10 during the 2022-23 financial year, which includes the additional sum of $470,746.10, being the project shortfall; and Council is requested to account for this future expenditure as part Council’s strategic financial plan and budget for the 2022-23 financial year.

3.7 Economic Benefit Implications The facility upgrade will encourage increased player base and supporters for the Rugby Union and

Touch Football clubs and boost operational and sporting activities in the area. 3.8 Environmental Implications An Environmental Management Plan will be provided to Council by the recommended tenderer


3.9 Social Implications The construction of the new clubhouse will attract new members and provide an upgrade to the existing

facility, which is in poor condition, for the resident Rugby Union and Touch Football clubs and supporters.




project notices issued four weeks prior to the commencement of works and projects signs displayed on site prior to construction. The stakeholders, including facility users/facility staff/residents/neighbouring businesses etc. have been consulted regarding the project. The detailed communications plan will include a Councillor weekly email update and website page with fortnightly updates. The Divisional Councillor has been consulted and is supportive of the project.


PAGE 14





SUPPORTING INFORMATION Ref: 62978107 The following list of supporting information is provided for: ITEM 5.3 TENDER - MORAYFIELD - PETERSEN ROAD SPORTSGROUNDS - CLUBHOUSE REDEVELOPMENT #1 Confidential Tender Assessment


PAGE 15





13. CLOSED SESSION

(s254J of the Local Government Regulation 2012) Consideration of confidential officers’ reports as referred by the Chief Executive Officer and confidential general business matters as raised at the meeting. RESOLUTION to move into closed session to discuss confidential matters.

Motions, other than procedural motions, cannot be moved in closed session. RESOLUTION to reconvene in open session to decide those matters discussed whilst in closed session.


PAGE 16





14. CONFIDENTIAL OFFICERS’ REPORTS TO COUNCIL ITEM C.1 – CONFIDENTIAL PRIVATE SALE OF LAND - PETRIE Meeting / Session: 1 PROGRESSIVE ECONOMY Reference: 63271672 :8 November 2021 Responsible Officer: PC, Project Director, The Mill (PAS Major Projects) Basis of Confidentiality Pursuant to s254J(3) of the Local Government Regulation 2012, clause (g), as the matter involves negotiations relating to a commercial matter involving the local government for which a public discussion would be likely to prejudice the interests of the local government. Executive Summary This report seeks Council approval for Millovate to undertake an Expressions of Interest (EOI) process on Council’s behalf to establish market interest and viability of the provision of an Integrated Health Village within the Council owned land at the Petrie Mill site. Under Section 228 of the Local Government Regulation 2021, a local government may invite Expressions of Interest before inviting written tenders if the local government decides by resolution that it would be in the public interest to do so.


PAGE 17


